Home

Cisco Systems 57712 Network Card User Manual

Contents

1. E Cisco UCS C Series Servers Integrated Management Controller CLI Configuration Guide Release 1 5 OL 28893 01 BIOS Parameters by Server Model Advanced BIOS Parameters for C420 Servers Name Description P STATE Coordination Allows you to define how BIOS communicates the P state support model to the operating system There are 3 models as defined by the Advanced Configuration and Power Interface ACPI specification e HW_ALL The processor hardware is responsible for coordinating the P state among logical processors with dependencies all logical processors in a package e SW_ALL The OS Power Manager OSPM is responsible for coordinating the P state among logical processors with dependencies all logical processors in a physical package and must initiate the transition on all of the logical processors SW_ANY The OS Power Manager OSPM is responsible for coordinating the P state among logical processors with dependencies all logical processors in a package and may initiate the transition on any of the logical processors in the domain Note must be set to Custom or the server ignores the setting for this parameter Energy Performance Allows you to determine whether system performance or energy efficiency is more important on this server This can be one of the following Note must be set to Custom or the server ignores the setting for this parameter In addition some operating syste
2. Index power cap policy 21 configuring 21 power capping policy 21 about 21 power cycling the server 19 power restore policy 23 power statistics 20 viewing 20 power supply properties 40 power supply sensors 49 powering off the server 18 powering on the server 18 prepare for removal 122 PXE installation 12 recovering from a corrupted bios 176 remote presence 56 57 58 62 63 configuring serial over LAN 62 launching serial over LAN 63 virtual KVM 56 57 virtual media 58 reset configuration of cards Cisco FlexFlash Controller 28 resetting the server 16 restore BIOS manufacturing custom defaults 34 retain configuration FlexFlash Controller 29 S self signed certificate 145 sensors 49 50 51 52 current 52 fan 50 power supply 49 temperature 50 voltage 51 serial over LAN 61 62 63 configuring 62 launching 63 server 37 viewing properties 37 server management 13 14 16 17 18 19 hard drive locator LED 14 power cycling the server 19 powering off the server 18 powering on the server 18 resetting the server 16 server boot order 14 server locator LED 13 shutting down the server 17 server management BIOS parameters 200 219 232 251 263 C22 and C24 servers 200 C220 and C240 servers 219 C260 server 232 C420 server 251 C460 server 263 server NICs 73 server overview 1 server software 1 set as boot drive 120 shutting down the server 17 SNMP 137 139 140 configuring properties 137 configuring SN
3. v3users scope v3users command from snmp v3users snmp mode sol scope sol command from EXEC sol mode ssh scope ssh command from EXEC _ ssh mode user scope user user number command user from EXEC mode user session scope user session session number command from EXEC mode user session vmedia scope vmedia command from vmedia EXEC mode xmlapi scope xmlapi command from xmlapi EXEC mode OL 28893 01 Cisco UCS C Series Servers Integrated Management Controller CLI Configuration Guide Release 1 5 Overview A Complete a Command Complete a Command You can use the Tab key in any mode to complete a command Partially typing a command name and pressing Tab causes the command to be displayed in full or to the point where another keyword must be chosen or an argument value must be entered Command History The CLI stores all commands used in the current session You can step through the previously used commands by using the Up Arrow or Down Arrow keys The Up Arrow key steps to the previous command in the history and the Down Arrow key steps to the next command in the history If you get to the end of the history pressing the Down Arrow key does nothing All commands in the history can be entered again by simply stepping through the history to recall the desired command and pressing Enter The command is entered as if you had manually typed it You can also recall
4. Enabled Enables the internal USB ports Devices connected to these ports are detected by the BIOS and operating system USB Port KVM Whether the KVM ports are enabled or disabled This can be one of the following Disabled Disables the KVM port Devices connected to these ports are not detected by the BIOS and operating system Enabled Enables the KVM ports Devices connected to these ports are detected by the BIOS and operating system USB Port VMedia Whether the virtual media devices are enabled or disabled This can be one of the following Disabled Disables the vMedia devices Enabled Enables the vMedia devices E Cisco UCS C Series Servers Integrated Management Controller CLI Configuration Guide Release 1 5 OL 28893 01 BIOS Parameters by Server Model Advanced BIOS Parameters for C220 and C240 Servers i Name Description USB Port SD Card Whether the SD card drives are enabled or disabled This can be one of the following Disabled Disables the SD card drives The SD card drives are not detected by the BIOS and operating system Enabled Enables the SD card drives PCI Configuration Parameters Name Description Memory Mapped I O Above 4GB Whether to enable or disable memory mapped I O of 64 bit PCI devices to 4GB or greater address space Legacy option ROMs are not able to access addresses above 4GB PCI devices that are 64 bit comp
5. Procedure Command or Action Purpose Step 1 Step 2 Step 3 Step 4 Server scope chassis Server chassis scope storageadapter slot Server chassis storageadapter scope virtual drive drive number Server chassis storageadapter set boot drive Enters the chassis command mode Enters command mode for an installed storage card Enters command mode for the specified virtual drive Specifies the controller to boot from this virtual drive This example shows how to specify the controller to boot from virtual drive 3 Server scope chassis Server chassis scope storageadapter SLOT 3 Server chassis storageadapter scope virtual drive 3 Server chassis storageadapter virtual drive set boot drive Are you sure you want to set virtual drive 3 as the boot drive Enter yes to confirm gt yes Server chassis storageadapter virtual drive Modifying Attributes of a Virtual Drive Before You Begin You must log in with admin privileges to perform this task Procedure Command or Action Purpose Step 1 Server scope chassis Enters the chassis command mode Step 2 Server chassis scope storageadapter slot Enters command mode for an installed storage card Step 3 Server chassis storageadapter scope virtual drive 3 Enters the command mode for the virtual drive E Cisco UCS C Series Servers Integrated Management Controller CLI C
6. Allocates 56KB of 16 bit IO resources to IOHO and 8KB of 16 bit IO resources to IOH1 Cisco UCS C Series Servers Integrated Management Controller CLI Configuration Guide Release 1 5 OL 28893 01 BIOS Parameters by Server Model a Server Management BIOS Parameters for C260 Servers Server Management BIOS Parameters for C260 Servers Assert NMI on SERR Description Whether the BIOS generates a non maskable interrupt NMI and logs an error when a system error SERR occurs This can be one of the following Disabled The BIOS does not generate an NMI or log an error when a SERR occurs Enabled The BIOS generates an NMI and logs an error when a SERR occurs You must enable this setting if you want to enable Assert NMI on PERR Whether the BIOS generates a non maskable interrupt NMI and logs an error when a processor bus parity error PERR occurs This can be one of the following Disabled The BIOS does not generate an NMI or log an error when a PERR occurs Enabled The BIOS generates an NMI and logs an error when a PERR occurs You must enable to use this setting Console Redirection Allows a serial port to be used for console redirection during POST and BIOS booting After the BIOS has booted and the operating system is responsible for the server console redirection is irrelevant and has no effect This can be one of the following Disabled No console redirection o
7. Displays the MAC addresses of the LOM ports E Cisco UCS C Series Servers Integrated Management Controller CLI Configuration Guide Release 1 5 OL 28893 01 Viewing Server Properties Viewing LOM Properties This example shows how to display the MAC addresses of the LOM ports Server scope cimc Server cimc scope network Server cimc network show lom mac list Interface MAC Address eth0 010000002000 ethl 010000002000 Server cimc network Cisco UCS C Series Servers Integrated Management Controller CLI Configuration Guide Release 1 5 OL 28893 01 Viewing Server Properties A Viewing LOM Properties Cisco UCS C Series Servers Integrated Management Controller CLI Configuration Guide Release 1 5 OL 28893 01 CHAPTER Viewing Server Sensors This chapter includes the following sections e Viewing Power Supply Sensors page 49 e Viewing Fan Sensors page 50 e Viewing Temperature Sensors page 50 e Viewing Voltage Sensors page 51 e Viewing Current Sensors page 52 e Viewing Storage Sensors page 52 Viewing Power Supply Sensors Procedure Command or Action Purpose Step 1 Server scope sensor Enters sensor command mode Step 2 Server sensor show psu detail Displays power supply sensor statistics for the server Step 3 Server sensor show psu redundancy Displays power supply redundancy sensor status detail for the server This example displays
8. Note The server must be powered on before you can view or change adapter settings Creates a vNIC and enters the host Ethernet interface command mode The name argument can be up to 32 ASCII characters Step 4 Server chassis adapter host eth if set channel number number Optional If NIV mode is enabled for the adapter you must assign a channel number to this vNIC The range is to 1000 Step 5 Server chassis adapter host eth if commit Commits the transaction to the system configuration Note The changes will take effect upon the next server reboot This example creates a vNIC on adapter 1 Server scope chassis Server chassis scope adapter 1 Server chassis adapter create host eth if Vnic5 Server chassis adapter host eth if commit New host eth if settings will take effect upon the next server reset Server chassis adapter host eth if Deleting a vNIC Procedure Command or Action Purpose Step 1 Server scope chassis Enters the chassis command mode Step 2 Server chassis scope adapter index Enters the command mode for the adapter card at the PCI slot number specified by index Note The server must be powered on before you can view or change adapter settings Step 3 Server chassis adapter delete host eth if name Deletes the specified vNIC You cannot delete either of the two default vNICs ethO or ethl Note Step 4
9. Step3 Upload the new certificate to the CIMC Note The uploaded certificate must be created from a CSR generated by the CIMC Do not upload a certificate that was not created by this method Generating a Certificate Signing Request Before You Begin You must log in as a user with admin privileges to configure certificates Cisco UCS C Series Servers Integrated Management Controller CLI Configuration Guide Release 1 5 OL 28893 01 Managing Certificates A Generating a Certificate Signing Request Procedure Command or Action Purpose Step 1 Server scope certificate Enters the certificate command mode Step 2 Server certificate generate csr Launches a dialog for the generation of a certificate signing request CSR You will be prompted to enter the following information for the certificate signing request Common Name CN The fully qualified hostname of the CIMC Organization Name O The organization requesting the certificate Organization Unit OU The organizational unit Locality L The city or town in which the company requesting the certificate is headquartered StateName S The state or province in which the company requesting the certificate is headquartered Country Code CC The two letter ISO country code for the country in which the company is headquartered Email The administrative email contact at the company After you have entered the requested
10. tThe processor does not support remapping Enabled The processor uses VT d Interrupt Remapping as required Intel VT d Coherency Support Whether the processor supports Intel VT d Coherency This can be one of the following Disabled tThe processor does not support coherency Enabled The processor uses VT d Coherency as required OL 28893 01 Cisco UCS C Series Servers Integrated Management Controller CLI Configuration Guide Release 1 5 m BIOS Parameters by Server Model A Advanced BIOS Parameters for C460 Servers Description Intel VT d Address Translation Services Whether the processor supports Intel VT d Address Translation Services ATS This can be one of the following Disabled The processor does not support ATS Enabled The processor uses VT d ATS as required Intel VT d PassThrough DMA Whether the processor supports Intel VT d Pass through DMA This can be one of the following Disabled tThe processor does not support pass through DMA Enabled The processor uses VT d Pass through DMA as required Direct Cache Access Allows processors to increase I O performance by placing data from I O devices directly into the processor cache This setting helps to reduce cache misses This can be one of the following Disabled Data from I O devices is not placed directly into the processor cache Enabled Data from I O devices is plac
11. tThe software RAID controller is available USB Configuration Parameters Name Description Legacy USB Support Whether the system supports legacy USB devices This can be one of the following Disabled USB devices are only available to EFI applications Enabled Legacy USB support is always available e Auto Disables legacy USB support if no USB devices are connected Port 60 64 Emulation Whether the system supports 60h 64h emulation for complete USB keyboard legacy support This can be one of the following Disabled 60h 64 emulation is not supported Enabled 60h 64 emulation is supported You should select this option if you are using a non USB aware operating system on the server Cisco UCS C Series Servers Integrated Management Controller CLI Configuration Guide Release 1 5 OL 28893 01 BIOS Parameters by Server Model Advanced BIOS Parameters for C22 and C24 Servers i Description All USB Devices Whether all physical and virtual USB devices are enabled or disabled This can be one of the following Disabled AII USB devices are disabled Enabled AII USB devices are enabled USB Port Rear Whether the rear panel USB devices are enabled or disabled This can be one of the following e Disabled Disables the rear panel USB ports Devices connected to these ports are not detected by the BIOS and operating system Enabled Enables
12. Document titles Document titles appear in this font TUI elements In a Text based User Interface text the system displays appears inthis font System output Terminal sessions and information that the system displays appear in this font OL 28893 01 Cisco UCS C Series Servers Integrated Management Controller CLI Configuration Guide Release 1 5 Bi Preface A Conventions Text Type Indication CLI commands CLI command keywords appear in this font Variables in a CLI command appear in this font Elements in square brackets are optional x y z Required alternative keywords are grouped in braces and separated by vertical bars x y z Optional alternative keywords are grouped in brackets and separated by vertical bars string A nonquoted set of characters Do not use quotation marks around the string or the string will include the quotation marks lt gt Nonprinting characters such as passwords are in angle brackets Default responses to system prompts are in square brackets Le An exclamation point or a pound sign at the beginning of a line of code indicates a comment line Note p Means reader take note Notes contain helpful suggestions or references to material not covered in the document Tip A Means the following information will help you solve a problem The tips information might not be troubleshooting or
13. Server chassis adapter commit Commits the transaction to the system configuration E Cisco UCS C Series Servers Integrated Management Controller CLI Configuration Guide Release 1 5 OL 28893 01 Managing Network Adapters Configuring iSCSI Boot Capability Command or Action Purpose Note The changes will take effect upon the next server reboot This example deletes a vNIC on adapter 1 Server scope chassis Server chassis scope adapter 1 Server chassis adapter delete host eth if Vnic5 Server chassis adapter commit Server chassis adapter Configuring iSCSI Boot Capability Configuring iSCSI Boot Capability for vNICs When the rack servers are configured in a standalone mode and when the VIC adapters are directly attached to the Nexus 5000 family of switches you can configure these VIC adapters to boot the servers remotely from iSCSI storage targets You can configure Ethernet vNICs to enable a rack server to load the host OS image from remote iSCSI target devices To configure the iSCSI boot capability on a vNIC e You must log in with admin privileges to perform this task To configure a vNIC to boot a server remotely from an iSCSI storage target you must enable the PXE boot option on the vNIC X Note You can configure a maximum of 2 iSCSI vNICs for each host Configuring iSCSI Boot Capability on a vNIC You can configure a maximum of 2 iSCSI vNICs for each
14. Step 2 Server chassis scope storageadapter s ot Enters command mode for an installed storage card Step 3 Server chassis storageadapter scope Enters command mode for the specified virtual virtual drive drive number drive Step 4 Server chassis storageadapter virtual drive You are prompted to confirm the action Enter delete virtual drive yes to confirm Note Ifyou do not enter yes the action is aborted This example shows how to delete virtual drive 3 Server scope chassis Server chassis scope storageadapter SLOT 3 Server chassis storageadapter scope virtual drive 3 Server chassis storageadapter virtual drive delete virtual drive OL 28893 01 Managing Network Adapters Are you s All data Server c Initializing a Virtual Drive ure you want to delete virtual drive 3 on the drive will be lost Enter yes to confirm gt yes hassis storageadapter virtual drive Initializing a Virtual Drive All data on a virtual drive is lost when you initialize the drive Before you run an initialization back up any data on the virtual drive that you want to save Before You Begin You must log in with admin privileges to perform this task Procedure Command or Action Purpose Step 1 Server scope chassis Enters the chassis command mode Step 2 Server chassis scope storageadapter slot Enters command mode for an installed storage card Step 3 Server chassis storageadapter
15. Step 3 Server http set http port number Sets the port to use for HTTP communication The default is 80 Step 4 Server http set https port number Sets the port to use for HTTPS communication The default is 443 Step 5 Server http set http redirect yes Enables or disables the redirection of an HTTP request no to HTTPS Cisco UCS C Series Servers Integrated Management Controller CLI Configuration Guide Release 1 5 OL 28893 01 Configuring Communication Services Configuring SSH Command or Action Purpose Step 6 Server http set timeout seconds Sets the number of seconds to wait between HTTP requests before the CIMC times out and terminates the session Enter an integer between 60 and 10 800 The default is 1 800 seconds Step 7 Server http commit Commits the transaction to the system configuration This example configures HTTP for the CIMC Server scope http ntt ntt ntt ntt htt Server Server Server Server Server Server htt Server htt HTTP Port Server htt Configuring SSH p p ro id eal Saas 2 p set enabled yes set http port 80 set https port 443 set http redirect yes set timeout 1800 commit show HTTPS Port Timeout Active Sessions Enabled HTTP Redirected Before You Begin You must log in as a user with admin privileges to configure SSH Procedure Command or Action Purpos
16. Whether the server can use the PCIe Option ROM expansion slots This can be one of the following e Disabled PCle Option ROMs are not available Enabled PCle Option ROMs are available e The expansion slot n is available for UEFI only e The expansion slot n is available for legacy only PCIe Slot n OptionROM Whether PCIe expansion slot n is available to the server This can be one of the following e Disabled The expansion slot n is not available Enabled The expansion slot n is available e The expansion slot n is available for UEFI only e The expansion slot n is available for legacy only PCle Slot Link Speed This option allows you to restrict the maximum speed of an adapter card installed in PCIe slot n This can be one of the following e GEN1 2 5GT s gigatransfers per second is the maximum speed allowed e GEN2 SGT s is the maximum speed allowed e GEN3 8GT s is the maximum speed allowed Disabled The maximum speed is not restricted For example if you have a ai generation adapter card in PCle slot 2 that you want to run at a maximum of 5GT s instead of the 8GT s that card supports set the PCIe Slot 2 Link Speed to GEN2 The system then ignores the card s supported maximum speed of 8GT s and forces it to run at a maximum of 5 GT s E Cisco UCS C Series Servers Integrated Management Controller CLI Configuration Guide Release 1 5 OL 28893 01 BIO
17. cimc log show local syslog severity Local Syslog Severity warning Server cimc log Sending the CIMC Log to a Remote Server You can configure profiles for one or two remote syslog servers to receive CIMC log entries Before You Begin e The remote syslog server must be configured to receive logs from a remote host The remote syslog server must be configured to receive all types of logs including authentication related logs e The remote syslog server s firewall must be configured to allow syslog messages to reach the syslog server Procedure Step 1 Command or Action Server scope cime Purpose Enters the CIMC command mode Step 2 Server cimc scope log Enters the CIMC log command mode Step 3 Server cimc log set remote syslog severity level Optional The severity evel can be one of the following in decreasing order of severity e emergency e alert E Cisco UCS C Series Servers Integrated Management Controller CLI Configuration Guide Release 1 5 OL 28893 01 Viewing Logs Sending the CIMC Log to a Remote Server Command or Action Purpose e critical e error e warning notice e informational e debug Note CIMC does not remotely log any messages with a severity below the selected severity For example if you select error then the remote syslog server will receive all CIMC log messages with the severity Emergency Alert
18. 0 000 A 100 fully charged Server chassis storageadapter Viewing the Flexible Flash Controller Properties Before You Begin e Cisco Flexible Flash must be supported by your platform Procedure Command or Action Purpose Step 1 Server scope chassis Enters the chassis command mode Step 2 Server chassis show flexflash detail Optional Displays the available Cisco Flexible Flash controllers Step 3 Server chassis scope flexflash index Enters the Cisco Flexible Flash controller command mode for the specified controller At this time the only permissible index value is FlexFlash 0 Step 4 Server chassis flexflash show Displays the operational profile properties operational profile detail This example displays the properties of the flash controller Server scope chassis Server chassis show flexflash Controller Product Name Has Error Firmware Version Vendor Internal State FlexFlash 0 Cisco FlexFlash No 1 2 build 247 Cypress Connected Server chassis scope flexflash FlexFlash 0 Server chassis show operational profile Primary Member Slot I O Error Threshold Host Accessible VDs slotl 100 SCU Drivers Server chassis flexflash Cisco UCS C Series Servers Integrated Management Controller CLI Configuration Guide Release 1 5 OL 28893 01 Viewing Server Properties Viewing Physical Drive Properties Procedure Command or Action Viewing Physical Drive Propertie
19. 1 version 0 indicating an IPMI platform event trap PET version 1 0 message The last field is an event number indicating the specific condition or alert being notified Platform Event Trap Descriptions The following table provides a description of the event being notified in a platform event trap message based on the event number in the trap OID Event Number Note 1 Platform Event Description 0 Oh Test Trap 65799 010107h Temperature Warning 65801 010109h Temperature Critical 131330 020102h Under Voltage Critical 131337 020109h Voltage Critical 196871 030107h Current Warning 262402 040102h Fan Critical 459776 070400h Processor related IOH Thermalert Caterr sensor predictive failure deasserted 459777 070401h Processor related IOH Thermalert Caterr sensor predictive failure asserted 460032 070500h Processor Power Warning limit not exceeded 460033 070501h Processor Power Warning limit exceeded 524533 0800F5h Power Supply Critical 524551 080107h Power Supply Warning OL 28893 01 Cisco UCS C Series Servers Integrated Management Controller CLI Configuration Guide Release 1 5 m Configuring Platform Event Filters A Interpreting Platform Event Traps Event Number Note 1 Platform Event Description 525313 080401h Discrete Power Supply Warni
20. 159 Activating Installed CIMC Firmware page 160 Installing BIOS Firmware from a Remote Server page 162 Overview of Firmware C Series servers use Cisco certified firmware specific to the C Series server model that you are using You can download new releases of the firmware for all supported server models from Cisco com A Caution When you install new BIOS firmware it must be from the same software release as the CIMC firmware running on the server Do not install new BIOS firmware until after you have activated the matching CIMC firmware or the server will not boot To avoid potential problems we strongly recommend that you use the Cisco Host Upgrade Utility HUU which upgrades the BIOS CIMC and other firmware to compatible levels For detailed information about this utility see the Cisco Host Upgrade Utility Guide for the version of the HUU that goes with the CIMC software release that you want to install The HUU guides are available at the following URL http www cisco com en US products ps10493 products_user_guide_list html If you elect to update the firmware manually you must update the CIMC firmware first The CIMC firmware update process is divided into the following stages to minimize the amount of time the server will be offline e Installation During this stage CIMC installs the selected CIMC firmware in the non active or backup slot on the server e Activation During this stage CIMC sets the non active
21. 6 the default is 0 Higher values indicate more important traffic This setting is not functional in NIV mode E Cisco UCS C Series Servers Integrated Management Controller CLI Configuration Guide Release 1 5 OL 28893 01 Managing Network Adapters Modifying vHBA Properties Command or Action Purpose Step 12 Server chassis adapter host fc if set rate limit off rate Specifies a maximum data rate for the VHBA The range is 1 to 10000 Mbps the default is off This setting is not functional in NIV mode Step 13 Server chassis adapter host fc if set order any 0 99 Specifies the relative order of this device for PCIe bus device number assignment the default is any Step 14 Server chassis adapter host fc if set error detect timeout msec Specifies the error detect timeout value EDTOV the number of milliseconds to wait before the system assumes that an error has occurred The range is 1000 to 100000 the default is 2000 milliseconds Step 15 Server chassis adapter host fc if set resource allocation timeout msec Specifies the resource allocation timeout value RATOV the number of milliseconds to wait before the system assumes that a resource cannot be properly allocated The range is 5000 to 100000 the default is 10000 milliseconds Step 16 Server chassis adapter host fc if set max field size size Specifies the maximum size of the Fibre Ch
22. BAUD rate is used 38400 A 38 400 BAUD rate is used 57600 A 57 600 BAUD rate is used 115200 A 115 200 BAUD rate is used Note This setting must match the setting on the remote terminal application Flow Control Whether a handshake protocol is used for flow control Request to Send Clear to Send RTS CTS helps to reduce frame collisions that can be introduced by a hidden terminal problem This can be one of the following e None No flow control is used e RTS CTS is used for flow control Note This setting must match the setting on the remote terminal application Putty KeyPad Allows you to change the action of the PuTTY function keys and the top row of the numeric keypad This can be one of the following e VT100 The function keys generate ESC OP through ESC OJ e LINUX Mimics the Linux virtual console Function keys F6 to F12 behave like the default mode but F1 to F5 generate ESC A through ESC E e XTERMR6 Function keys F5 to F12 behave like the default mode Function keys F1 to F4 generate ESC OP through ESC OS which are the sequences produced by the top row of the keypad on Digital terminals e SCO The function keys F1 to F12 generate ESC M through ESC X The function and shift keys generate ESC Y through ESC j The control and function keys generate ESC k through ESC v The shift control and function keys generate ESC w through ESC e ESCN The defaul
23. Battery charge complete Fri March 1 07 50 19 2013 Info Battery charge started Fri March 1 07 48 19 2013 Info Battery relearn complete Fri March 1 07 47 19 2013 Info Battery is discharging Fri March 1 07 45 19 2013 Info Battery relearn started Server chassis storageadapter Backing Up and Restoring the Adapter Configuration Exporting the Adapter Configuration The adapter configuration can be exported as an XML file to a TFTP server i Important If any firmware or BIOS updates are in progress do not export the adapter configuration until those tasks are complete Before You Begin A supported Virtual Interface Card VIC must be installed in the chassis and the server must be powered on Obtain the TFTP server IP address OL 28893 01 Cisco UCS C Series Servers Integrated Management Controller CLI Configuration Guide Release 1 5 E Managing Network Adapters Importing the Adapter Configuration Procedure Command or Action Purpose Step 1 Server scope chassis Enters the chassis command mode Step 2 Step 3 Server chassis scope adapter index Server chassis adapter export vnic protocol remote server IP address Enters the command mode for the adapter card at the PCI slot number specified by index Note The server must be powered on before you can view or change adapter settings Starts the export operation The adapter configuration file will be stored at the spe
24. CIMC Log Threshold You can specify the lowest level of messages that will be included in the CIMC log Procedure Command or Action Purpose Step 1 Server scope cime Enters the CIMC command mode Step 2 Server cimc scope log Enters the CIMC log command mode Step 3 Server cimc log set The severity level can be one of the following in decreasing local syslog severity level order of severity emergency e alert e critical e error e warning notice informational e debug Cisco UCS C Series Servers Integrated Management Controller CLI Configuration Guide Release 1 5 OL 28893 01 Viewing Logs a Sending the CIMC Log to a Remote Server Command or Action Purpose Step 4 Step 5 Server cimc log commit Server cimc log show local syslog severity Note CIMC does not log any messages with a severity below the selected severity For example if you select error then the CIMC log will contain all messages with the severity Emergency Alert Critical or Error It will not show Warning Notice Informational or Debug messages Commits the transaction to the system configuration Optional Displays the configured severity level This example shows how to configure the logging of messages with a minimum severity of Warning Server scope cimc Server cimc scope log Server cimc log set local syslog severity warning Server cimc log commit Server
25. Checksum Validation as follows e disable The CPU validates all packet checksums e enable The CPU sends all packet checksums to the hardware for validation This option may reduce CPU overhead This is the default Step 39 Server chassis adapter host eth if offload set tep tx checksum offload disable enable Enables or disables TCP Transmit Offload Checksum Validation as follows e disable The CPU validates all packet checksums e enable The CPU sends all packet checksums to the hardware for validation This option may reduce CPU overhead This is the default Step 40 Server chassis adapter host eth if offload set tcp large receive offload disable enable Enables or disables TCP Large Packet Receive Offload as follows e disable The CPU processes all large packets e enable The hardware reassembles all segmented packets before sending them to the CPU This option may reduce CPU utilization and increase inbound throughput This is the default Step 41 Server chassis adapter host eth if offload exit Exits to the host Ethernet interface command mode Step 42 Server chassis adapter host eth if scope rss Enters Receive side Scaling RSS command mode Step 43 Server chassis adapter host eth if rss set rss disable enable Enables or disables RSS which allows the efficient distribution of network receive processing across multiple CPUs in
26. Cisco Host Upgrade Utility HUU This is the recommended method e Use the CIMC GUI interface e If your server model supports it use the BIOS recovery function of the hardware jumper on the server motherboard For instructions see the Cisco UCS Server Installation and Service Guide for your server model Before You Begin e You must be logged in as admin to recover from a corrupted BIOS e Have the BIOS recovery ISO image ready You will find the BIOS recovery ISO image under the Recovery folder of the firmware distribution package e Schedule some down time for the server because it will be power cycled at the end of the recovery procedure Procedure Command or Action Purpose Step 1 Server scope bios Enters the bios command mode Step 2 Server recover Launches a dialog for loading the BIOS recovery image Cisco UCS C Series Servers Integrated Management Controller CLI Configuration Guide Release 1 5 OL 28893 01 Server Utilities Resetting the CIMC to Factory Defaults This example shows how to recover from a corrupted BIOS Server scope bios Server bios recover This operation will automatically power on the server to perform BIOS FW recovery Continue yINly What to Do Next Power cycle or reset the server Resetting the CIMC to Factory Defaults On rare occasions such as an issue with the current running firmware troubleshooting a server may require you to reset the CIMC to the factory
27. Description Memory Mapped I O Above 4GB Whether to enable or disable memory mapped I O of 64 bit PCI devices to 4GB or greater address space Legacy option ROMs are not able to access addresses above 4GB PCI devices that are 64 bit compliant but use a legacy option ROM may not function correctly with this setting enabled This can be one of the following Disabled The server does not map I O of 64 bit PCI devices to 4GB or greater address space Enabled The server maps I O of 64 bit PCI devices to 4GB or greater address space Onboard NIC n ROM Whether the system loads the embedded PXE option ROM for the onboard NIC designated by n This can be one of the following e Disabled P XE option ROM is not available for NIC n Enabled PXE option ROM is available for NIC n PCIe OptionROMs Whether the server can use the PCIe Option ROM expansion slots This can be one of the following Disabled PCle Option ROMs are not available e Enabled PCle Option ROMs are available e The expansion slot n is available for UEFI only e The expansion slot n is available for legacy only PCIe Slot n ROM Whether PCIe expansion slot n is available to the server This can be one of the following Disabled The expansion slot n is not available Enabled The expansion slot n is available e The expansion slot n is available for UEFI only e The expansion slot n is available for legacy
28. Enters SNMP command mode Step 2 Server snmp set enabled yes Enables or disables SNMP no Note SNMP must be enabled and saved before additional SNMP configuration commands are accepted Step 3 Server snmp commit Commits the transaction to the system configuration OL 28893 01 Cisco UCS C Series Servers Integrated Management Controller CLI Configuration Guide Release 1 5 E Configuring Communication Services Configuring SNMP Properties Command or Action Purpose Step 4 Specifies the default SNMP v1 or v2c community name that CIMC includes on any trap messages it sends to the SNMP host The name can be up to 18 characters Server snmp set community str community Step 5 Server snmp This can be one of the following Disabled Limited or Full setcommunity access Step 6 Specifies the SNMP community group to which trap information should be sent The name can be up to 18 characters Server snmp settrap community str Step 7 Specifies the system contact person responsible for the SNMP implementation The contact information can be up to 254 characters such as an email address or a name and telephone number To enter a value that contains spaces you must enclose the entry with quotation marks Server snmp set sys contact contact Step 8 Specifies the location of the host on which the SNMP agent server runs The location information can be up to 254
29. Series Servers Integrated Management Controller CLI Configuration Guide Release 1 5 OL 28893 01 Configuring Communication Services Configuring SNMP i Command or Action Purpose Step 4 Server ipmi set Sets the IPMI encryption key to use for IPMI communications The encryption key key key value must be 40 hexadecimal numbers Step 5 Server ipmi commit Commits the transaction to the system configuration This example configures IPMI over LAN for the CIMC Server scope ipmi Server ipmi set enabled yes Server ipmi set privilege level admin Server ipmi set encryption key abcdef01234567890abcdef01234567890abcdef Server ipmi commit Server ipmi show Enabled Encryption Key Privilege Level Limit yes abcdef01234567890abcdef01234567890abcdef admin Server ipmi Configuring SNMP SNMP The Cisco UCS C Series Rack Mount Servers support the Simple Network Management Protocol SNMP for viewing server configuration and status and for sending fault and alert information by SNMP traps For information on Management Information Base MIB files supported by CIMC see the MIB Quick Reference for Cisco UCS at this URL http www cisco com en US docs unified_computing ucs sw mib reference UCS _ MIBRef html Configuring SNMP Properties Before You Begin You must log in as a user with admin privileges to perform this task Procedure Command or Action Purpose Step 1 Server scope snmp
30. Server bios restore mfg defaults Restores the set up tokens to the manufacturing default values This example shows how to restore the BIOS set up tokens to the manufacturing default values Server scope bios Server bios restore mfg defaults This operation will reset the BIOS set up tokens to manufacturing defaults The system will be powered on Continue y n N Server bios Cisco UCS C Series Servers Integrated Management Controller CLI Configuration Guide Release 1 5 OL 28893 01 Managing the Server A Restoring BIOS Manufacturing Custom Defaults Cisco UCS C Series Servers Integrated Management Controller CLI Configuration Guide Release 1 5 OL 28893 01 CHAPTER Viewing Server Properties This chapter includes the following sections e Viewing Server Properties page 37 e Viewing CIMC Properties page 38 e Viewing CPU Properties page 38 e Viewing Memory Properties page 39 e Viewing Power Supply Properties page 40 e Viewing Storage Properties page 40 e Viewing PCI Adapter Properties page 46 e Viewing Network Related Properties page 46 Viewing Server Properties Procedure Command or Action Purpose Step 1 Server show chassis detail Displays server properties This example displays server properties Server show chassis detail Chassis Power on Serial Number QCI1402052G Product Name UCS C210 M2 PID R210 2121605W UUID FFEFFFFFFF FFFF F
31. Step 3 Configure the BIOS The BIOS parameters available depend on the model of the server settings that you are using For descriptions and information about the options for each BIOS setting see one the following topics e Advanced BIOS Parameters for C22 and C24 Servers on page 184 e Advanced BIOS Parameters for C200 and C210 Servers e Advanced BIOS Parameters for C250 Servers e Advanced BIOS Parameters for C260 Servers on page 222 e Advanced BIOS Parameters for C460 Servers on page 253 Step 4 Server bios advanced Commits the transaction to the system configuration commit Changes are applied on the next server reboot If server power is on you are prompted to choose whether to reboot now E Cisco UCS C Series Servers Integrated Management Controller CLI Configuration Guide Release 1 5 OL 28893 01 Managing the Server Configuring Server Management BIOS Settings i Command or Action Purpose This example enables low voltage DDR memory mode and commits the transaction Server scope bios Server bios scope advanced Server bios advanced set LvDDRMode Enabled Server bios advanced commit Changes to BIOS set up parameters will require a reboot Do you want to reboot the system y N n Changes will be applied on next reboot Server bios advanced Configuring Server Management BIOS Settings Before You Begin You must log in with admin privileges to perform this task Procedu
32. TCP transmissions across IPv6 networks Enable IPv6 Extension RSS field If enabled RSS is enabled for IPv6 extensions Enable TCP IPv6 Extension RSS field If enabled RSS is enabled for TCP transmissions across IPv6 networks OL 28893 01 Managing Network Adapters Managing Storage Adapters i Managing Storage Adapters Create Virtual Drive from Unused Physical Drives Before You Begin You must log in with admin privileges to perform this task Procedure Command or Action Purpose Step 1 Server scope chassis Enters the chassis command mode Step 2 Server chassis scope Enters command mode for an installed storage card storageadapter slot Step 3 Server chassis storageadapter At this point you are prompted to enter information create virtual drive corresponding to the RAID level the physical drives to be used the size and the write policy for the new virtual drive Enter the appropriate information at each prompt When you have finished specifying the virtual drive information you are prompted to confirm that the information is correct Enter y yes to confirm or n no to cancel the operation Step 4 Server chassis storageadapter Displays the existing virtual drives show virtual drive This example shows how to create a new virtual drive that spans two unused physical drives Server scope chassis Server chassis scope storageadapter SLOT 3 Server ch
33. adapter host fc if error recovery exit Exits to the host Fibre Channel interface command mode OL 28893 01 Cisco UCS C Series Servers Integrated Management Controller CLI Configuration Guide Release 1 5 Bi Managing Network Adapters A Modifying vHBA Properties Command or Action Purpose Step 23 Server chassis adapter host fc if scope interrupt Enters the interrupt command mode Step 24 Server chassis adapter host fc if interrupt set interrupt mode intx msi msix Specifies the Fibre Channel interrupt mode The modes are as follows e intx Line based interrupt INTx e msi Message Signaled Interrupt MSI e msix Message Signaled Interrupts with the optional extension MSIx This is the recommended and default option Step 25 Server chassis adapter host fc if interrupt exit Exits to the host Fibre Channel interface command mode Step 26 Step 27 Step 28 Server chassis adapter host fc if scope port Server chassis adapter host fc if port set outstanding io count count Server chassis adapter host fc if port set max target luns count Enters the Fibre Channel port command mode Specifies the I O throttle count the number of I O operations that can be pending in the VHBA at one time The range is to 1024 the default is 512 operations Specifies the maximum logical unit numbers LUNs per target the maximum number of LUNs
34. admin privileges to perform this task Cisco UCS C Series Servers Integrated Management Controller CLI Configuration Guide Release 1 5 OL 28893 01 Managing the Server Power Cycling the Server Procedure Command or Action Purpose Step 1 Server scope chassis Enters chassis command mode Step 2 Server chassis power off Turns off the server This example turns off the server Server scope chassis Server chassis power off This operation will change the server s power state Continue yINly Server chassis show Power Serial Number Product Name UUID off Not Specified Not Specified 208F0100020F000000BEA80000DEADO0 Power Cycling the Server Important If any firmware or BIOS updates are in progress do not power cycle the server until those tasks are complete Before You Begin You must log in with user or admin privileges to perform this task Procedure Command or Action Purpose Step 1 Server scope chassis Enters chassis command mode Step 2 Server chassis power cycle Power cycles the server This example power cycles the server Server scope chassis Server chassis power cycle OL 28893 01 Cisco UCS C Series Servers Integrated Management Controller CLI Configuration Guide Release 1 5 E Managing the Server A Configuring Power Policies Configuring Power Policies Viewing the Power Statistics Procedure Command or Ac
35. be one of the following Disabled tThe processor does not preload any cache data Enabled The DCU IP prefetcher preloads the L1 cache with the data it determines to be the most relevant Direct Cache Access Support Allows processors to increase I O performance by placing data from I O devices directly into the processor cache This setting helps to reduce cache misses This can be one of the following Disabled Data from I O devices is not placed directly into the processor cache Enabled Data from I O devices is placed directly into the processor cache Cisco UCS C Series Servers Integrated Management Controller CLI Configuration Guide Release 1 5 OL 28893 01 BIOS Parameters by Server Model Advanced BIOS Parameters for C22 and C24 Servers Description Power Technology Enables you to configure the CPU power management settings for the following options e Enhanced Intel Speedstep Technology e Intel Turbo Boost Technology e Processor Power State C6 Power Technology can be one of the following e Custom tThe server uses the individual settings for the BIOS parameters mentioned above You must select this option if you want to change any of these BIOS parameters Disabled tThe server does not perform any CPU power management and any settings for the BIOS parameters mentioned above are ignored e The server determines the best settings for the BIOS parameters
36. boot order 14 server management 33 BIOS status 30 viewing 30 boot order 14 15 16 about 14 configuring 15 viewing 16 boot table 94 95 creating entry 94 deleting entry 94 95 description 94 C C22 and C24 servers 183 184 200 advanced BIOS parameters 184 main BIOS parameters 183 server management BIOS parameters 200 C220 and C240 servers 203 219 advanced BIOS parameters 203 main BIOS parameters 203 server management BIOS parameters 219 C260 server 222 232 advanced BIOS parameters 222 main BIOS parameters 222 OL 28893 01 Cisco UCS C Series Servers Integrated Management Controller CLI Configuration Guide Release 1 5 E Index C260 server continued server management BIOS parameters 232 C420 server 235 251 main BIOS parameters 235 server management BIOS parameters 251 C420 servers 235 advanced BIOS parameters 235 C460 server 253 263 advanced BIOS parameters 253 main BIOS parameters 253 server management BIOS parameters 263 certificate management 147 uploading a certificate 147 CIMC 38 157 158 159 160 166 167 168 177 activating firmware 160 clearing log 167 configuring log threshold 167 firmware overview 157 installing firmware from remote server 159 obtaining firmware from Cisco 158 resetting to factory defaults 177 sending log 168 viewing log 166 viewing properties 38 CIMC CLI 3 CIMC overview 2 clearing foreign configuration 117 common properties 75 communication services proper
37. card Enters the physical drive command mode Step 4 Server chassis storageadapter physical drive locator led on off Enables or disables the physical drive locator LED This example shows how to enable the locator LED for physical drive 3 Server scope chassis Server chassis scope storageadapter SLOT 2 Server chassis storageadapter scope physical drive 3 Server chassis storageadapter physical drive locator led on Server chassis storageadapter physical drive commit Server chassis storageadapter physical drive E Cisco UCS C Series Servers Integrated Management Controller CLI Configuration Guide Release 1 5 OL 28893 01 Managing Network Adapters Viewing Storage Controller Logs i Viewing Storage Controller Logs Before You Begin You must log in with admin privileges to perform this task Procedure Command or Action Purpose Step 1 Server scope chassis Enters the chassis command mode Step 2 Server chassis scope storageadapter s ot Enters command mode for an installed storage card Step 3 Server chassis storageadapter show log Displays the storage controller logs This example shows how to display storage controller logs Server scope chassis Server chassis scope storageadapter SLOT 3 Server chassis storageadapter show log Time Severity Description Fri March 1 09 52 19 2013 Warning Predictive Failure Fri March 1 07 50 19 2013 Info
38. characters To enter a value that contains spaces you must enclose the entry with quotation marks Server snmp set sys location location Step 9 Server snmp commit Commits the transaction to the system configuration This example configures the SNMP properties and commits the transaction Server scope snmp Server Server Server server Server Server Server Server Server snmp snmp snmp snmp snmp snmp snmp snmp snmp set enabled yes commit set community str cimcpublic set community access Full set trap community str public set sys contact User Name lt username example com gt 1 408 555 1212 set sys location San Jose California commit show detail SNMP Settings SNMP Port 161 System Contact User Name lt username example com gt 1 408 555 1212 System Location SNMP Community San Jose California cimcpublic SNMP Trap community public SNMP Community access Full Enabled yes Server snmp What to Do Next Configure SNMP trap settings as described in Configuring SNMP Trap Settings on page 139 E Cisco UCS C Series Servers Integrated Management Controller CLI Configuration Guide Release 1 5 OL 28893 01 Configuring Communication Services Configuring SNMP Trap Settings Configuring SNMP Trap Settings Before You Begin e You must log in with admin privileges to perform this task e SNMP must b
39. chassis Server chassis show adapter PCI Slot Product Name Serial Number Product ID Vendor al UCS VIC 1225 FCH1613796C UCSC PCIE C Cisco Systems Inc Server chassis show adapter 2 detail PCI Slot 2 Product Name UCS VIC 1225 Serial Number FCH1613796C Product ID UCSC PCIE CSC 02 Adapter Hardware Revision 4 Current FW Version 2 1 0 291 NIV Disabled FIP Enabled Configuration Pending no CIMC Management Enabled no VID VOO Vendor Cisco Systems Inc Description Bootloader Version 2 1 0 291 FW Image 1 Version 2 1 0 291 FW Image 1 State RUNNING ACTIVATED FW Image 2 Version 1 6 0 547 FW Image 2 State BACKUP INACTIVATED FW Update Status Idle FW Update Error No error FW Update Stage No operation 0 FW Update Overall Progress 0 Server chassis Configuring Network Adapter Properties Before You Begin e You must log in with admin privileges to perform this task e A supported Virtual Interface Card VIC must be installed in the chassis and the server must be powered on OL 28893 01 Cisco UCS C Series Servers Integrated Management Controller CLI Configuration Guide Release 1 5 wi Managing Network Adapters Managing vHBAs Procedure Command or Action Purpose Step 1 Server scope chassis Enters the chassis command mode Step 2 Server chassis show adapter Optional Displays the available adapter devices Step 3 Server chassis scope adap
40. configuration commit Note The changes will take effect upon the next server reboot This example configures the properties of a vNIC Server scope chassis Server chassis show adapter PCI Slot Product Name Serial Number Product ID Vendor 1 UCS VIC P81E CI1417A0QK N2XX ACPCI01 Cisco Systems Inc Server chassis scope adapter 1 Server chassis adapter scope host eth if Test1 Server chassis adapter host eth if set uplink 1 Server chassis adapter host eth if scope offload Server chassis adapter host eth if offload set tcp segment offload enable Server chassis adapter host eth if offload exit Server chassis adapter host eth if commit Server chassis adapter host eth if What to Do Next Reboot the server to apply the changes Creating a vNIC The adapter provides two permanent vNICs You can create up to 16 additional vNICs Before You Begin You must log in with user or admin privileges to perform this task OL 28893 01 Cisco UCS C Series Servers Integrated Management Controller CLI Configuration Guide Release 1 5 ai Managing Network Adapters Deleting a vNIC Procedure Command or Action Purpose Step 1 Server scope chassis Enters the chassis command mode Step 2 Step 3 Server chassis scope adapter index Server chassis adapter create host eth if name Enters the command mode for the adapter card at the PCI slot number specified by index
41. default When this happens all user configurable settings are reset This procedure is not part of the normal server maintenance After you reset the CIMC you are logged off and must log in again You may also lose connectivity and may need to reconfigure the network settings Procedure Command or Action Purpose Step 1 Server scope cime Enters the CIMC command mode Step 2 Server cimc factory default After a prompt to confirm the CIMC resets to factory defaults The CIMC factory defaults include the following conditions SSH is enabled for access to the CIMC CLI Telnet is disabled e HTTPS is enabled for access to the CIMC GUI A single user account exists user name is admin password is password e DHCP is enabled on the management port e The boot order is EFI CDROM PXE using LoM FDD HDD e KVM and vMedia are enabled e USB is enabled e SoL is disabled This example resets the CIMC to factory defaults Server scope cimc Server cimc factory default This operation will reset the CIMC configuration to factory default All your configuration will be lost Continue y N OL 28893 01 Cisco UCS C Series Servers Integrated Management Controller CLI Configuration Guide Release 1 5 m Server Utilities Exporting and Importing the CIMC Configuration Exporting and Importing the CIMC Configuration Exporting and Importing the CIMC Configuration To perform a backup of the CIMC config
42. e Install base software components such as anti virus software monitoring agents or backup clients e Install software applications such as databases application server software or web servers Perform operator actions including restarting an Oracle database restarting printer queues or handling non CIMC user accounts e Configure or manage external storage on the SAN or NAS storage CIMC CLI The CIMC CLI is a command line management interface for Cisco UCS C Series servers You can launch the CIMC CLI and manage the server over the network by SSH or Telnet By default Telnet access is disabled A user of the CLI will be one of three roles admin user can control cannot configure and read only L Note To recover from a lost admin password see the Cisco UCS C Series server installation and service guide for your platform Command Modes The CLI is organized into a hierarchy of command modes with the EXEC mode being the highest level mode of the hierarchy Higher level modes branch into lower level modes You use the scope command to move from higher level modes to modes in the next lower level and the exit command to move up one level in the mode hierarchy The top command returns to the EXEC mode Cisco UCS C Series Servers Integrated Management Controller CLI Configuration Guide Release 1 5 OL 28893 01 Overview A Command Modes amp Note Most command modes are associated with managed objects T
43. event alert configuration The following example disables platform event alerts Server scope fault Server fault set platform event enabled no Server fault commit Server fault show SNMP Community String Platform Event Enabled Server fault Configuring Platform Event Filters You can configure actions and alerts for the following platform event filters Cisco UCS C Series Servers Integrated Management Controller CLI Configuration Guide Release 1 5 OL 28893 01 Configuring Platform Event Filters Configuring Platform Event Filters i ID Platform Event Filter 1 Temperature Critical Assert Filter 2 Temperature Warning Assert Filter 3 Voltage Critical Assert Filter 4 Current Assert Filter 5 Fan Critical Assert Filter 6 Processor Assert Filter 7 Power Supply Critical Assert Filter 8 Power Supply Warning Assert Filter 9 Power Supply Redundancy Lost Filter 10 Discrete Power Supply Assert Filter 11 Memory Assert Filter 12 Drive Slot Assert Filter Procedure Command or Action Purpose Step 1 Server scope fault Enters the fault command mode Step 2 Server fault scope pef id Enters the platform event filter command mode for the specified event See the Platform Event Filter table for event ID numbers Step 3 Server fault pef set action Selects the desired system action when this event occurs The none reboot power cycle action can be
44. from cimc mode cime firmware import export scope import export command from cimc mode cime import export log scope log command from cime cimc log mode server scope server index command from cimc log server log mode network scope network command from cime network cime mode ipblocking scope ipblocking command from cimc network ipblocking network mode tech support scope tech support command from cimc mode cimc tech support fault scope fault command from EXEC fault mode pert scope pef command from fault fault pef mode http scope http command from EXEC http mode ipmi scope ipmi command from EXEC ipmi mode kvm scope kvm command from EXEC kvm mode ldap dap Cisco UCS C Series Servers Integrated Management Controller CLI Configuration Guide Release 1 5 OL 28893 01 Overview Mode Name Command to Access Command Modes Mode Prompt scope Idap command from EXEC mode role group scope role group command from ldap mode dap role group power cap scope power cap command from EXEC mode power cap sel scope sel command from EXEC sel mode sensor scope sensor command from sensor EXEC mode somp scope snmp command from EXEC snmp mode trap destinations scope trap destinations command from snmp mode snmp trap destinations
45. from a remote server copy the BIOS installation CAP file and the CIMC installation BIN file to the remote server you want to use The remote server can be one of the following TFTP FTP e SFTP e SCP e HTTP The server must have read permission for the destination folder on the remote server What to Do Next Use the Cisco Host Upgrade Utility to upgrade all firmware on the server or manually install the CIMC firmware on the server Installing CIMC Firmware from a Remote Server Before You Begin e Log in to the as a user with admin privileges Obtain the Cisco Host Upgrade Utility ISO file from Cisco com and extract the firmware installation files as described in Obtaining Firmware from Cisco on page 158 OL 28893 01 Cisco UCS C Series Servers Integrated Management Controller CLI Configuration Guide Release 1 5 E CIMC Firmware Management Activating Installed CIMC Firmware Note Activating If you start an update while an update is already in process both updates will fail Procedure Command or Action Purpose Step 1 Server scope cimc Enters the CIMC command mode Step 2 Server cimc scope firmware Enters the CIMC firmware command mode Step 3 Server cimc firmware update Specifies the protocol IP address of the remote server protocol IP Address path and the file path to the firmware file on the server The protocol can be one of the following e TFTP FTP e SFTP
46. genrsa out ca key 1024 Generating RSA private key 1024 bit long modulus Bh Sept Oc oO Cee E e is 65537 0x10001 usr bin openssl req new x509 days 365 key ca key out ca crt You are about to be asked to enter information that will be incorporated into your certificate request What you are about to enter is what is called a Distinguished Name or a DN There are quite a few fields but you can leave some blank For some fields there will be a default value OL 28893 01 Managing Certificates Uploading Uploading a Server Certificate If you enter the field will be left blank Country Name 2 letter code GB US State or Province Name full name Berkshire California Locality Name eg city Newbury San Jose Organization Name eg company My Company Ltd Example Incorporated Organizational Unit Name eg section UnitA Common Name eg your name or your server s hostname example com Email Address admin example com echo nsCertType server gt openss conf usr bin openssl x509 req days 365 in csr txt CA ca crt set_serial 01 CAkey ca key out server crt extfile openssl conf Signature ok subject C US ST California L San Jose O Example Inc OU Unit A CN example com emailAddress john example com Getting CA Private Key What to Do Next Upload the new certificate to the CIMC a Server Certificate Before You Beg
47. information the system will generate and display a certificate signing request in the console output A CSR file will not be created but you can copy the CSR information from the console output and paste the information into a text file This example generates a certificate signing request Server scope certificate Server certificate generate csr Common Name CN test example com Organization Name O Example Inc Organization Unit OU Test Department Locality L San Jose StateName S CA Country Code CC US Email user example com Continue to generate CSR yINly iposi BEGIN CERTIFICATE REQUEST MIIB ZCCAWgCAQAwgZkxCzAJBgNVBAYTAl1VTMQswCQYDVQQIEwJDQTEVMBMGA1LUE BxMMU2FuIEpvc2UsIENBMRUWwWEwWYDVQQKEwxFeGFtcGxlIEluYy4xEzARBgNVBAsST C1R1c3QgR3JvdAXAxGTAXBgNVBAMTEHR1c3QuZXhhbXBsZS5jb20xHzAdBgkqhkiG 9w0OBCQEWEHVZzZXJAZXhhbXBsZS5jb20wgZ8wDQYJKoZIhvcNAQEBBQADgY0AMIGJ AOGBAMZw4nTepNIDhVzb0j7Z2Je4xAG56zmSHRMQeOGHemdh66u2 XAoLx7YCcYU ZgAMivyCsKgb 6CjQtsofvzxmC eAehuK3 SINv7wd6Vv2pBt6ZpXgD4VBNKOND1 GMbkPayVlQjbG4MD2dx2 H8EH3LMtdZrgKvPxPTE bF5wZVNAgMBAAGgJTAjBgkq hkiG9w0BCQcxFhMUQSBjaGFsbGVuZ2UgcGFzc3dvcmQwDQYJKoZIhvcNAQEFBQAD Cisco UCS C Series Servers Integrated Management Controller CLI Configuration Guide Release 1 5 OL 28893 01 Managing Certificates Creating a Self Signed Certificate i gYEAG61CaJoJaVMhzC190306Mg51zq1z2Xcz75 VFJ216rH9asckCld3mkOVx5gJU PttSCVOpNgNLdvbDPSsxXretysOhqHmp9 CLv8FDuy1CDYfuaLtv
48. mentioned above and ignores the individual settings for these parameters Enhanced Intel Speedstep Technology Whether the processor uses Enhanced Intel SpeedStep Technology which allows the system to dynamically adjust processor voltage and core frequency This technology can result in decreased average power consumption and decreased average heat production This can be one of the following Disabled tThe processor never dynamically adjusts its voltage or frequency Enabled The processor utilizes Enhanced Intel SpeedStep Technology and enables all supported processor sleep states to further conserve power We recommend that you contact your operating system vendor to make sure the operating system supports this feature Note must be set to Custom or the server ignores the setting for this parameter Cisco UCS C Series Servers Integrated Management Controller CLI Configuration Guide Release 1 5 OL 28893 01 BIOS Parameters by Server Model Advanced BIOS Parameters for C22 and C24 Servers Name Description Intel Turbo Boost Technology Whether the processor uses Intel Turbo Boost Technology which allows the processor to automatically increase its frequency if it is running below power temperature or voltage specifications This can be one of the following Disabled The processor does not increase its frequency automatically Enabled The processor utilizes Turbo Boost
49. multiprocessor systems The default is enable for the two default vNICs and disable for user created vNICs Step 44 Server chassis adapter host eth if rss set rss hash ipv4 disable enable Enables or disables IPv4 RSS The default is enable Step 45 Server chassis adapter host eth if rss set rss hash tcp ipv4 disable enable Enables or disables TCP IPv4 RSS The default is enable Step 46 Server chassis adapter host eth if rss set rss hash ipv6 disable enable Enables or disables IPv6 RSS The default is enable E Cisco UCS C Series Servers Integrated Management Controller CLI Configuration Guide Release 1 5 OL 28893 01 Managing Network Adapters Creating a vNIC Command or Action Purpose Step 47 Server chassis adapter host eth if rss Enables or disables TCP IPv6 RSS The default is set rss hash tcp ipv6 disable enable enable Step 48 Server chassis adapter host eth if rss Enables or disables IPv6 Extension RSS The default set rss hash ipv6 ex disable enable is disable Step 49 Server chassis adapter host eth if rss Enables or disables TCP IPv6 Extension RSS The set rss hash tcp ipv6 ex disable default is disable enable Step 50 Server chassis adapter host eth if rss Exits to the host Ethernet interface command mode exit Step 51 Server chassis adapter host eth if Commits the transaction to the system
50. must close the CLI session For example to end an SoL session over an SSH connection disconnect the SSH connection Cisco UCS C Series Servers Integrated Management Controller CLI Configuration Guide Release 1 5 OL 28893 01 Managing Remote Presence A Launching Serial Over LAN Cisco UCS C Series Servers Integrated Management Controller CLI Configuration Guide Release 1 5 OL 28893 01 CHAPTER A Managing User Accounts This chapter includes the following sections e Configuring Local Users page 65 e Configuring Active Directory page 66 e Viewing User Sessions page 71 e Terminating a User Session page 71 Configuring Local Users Before You Begin You must log in as a user with admin privileges to configure or modify local user accounts Procedure Command or Action Purpose Step 1 Server scope user usernumber Enters user command mode for user number usernumber Step 2 Server user set enabled yes Enables or disables the user account on the CIMC no Step 3 Server user set name Specifies the username for the user username Step 4 Server user set password You are prompted to enter the password twice Step 5 Server user set role readonly Specifies the role assigned to the user The roles are as user admin follows e readonly This user can view information but cannot make any changes e user This user can do the following e View all information Cisco UCS
51. one of the following power off ere none No system action is taken e reboot The server is rebooted e power cycle The server is power cycled e power off The server is powered off Step 4 Server fault pef set send alert Enables or disables the sending of a platform event alert for yes no this event Cisco UCS C Series Servers Integrated Management Controller CLI Configuration Guide Release 1 5 OL 28893 01 Configuring Platform Event Filters Configuring Platform Event Trap Settings Command or Action Purpose Note For an alert to be sent the filter trap settings must be configured properly and platform event alerts must be enabled Step 5 Server fault pef commit Commits the transaction to the system configuration This example configures the platform event alert for an event Server scope fault Server fault scope pef 11 Server fault pef set action reboot Server fault pef set send alert yes Server fault pef commit Server fault pef show Platform Event Filter Event Action Send Alert 11 Memory Assert Filter reboot yes Server fault pef What to Do Next If you configure any PEFs to send an alert enable platform event alerts Configuring Platform Event Trap Settings Before You Begin You must log in with admin privileges to perform this task Procedure Command or Action Purpose Step 1 Server scope fault Enters the fault command mode S
52. only All PCIe Slots OptionROM Whether the server can use the PCIe Option ROM expansion slots This can be one of the following e Disabled The expansion slot n is not available Enabled The expansion slot n is available e The expansion slot n is available for UEFI only e The expansion slot n is available for legacy only E Cisco UCS C Series Servers Integrated Management Controller CLI Configuration Guide Release 1 5 OL 28893 01 BIOS Parameters by Server Model Server Management BIOS Parameters for C220 and C240 Servers Name Description PCIe Slot n OptionROM Whether PCIe expansion slot n is available to the server This can be one of the following e Disabled The expansion slot n is not available Enabled tThe expansion slot n is available e The expansion slot n is available for UEFI only e The expansion slot n is available for legacy only PCIe Mezzanine OptionROM Whether the PCIe mezzanine slot expansion ROM is available to the server This can be one of the following e Disabled The expansion slot n is not available Enabled The expansion slot n is available e The expansion slot n is available for UEFI only e The expansion slot n is available for legacy only PCIe Slot n Link Speed This option allows you to restrict the maximum speed of an adapter card installed in PCIe slot n This can be one of the following e GEN1 2 5GT s
53. performance issues until the server returns to full power e When the CPU is idle the server makes a minimal amount of power available to the components This option saves the maximum amount of power but it also requires the longest time for the server to return to high performance mode e The server may enter any available C state Note This option is used only if CPU C State is enabled CPU C State Whether the system can enter a power savings mode during idle periods This can be one of the following Disabled The system remains in high performance state even when idle Enabled tThe system can reduce power to system components such as the DIMMs and CPUs The amount of power reduction is specified E Cisco UCS C Series Servers Integrated Management Controller CLI Configuration Guide Release 1 5 OL 28893 01 BIOS Parameters by Server Model Advanced BIOS Parameters for C260 Servers i Description CIE Whether the CPU transitions to its minimum frequency when entering the C1 state This can be one of the following Disabled The CPU continues to run at its maximum frequency in C1 state Enabled The CPU transitions to its minimum frequency This option saves the maximum amount of power in Cl state Note This option is used only if is enabled Memory Configuration Parameters Name Select Memory RAS Description How the memory reliability a
54. port login command mode port p logi Step 35 Server Specifies the port login PLOGI retries value the chassis adapter host fc if port p logi number of times that the system tries to log in to the set plogi retries count fabric after the first failure The range is 0 and 255 the default is 8 retries Step 36 Server Specifies the port login PLOGI timeout value the chassis adapter host fc if port p logi number of milliseconds that the system waits before set plogi timeout msec it tries to log in again The range is 1 to 255000 the default is 2000 milliseconds Step 37 Server Exits to the host Fibre Channel interface command chassis adapter host fc if port p logi mode exit Step 38 Server chassis adapter host fc if scope Enters the SCSI I O command mode scsi io Step 39 Server chassis adapter host fc if scsi io The number of command descriptor block CDB set cdb wq count count transmit queue resources to allocate The range is 1 to 8 the default is 1 Step 40 Server chassis adapter host fc if scsi io The number of descriptors in the command descriptor set cdb wq ring size size block CDB transmit queue The range is 64 to 512 the default is 512 Step 41 Server chassis adapter host fc if scsi io Exits to the host Fibre Channel interface command exit mode Step 42 Server chassis adapter host fc if scope Enters the Fibre Channel transmit queue command trans queue mode Step 43 Server The number
55. power supply sensor statistics Server scope sensor Server sensor show psu Name Sensor Status Reading Units Min Warning Max Warning Min Failure Max Failure PSU1_STATUS Normal present Cisco UCS C Series Servers Integrated Management Controller CLI Configuration Guide Release 1 5 OL 28893 01 Viewing Server Sensors Viewing Fan Sensors PSU2_STATUS Normal present Server sensor show psu redundancy Name PSU_REDUNDANCY Reading Sensor Status Server sensor Viewing Fan Sensors Procedure Step 1 Command or Action Server scope sensor Purpose Enters sensor command mode Step 2 Server sensor show fan detail Displays fan sensor statistics for the server This example displays fan sensor statistics Server scope sensor Server sensor show fan Name Sensor Status Reading Units Min Warning Max Warning Min Failure Max Failure W793 FAN2 TAC Norma 2400 RPM N A N A 800 N A W793 _FAN2_TAC Norma 2400 RPM N A N A 800 N A W793 _FAN3_TAC Norma 2300 RPM N A N A 800 N A W793 _FAN3_TAC Normal 2300 RPM N A N A 800 N A W793 _FAN4 TAC Normal 2400 RPM N A N A 800 N A W793 _FAN4 TAC Normal 1600 RPM N A N A 800 N A Server sensor Viewing T ture S Procedure Command or Action Purpose Step 1 Server scope sensor Enters sensor command mode Step 2 Server sensor show temperature detail Displays temperature sen
56. rate is used e 19 2k A 19200 BAUD rate is used e 38 4k A 38400 BAUD rate is used e 57 6k A 57600 BAUD rate is used e 115 2k A 115200 BAUD rate is used Note This setting must match the setting on the remote terminal application Terminal Type What type of character formatting is used for console redirection This can be one of the following e PC ANSI The PC ANSI terminal font is used e VT100 A supported vt100 video terminal and its character set are used e VT100 PLUS A supported vt100 plus video terminal and its character set are used e VT UTF8 A video terminal with the UTF 8 character set is used Note This setting must match the setting on the remote terminal application OS Boot Watchdog Timer Timeout What timeout value the BIOS uses to configure the watchdog timer This can be one of the following e The watchdog timer expires 5 minutes after the OS begins to boot e The watchdog timer expires 10 minutes after the OS begins to boot e The watchdog timer expires 15 minutes after the OS begins to boot e The watchdog timer expires 20 minutes after the OS begins to boot Note This option is only applicable if you enable the OS Boot Watchdog Timer E Cisco UCS C Series Servers Integrated Management Controller CLI Configuration Guide Release 1 5 OL 28893 01 BIOS Parameters by Server Model Server Management BIOS Parameters for C460 S
57. service DoS attacks CIMC bans IP addresses by setting up an IP blocking fail count Configuring Network Security Configure network security if you want to set up an IP blocking fail count Before You Begin You must log in as a user with admin privileges to configure network security Procedure Command or Action Purpose Step 1 Server scope cime Enters the CIMC command mode Step 2 Server cimc scope network Enters the CIMC network command mode Step 3 Server cimc network scope Enters the IP blocking command mode ipblocking Step 4 Server cimc network ipblocking Enables or disables IP blocking set enabled yes no Step 5 Server cimc network ipblocking Sets the number of times a user can attempt to log in set fail count fai count unsuccessfully before the system locks that user out for a specified length of time The number of unsuccessful login attempts must occur within the time frame specified in the IP Blocking Fail Window field Enter an integer between 3 and 10 Step 6 Server cimc network ipblocking Sets the length of time in seconds in which the set fail window fail seconds unsuccessful login attempts must occur in order for the user to be locked out Enter an integer between 60 and 120 Step 7 Server cimc network ipblocking Sets the number of seconds the user remains locked out set penalty time penalty seconds if they exceed the maximum number of login attempts within the specified ti
58. show Displays properties of a single vNIC if specified or host eth if eth0 eth1 name detail all vNICs This example displays the brief properties of all vVNICs and the detailed properties of eth0 Server scope chassis Server chassis scope adapter 1 Server chassis adapter show host eth if Name MTU Uplink Port MAC Address CoS VLAN PXE Boot eth0 1500 0 00 22 BD D6 5C 33 0 NONE Enabled ethl 1500 1 00 22 BD D6 5C 34 0 NONE Enabled Cisco UCS C Series Servers Integrated Management Controller CLI Configuration Guide Release 1 5 OL 28893 01 Managing Network Adapters Modifying vNIC Properties Server chassis adapter show host eth if eth0 detail Name eth0 MTU 1500 Uplink Port 0 MAC Address 00 22 BD D6 5C 33 CoS 0 Trust Host CoS disabled PCI Order ANY VLAN NONE VLAN Mode TRUNK Rate Limiting OFF PXE Boot enabled Channel Number N A Port Profile N A Uplink Failover N A Uplink Failback Timeout N A Server chassis adapter Modifying vNIC Properties Before You Begin You must log in with admin privileges to perform this task Procedure Command or Action Purpose Step 1 Server scope chassis Enters the chassis command mode Step 2 Server chassis show adapter Optional Displays the available adapter devices Step 3 Server chassis scope adapter index Enters the command mode for the adapter card at the PCI slot number specified by in
59. supported in slot 1 and slot 2 Therefore you can specify slot1 or slot2 The role of the secondary RAID The currently supported value is active Step 6 Server chassis flexflash operational profile set read error count threshold Specifies the number of read errors that are permitted while accessing the Cisco Flexible Flash card If the number of errors exceeds this threshold the Cisco Flexible Flash card is disabled and you must reset it manually before CIMC attempts to access it again To specify a read error threshold enter an integer between 1 and 255 To specify that the card should never be disabled regardless of the number of errors encountered enter 0 zero Step 7 Step 8 Server chassis flexflash operational profile set write error count threshold Server chassis flexflash operational profile set virtual drives enabled ist Specifies the number of write errors that are permitted while accessing the Cisco Flexible Flash card If the number of errors exceeds this threshold the Cisco Flexible Flash card is disabled and you must reset it manually before CIMC attempts to access it again To specify a write error threshold enter an integer between 1 and 255 To specify that the card should never be disabled regardless of the number of errors encountered enter 0 zero Specifies a list of virtual drives to be made available to the server as a USB style drive The options are as follows e S
60. that the driver will discover This is usually an operating system platform limitation The range is 1 to 1024 the default is 256 LUNs Step 29 Server chassis adapter host fc if port exit Exits to the host Fibre Channel interface command mode Step 30 Server chassis adapter host fc if scope port f logi Enters the Fibre Channel fabric login command mode Step 31 Step 32 Step 33 Server chassis adapter host fc if port f logi set flogi retries infinite count Server chassis adapter host fc if port f logi set flogi timeout msec Server chassis adapter host fc if port f logi exit Specifies the fabric login FLOGI retries value the number of times that the system tries to log in to the fabric after the first failure Enter a number between 0 and 4294967295 or enter infinite the default is infinite retries Specifies the fabric login FLOGI timeout value the number of milliseconds that the system waits before it tries to log in again The range is 1 to 255000 the default is 2000 milliseconds Exits to the host Fibre Channel interface command mode E Cisco UCS C Series Servers Integrated Management Controller CLI Configuration Guide Release 1 5 OL 28893 01 Managing Network Adapters Modifying vHBA Properties Command or Action Purpose Step 34 Server chassis adapter host fc if scope Enters the Fibre Channel
61. the VHBA rebuild E Cisco UCS C Series Servers Integrated Management Controller CLI Configuration Guide Release 1 5 OL 28893 01 Managing Network Adapters Managing vNICs This example rebuilds the persistent binding table for a VHBA Server scope chassis Server chassis scope adapter 4 Server chassis adapter scope host fc if fcl Server chassis adapter host fc if scope perbi Server chassis adapter host fc if perbi rebuild Server chassis adapter host fc if perbi Managing vNICs Guidelines for Managing vNICs When managing vNICs consider the following guidelines and restrictions e The Cisco UCS P81E Virtual Interface Card and Cisco UCS VIC1225 Virtual Interface Card provide two default vNICs ethO and eth1 You can create up to 16 additional vNICs on these adapter cards amp Note If Network Interface Virtualization NIV mode is enabled for the adapter you must assign a channel number to a vNIC when you create it e After making configuration changes you must reboot the host for settings to take effect Viewing vNIC Properties Procedure Command or Action Purpose Step 1 Server scope chassis Enters the chassis command mode Step 2 Server chassis scope adapter index Enters the command mode for the adapter card at the PCI slot number specified by index Note The server must be powered on before you can view or change adapter settings Step 3 Server chassis adapter
62. the system configuration OL 28893 01 Cisco UCS C Series Servers Integrated Management Controller CLI Configuration Guide Release 1 5 Bi Managing the Server Toggling the Locator LED for a Hard Drive This example disables the chassis locator LED and commits the transaction Server scope chassis Server chassis set locator led off Server chassis commit Server chassis Toggling the Locator LED for a Hard Drive Before You Begin You must log in with user or admin privileges to perform this task Procedure Command or Action Purpose Step 1 Server scope chassis Enters chassis command mode Step 2 Server chassis scope hdd Enters hard disk drive HDD command mode Step 3 Server chassis hdd set locateHDD Where drivenum is the number of the hard drive whose drivenum 1 2 locator LED you want to set A value of 1 turns the LED on while a value of 2 turns the LED off This example turns on the locator LED on HDD 2 Server scope chassis Server chassis scope hdd Server chassis hdd locateHDD 2 1 HDD Locate LED Status changed to 1 Server chassis hdd show Name Status LocateLEDStatus HDD1_STATUS present TurnOFF HDD2_STATUS present TurnON HDD3_STATUS absent TurnOFF HDD4 STATUS absent TurnOFF Server chassis hdd Managing the Server Boot Order Server Boot Order E Cisco UCS C Series Servers Integrated Management Controller CLI Configuration Guide Release
63. user connects a new SD card then the cards are not managed by the Cisco Flexible Flash controller This does not affect the host enumeration You must pair the cards to manage them You can pair the cards using the Reset Configuration or Retain Configuration options Configuring the Flexible Flash Controller Properties Before You Begin e You must log in with admin privileges to perform this task e Cisco Flexible Flash must be supported by your platform Procedure Command or Action Purpose Step 1 Server scope chassis Enters the chassis command mode Step 2 Server chassis scope flexflash Enters the Cisco Flexible Flash controller command mode index for the specified controller At this time the only permissible index value is FlexFlash 0 Step 3 Server chassis flexflash scope Enters the operational profile command mode operational profile Step 4 Server Specifies the slot in which the primary copy of the data chassis flexflash operational profile resides Cisco UCS C Series Servers Integrated Management Controller CLI Configuration Guide Release 1 5 OL 28893 01 Managing the Server Configuring the Flexible Flash Controller Properties Command or Action Purpose Step 5 set raid primary member slot1 slot2 Server chassis flexflash operational profile set raid secondary role active initializing Important Currently Cisco Flexible Flash cards are
64. watchdog timer expires during OS boot e The server is powered off if the watchdog timer expires during OS boot e Reset The server is reset if the watchdog timer expires during OS boot Note This option is only applicable if you enable the OS Boot Watchdog Timer Cisco UCS C Series Servers Integrated Management Controller CLI Configuration Guide Release 1 5 OL 28893 01 BIOS Parameters by Server Model a Server Management BIOS Parameters for C420 Servers Description Boot Order Rules How the server changes the boot order list defined through the CIMC GUI or CLI when there are no devices of a particular device type available or when the user defines a different boot order using the server s BIOS Setup Utility The supported device types are e HDD Hard disk drive e FDD Floppy disk drive CDROM Bootable CD ROM or DVD e PXE PXE boot e EFI Extensible Firmware Interface The Boot Order Rules option can be one of the following e Strict When no devices of a particular type are available the system creates a placeholder for that device type in the boot order list When a device of that type becomes available it is added to the boot order in the previously defined position If the user defines a boot order through the server s BIOS Setup Utility that boot order is given priority over the boot order configured through the CIMC GUI or CLI All device types defined through CIM
65. 1 Serial Number 0xDA415F3F Asset Tag Unknown Data Width 64 bits Name DIMM A2 Capacity 2048 MB More Server chassis This example displays DIMM summary information Server scope chassis Server chassis show dimm summary Cisco UCS C Series Servers Integrated Management Controller CLI Configuration Guide Release 1 5 OL 28893 01 Viewing Server Properties A Viewing Power Supply Properties DIMM Summary Memory Speed 1067 MHz Total Memory 16384 MB Effective Memory 16384 MB Redundant Memory 0 MB Failed Memory 0 MB Ignored Memory 0 MB Number of Ignored Dimms 0 Number of Failed Dimms 0 Memory RAS possible Memory configuration can support mirroring Memory Configuration Maximum Performance Server chassis Viewing Power Supply Properties Before You Begin The server must be powered on or the properties will not display Procedure Command or Action Purpose Step 1 Server scope chassis Enters chassis command mode Step 2 Server chassis show psu detail Displays power supply properties This example displays power supply properties Server scope chassis Server chassis show psu Name In Power Watts Out Power Watts Firmware Status PSU1 74 650 ROE Present PSU2 83 650 ROE Present Server chassis Viewing Storage Properties Viewing Storage Adapter Properties Before You Begin The server must be powered on or the properties will no
66. 1 5 Using CIMC you can configure the order in which the server attempts to boot from available boot device types When you change the boot order configuration CIMC sends the configured boot order to the BIOS the next time the server is rebooted To implement the new boot order reboot the server after making the configuration change The new boot order will take effect on any subsequent reboot The configured boot order is not sent again until the configuration is changed again OL 28893 01 Managing the Server Configuring the Server Boot Order i AS Note The actual boot order will differ from the configured boot order if either of the following conditions occur e The BIOS encounters issues while trying to boot using the configured boot order e A user changes the boot order directly through the BIOS Configuring the Server Boot Order X Note Do not change the boot order while the host is performing BIOS power on self test POST Before You Begin You must log in with user or admin privileges to perform this task Procedure Command or Action Purpose Step 1 Server scope bios Enters bios command mode Step 2 Server bios set boot order Specifies the boot device options and order You can device I device2 device3 select one or more of the following Ldeviced devices Il cdrom Bootable CD ROM e fdd Floppy disk drive e hdd Hard disk drive pxe PXE boot e efi Extensible Firmwar
67. 14140 MB RAID 0 test_v_drive 1000 MB RAID 1 new from _test 500 MB RAID 1 Create Virtual Drive from an Existing Drive Group Before You Begin You must log in with admin privileges to perform this task Procedure Step 1 Command or Action Server scope chassis Purpose Enters the chassis command mode Step 2 Server chassis scope storageadapter slot Enters command mode for an installed storage card Step 3 Step 4 Server chassis storageadapter carve virtual drive Server chassis storageadapter show virtual drive At this point you are prompted to enter information corresponding to the virtual drives to be used and the size and the write policy for the new virtual drive Enter the appropriate information at each prompt When you have finished specifying the virtual drive information you are prompted to confirm that the information is correct Enter y yes to confirm or n no to cancel the operation Displays the existing virtual drives This example shows how to carve a new virtual drive out of unused space in an existing RAID 1 drive group Server scope chassis Server chassis scope storageadapter SLOT 3 E Cisco UCS C Series Servers Integrated Management Controller CLI Configuration Guide Release 1 5 OL 28893 01 Managing Network Adapters Clearing Foreign Configuration i Server chassis storageadapter carve virtual drive lt Fetching virtual dri
68. 8893 01 Server Utilities Exporting Technical Support Data Command or Action Purpose Step 4 Step 5 Server cimc tech support set remote path path filename Server cimc tech support set remote protocol protocol Specifies the file name in which the support data should be stored on the remote server When you enter this name include the relative path for the file from the top of the server tree to the desired location Tip To have the system auto generate the file name enter the file name as default tar gz Specifies the protocol to connect to the remote server It can be of the following types tftp ftp e sftp e scp http Step 6 Server cimc tech support set remote username name Specifies the user name on the remote server on which the technical support data file should be stored This field does not apply if the protocol is TFTP or HTTP Step 7 Step 8 Step 9 Step 10 Step 11 Server cimc tech support set remote password password Server cimc tech support commit Server cimc tech support start Server cimc tech support show detail Server cimc tech support cancel Specifies the password on the remote server on which the technical support data file should be stored This field does not apply if the protocol is TFTP or HTTP Commits the transaction to the system configuration Begins the transfer of the data file to the remote server
69. 893 01 Managing User Accounts Configuring Active Directory Groups in CIMC i Command or Action Purpose Step 9 Server Idap commit Commits the transaction to the system configuration Step 10 Server Idap show detail Optional Displays the AD configuration This example configures AD using the CiscoAVPair attribute Server scope ldap Server ldap set enabled yes Server ldap set dcl 192 0 20 123 Server ldap set gcl 192 0 20 11 Server ldap set timeout 60 Server ldap set encrypted yes Server ldap set base dn example com Server ldap set attribute CiscoAVPair Server ldap commit Server ldap show detail LDAP Settings Domain Controller 1 192 0 20 123 Domain Controller 2 0 0 0 0 Domain Controller 3 0 0 0 0 BaseDN example com Encrypted yes Timeout 60 Enabled yes Attribute CiscoAvPair Group Authorization no Global Catalog 1 192 0 20 11 Global Catalog 2 0 0 0 0 Global Catalog 3 0 0 0 0 Server ldap What to Do Next If you want to use Active Directory groups for group authorization see Configuring Active Directory Groups in CIMC Configuring Active Directory Groups in CIMC Note When Active Directory AD group authorization is enabled and configured user authentication is also done on the group level for users that are not found in the local user database or who are not individually authorized to use CIMC in the Active Direc
70. A vHBA Boot Table This example deletes a vHBA on adapter 1 Server scope chassis Server chassis scope adapter 1 Server chassis adapter delete host fc if Vhba5 Server chassis adapter commit Server chassis adapter vHBA Boot Table In the vHBA boot table you can specify up to four LUNs from which the server can boot Viewing the Boot Table Procedure Command or Action Purpose Step 1 Server scope chassis Enters the chassis command mode Step 2 Server chassis scope adapter index Enters the command mode for the adapter card at the PCI slot number specified by index Note The server must be powered on before you can view or change adapter settings Step 3 Server chassis adapter scope Enters the host Fibre Channel interface command mode host fc if fc0 fel name for the specified VHBA Step 4 Server chassis adapter host fc if Displays the boot table of the Fibre Channel interface show boot This example displays the boot table for a VHBA Server scope chassis Server chassis scope adapter 1 Server chassis adapter scope host fc if fcl Server chassis adapter host fc if show boot Boot Table Entry Boot Target WWPN Boot LUN ID 0 20 00 00 11 22 33 44 55 3 1 20 00 00 11 22 33 44 56 5 Server chassis adapter host fc if Creating a Boot Table Entry You can create up to four boot table entries Cisco UCS C Series Servers Integrated Management Controller CLI Configuratio
71. Ajaj CISCO p g A g R4 4 a E fd Cisco UCS C Series Servers Integrated Management Controller CLI Configuration Guide Release 1 5 First Published March 04 2013 Americas Headquarters Cisco Systems Inc 170 West Tasman Drive San Jose CA 95134 1706 USA http www cisco com Tel 408 526 4000 800 553 NETS 6387 Fax 408 527 0883 Text Part Number OL 28893 01 THE SPECIFICATIONS AND INFORMATION REGARDING THE PRODUCTS IN THIS MANUAL ARE SUBJECT TO CHANGE WITHOUT NOTICE ALL STATEMENTS INFORMATION AND RECOMMENDATIONS IN THIS MANUAL ARE BELIEVED TO BE ACCURATE BUT ARE PRESENTED WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND EXPRESS OR IMPLIED USERS MUST TAKE FULL RESPONSIBILITY FOR THEIR APPLICATION OF ANY PRODUCTS THE SOFTWARE LICENSE AND LIMITED WARRANTY FOR THE ACCOMPANYING PRODUCT ARE SET FORTH IN THE INFORMATION PACKET THAT SHIPPED WITH THE PRODUCT AND ARE INCORPORATED HEREIN BY THIS REFERENCE IF YOU ARE UNABLE TO LOCATE THE SOFTWARE LICENSE OR LIMITED WARRANTY CONTACT YOUR CISCO REPRESENTATIVE FOR A COPY The Cisco implementation of TCP header compression is an adaptation of a program developed by the University of California Berkeley UCB as part of UCB s public domain version of the UNIX operating system All rights reserved Copyright 1981 Regents of the University of California NOTWITHSTANDING ANY OTHER WARRANTY HEREIN ALL DOCUMENT FILES AND SOFTWARE OF THESE SUPPLIERS ARE PROVIDED AS IS WITH ALL FAULTS CIS
72. Allocates 24KB of 16 bit IO resources to IOHO and 40KB of 16 bit IO resources to IOH1 IOHO 32k IOH1 32k Allocates 32KB of 16 bit IO resources to IOHO and 32KB of 16 bit IO resources to IOH1 IOHO 40k IOH1 24k Allocates 40KB of 16 bit IO resources to IOHO and 24KB of 16 bit IO resources to IOH1 IOHO 48k IOH1 16k Allocates 48KB of 16 bit IO resources to IOHO and 16KB of 16 bit IO resources to IOH1 IOHO 56k IOH1 8k Allocates 56KB of 16 bit IO resources to IOHO and 8KB of 16 bit IO resources to IOH1 E Cisco UCS C Series Servers Integrated Management Controller CLI Configuration Guide Release 1 5 OL 28893 01 BIOS Parameters by Server Model Server Management BIOS Parameters for C460 Servers Server Management BIOS Parameters for C460 Servers Name Description Assert NMI on SERR Whether the BIOS generates a non maskable interrupt NMI and logs an error when a system error SERR occurs This can be one of the following Disabled The BIOS does not generate an NMI or log an error when a SERR occurs Enabled The BIOS generates an NMI and logs an error when a SERR occurs You must enable this setting if you want to enable Assert NMI on PERR Whether the BIOS generates a non maskable interrupt NMI and logs an error when a processor bus parity error PERR occurs This can be one of the following Disabled The BIOS does not generate an NMI or log an error when a PE
73. Boot Target WWPN Boot LUN ID 0 20 00 00 11 22 33 44 55 3 1 20 00 00 11 22 33 44 56 5 Server chassis adapter host fc if delete boot 1 Server chassis adapter host fc if commit New host fc if settings will take effect upon the next server reset Server chassis adapter host fc if show boot Boot Table Entry Boot Target WWPN Boot LUN ID 0 20 00 00 11 22 33 44 55 3 Server chassis adapter host fc if What to Do Next Reboot the server to apply the changes vHBA Persistent Binding E Cisco UCS C Series Servers Integrated Management Controller CLI Configuration Guide Release 1 5 Persistent binding ensures that the system assigned mapping of Fibre Channel targets is maintained after a reboot OL 28893 01 Managing Network Adapters Enabling Persistent Binding Enabling Persistent Binding Procedure Command or Action Purpose Step 1 Server scope chassis Enters the chassis command mode Step 2 Server chassis scope adapter index Enters the command mode for the adapter card at the PCI slot number specified by index Note The server must be powered on before you can view or change adapter settings Step 3 Server chassis adapter scope host fc if Enters the host Fibre Channel interface command fc0 fe1 name mode for the specified VHBA Step 4 Server chassis adapter host fc if scope Enters the persistent binding command mode for perbi the VHBA Step 5 Server chassis adapter host fc
74. C Series Servers Integrated Management Controller CLI Configuration Guide Release 1 5 OL 28893 01 Configuring Network Related Settings Configuring the Server VLAN Command or Action Purpose Step 9 Server cimc network set Specifies the IP address of the secondary DNS alternate dns server dns2 ipv4 address server Step 10 Server cimc network commit Commits the transaction to the system configuration Step 11 Server cimc network show detail Optional Displays the IPv4 network settings This example configures and displays the IPv4 network settings Server scope cimc Server cimc scope network Server cimc network set dhcp enabled yes Server cimc network set v4 addr 10 20 30 11 Server cimc network set v4 netmask 255 255 248 0 Server cimc network set v4 gateway 10 20 30 1 Server cimc network set dns use dhcp enabled no Server cimc network set preferred dns server 192 168 30 31 Server cimc network set alternate dns server 192 168 30 32 Server cimc network commit Server cimc network show detail Network Setting LAN ID 1 LAN Priority 0 ostname Server MAC Address 01 23 45 67 89 AB NIC Mode dedicated NIC Redundancy none IPv4 Address 10 20 30 11 IPv4 Netmask 255 255 248 0 IPv4 Gateway 10 20 30 1 DHCP Enabled yes Obtain DNS Server by DHCP no Preferred DNS 192 168 30 31 Alternate DNS 192 168 30 32 VLAN Enabled no V
75. C Series Servers Integrated Management Controller CLI Configuration Guide Release 1 5 OL 28893 01 Managing User Accounts Configuring Active Directory Command or Action Purpose e Manage the power control options such as power on power cycle and power off Launch the KVM console and virtual media e Clear all logs e Toggle the locator LED e admin This user can perform all actions available through the GUI CLI and IPMI Step 6 Server user commit Commits the transaction to the system configuration This example configures user 5 as an admin Server scope user 5 Server Server Server Please Please Server Server Server User user set enabled yes user set name john user set password enter password confirm password user set role readonly user commit user show Name Role Enabled john readonly yes Configuring Active Directory Active Directory Active Directory is a technology that provides a variety of network services including LDAP like directory services Kerberos based authentication and DNS based naming The CIMC utilizes the Kerberos based authentication service of Active Directory When Active Directory is enabled in the CIMC user authentication and role authorization is performed by Active Directory for user accounts not found in the local user database you can require the server to encrypt data sent to Active Directory Configurin
76. C that are not present in the boot order defined through the BIOS Setup Utility are removed from the boot order list Loose When no devices of a particular type are available the system removes that device type from the boot order When a device of that type becomes available the system adds it to the end of the boot order list If the boot order is configured through the server s BIOS Setup Utility that boot order is given priority over the boot order configured through the CIMC GUI or CLI All device types defined through CIMC that are not present in the boot order defined through the BIOS Setup Utility are moved to the end of the boot order list E Cisco UCS C Series Servers Integrated Management Controller CLI Configuration Guide Release 1 5 OL 28893 01 BIOS Parameters by Server Model C460 Servers i C460 Servers Main BIOS Parameters for C460 Servers Name Description POST Error Pause What happens when the server encounters a critical error during POST This can be one of the following Enabled The BIOS pauses the attempt to boot the server and opens the Error Manager when a critical error occurs during POST Disabled The BIOS continues to attempt to boot the server Boot Option Retry Whether the BIOS retries NON EFI based boot options without waiting for user input This can be one of the following Enabled Continually retries NON EFI based boot options without waiting for user
77. CAP file and the ZIP file containing the CIMC firmware installation BIN file E Cisco UCS C Series Servers Integrated Management Controller CLI Configuration Guide Release 1 5 OL 28893 01 CIMC Firmware Management Step 12 Installing CIMC Firmware from a Remote Server b From the ServerModel_ ReleaseNumber ZIP file extract the BIOS firmware installation CAP file and save it to your local drive The CAP file is in the ReleaseNumber bios cimc folder and its name follows the format Server BlOS Release Number CAP For example 1 4 4a bios cimc C240 BI0S 1 4 4c 0 CAP c Fromthe ServerModel_ ReleaseNumber ZIP file open the ZIP file containing the CIMC firmware installation files The ZIP file is in the ReleaseNumber cimc folder and its name follows the format server model cimc release zip For example 1 4 4a cimc c240 m3 cimc 1 4 4a zip You do not need to extract all of the files contained in this zip file Instead you only need to open it so that you can access the CIMC firmware installation BIN file d Fromthe server model cimc release zip file extract the full CIMC firmware installation BIN file and save it to your local drive The BIN file is in the server model cimc release folder and its name follows the format upd pkg server model cimc full release bin For example c240 m3 cimc 1 4 4a upd pkg c240 m3 cimc full 1 4 4a bin Optional If you plan to install the firmware
78. CO AND THE ABOVE NAMED SUPPLIERS DISCLAIM ALL WARRANTIES EXPRESSED OR IMPLIED INCLUDING WITHOUT LIMITATION THOSE OF MERCHANTABILITY FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE AND NONINFRINGEMENT OR ARISING FROM A COURSE OF DEALING USAGE OR TRADE PRACTICE IN NO EVENT SHALL CISCO OR ITS SUPPLIERS BE LIABLE FOR ANY INDIRECT SPECIAL CONSEQUENTIAL OR INCIDENTAL DAMAGES INCLUDING WITHOUT LIMITATION LOST PROFITS OR LOSS OR DAMAGE TO DATA ARISING OUT OF THE USE OR INABILITY TO USE THIS MANUAL EVEN IF CISCO OR ITS SUPPLIERS HAVE BEEN ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF SUCH DAMAGES Cisco and the Cisco logo are trademarks or registered trademarks of Cisco and or its affiliates in the U S and other countries To view a list of Cisco trademarks go to this URL http d www cisco com go trademarks Third party trademarks mentioned are the property of their respective owners The use of the word partner does not imply a partnership relationship between Cisco and any other company 1110R Any Internet Protocol IP addresses used in this document are not intended to be actual addresses Any examples command display output and figures included in the document are shown for illustrative purposes only Any use of actual IP addresses in illustrative content is unintentional and coincidental 2009 2013 Cisco Systems Inc All rights reserved CONTENTS Preface Preface xi Audience xi Conventions xi New and Changed Information for this Release xiii Related
79. CU The server can access the Cisco UCS Server Configuration Utility DRIVERS The server can access the Cisco drivers volume e HV The server can access a user installed hypervisor e HUU The server can access the Cisco Host Upgrade Utility When specifying more than one option you must enclose the list in quotation marks Step 9 Server chassis adapter commit Commits the transaction to the system configuration This example shows how to configure the properties of the Flash controller Server scope chassis Server chassis scope flexflash FlexFlash 0 Server chassis flexflash scope operational profile Server chassis flexflash operational profile set read error count threshold 100 E Cisco UCS C Series Servers Integrated Management Controller CLI Configuration Guide Release 1 5 OL 28893 01 Managing the Server Booting from the Flexible Flash Server chassis flexflash operational profile set write error count threshold 100 Server chassis flexflash operational profile set raid primary member slotl Server chassis flexflash operational profile set raid secondary role active Server chassis flexflash operational profile set virtual drives enabled SCU HUU Server chassis flexflash operational profile commit Server chassis flexflash operational profile Booting from the Flexible Flash You can specify a bootable virtual drive on the Cisco Flexible Flash car
80. Cisco UCS Documentation xv CHAPTER 1 Overview 1 Overview of the Cisco UCS C Series Rack Mount Servers 1 Overview of the Server Software 1 Cisco Integrated Management Controller 2 CIMC CLI 3 Command Modes 3 Command Mode Table 5 Complete a Command 8 Command History 8 Committing Discarding and Viewing Pending Commands 8 Command Output Formats 8 Online Help for the CLI 9 CHAPTER 2 Installing the Server OS 11 OS Installation Methods 11 KVM Console 11 PXE Installation Servers 12 Installing an OS Using a PXE Installation Server 12 CHAPTER 3 Managing the Server 13 Toggling the Locator LED 13 Cisco UCS C Series Servers Integrated Management Controller CLI Configuration Guide Release 1 5 OL 28893 01 Contents Toggling the Locator LED for a Hard Drive 14 Managing the Server Boot Order 14 Server Boot Order 14 Configuring the Server Boot Order 15 Viewing the Actual Server Boot Order 16 Resetting the Server 16 Shutting Down the Server 17 Managing Server Power 18 Powering On the Server 18 Powering Off the Server 18 Power Cycling the Server 19 Configuring Power Policies 20 Viewing the Power Statistics 20 Power Capping Policy 21 Configuring the Power Cap Policy 21 Configuring the Power Restore Policy 23 Managing the Flexible Flash Controller 24 Cisco Flexible Flash 24 Configuring the Flexible Flash Controller Properties 25 Booting from the Flexible Flash 27 Resetting the Flexible Flash Controller 28 Resetting the Con
81. Configuring Platform Event Trap Settings 152 Interpreting Platform Event Traps 153 CHAPTER 13 CIMC Firmware Management 157 Overview of Firmware 157 Obtaining Firmware from Cisco 158 Installing CIMC Firmware from a Remote Server 159 Activating Installed CIMC Firmware 160 Installing BIOS Firmware from a Remote Server 162 CHAPTER 14 Viewing Logs 165 Viewing the Faults and Logs Summary 165 CIMC Log 166 Viewing the CIMC Log 166 Clearing the CIMC Log 167 Configuring the CIMC Log Threshold 167 Sending the CIMC Log to a Remote Server 168 System Event Log 170 Viewing the System Event Log 170 Clearing the System Event Log 171 CHAPTER 15 Server Utilities 173 Exporting Technical Support Data 173 Rebooting the CIMC 175 Clearing the BIOS CMOS 175 Recovering from a Corrupted BIOS 176 Resetting the CIMC to Factory Defaults 177 Exporting and Importing the CIMC Configuration 178 Cisco UCS C Series Servers Integrated Management Controller CLI Configuration Guide Release 1 5 OL 28893 01 APPENDIX A Exporting and Importing the CIMC Configuration 178 Exporting the CIMC Configuration 178 Importing a CIMC Configuration 179 Generating Non maskable Interrupts to the Host 180 BIOS Parameters by Server Model 183 C22 and C24 Servers 183 Main BIOS Parameters for C22 and C24 Servers 183 Advanced BIOS Parameters for C22 and C24 Servers 184 Server Management BIOS Parameters for C22 and C24 Servers 200 C220 and C240 Servers 203
82. Critical or Error It will not show Warning Notice Informational or Debug messages Step 4 Server cimc log scope server Selects one of the two remote syslog server profiles and 1 2 enters the command mode for configuring the profile Step 5 Server cimc log server set Specifies the remote syslog server IP address server ip ip address Step 6 Server cimc log server set Enables the sending of CIMC log entries to this syslog enabled yes no server Step 7 Server cimc log server commit Commits the transaction to the system configuration This example shows how to configure a remote syslog server profile and enable the sending of CIMC log entries with a minimum severity level of Warning Server scope cimc Server cimc scope log Server cimc log set remote syslog severity warning Server cimc log scope server 2 Server cimc log server set server ip 192 0 2 34 Server cimc log server set enabled yes Server cimc log server commit Server cimc log server exit Server cimc log show server Syslog Server P Address Enabled 1 0 0 0 0 no 2 92 0 2 34 yes Server cimc log show remote syslog severity Remote Syslog Severity warning Server cimc log Cisco UCS C Series Servers Integrated Management Controller CLI Configuration Guide Release 1 5 OL 28893 01 Viewing Logs System Event Log System Event Log Viewing the System Event Log Procedure Command o
83. Description Advanced BIOS Parameters for C420 Servers Intel VT d Coherency Support Whether the processor supports Intel VT d Coherency This can be one of the following Disabled tThe processor does not support coherency Enabled The processor uses VT d Coherency as required Intel VT d ATS Support Whether the processor supports Intel VT d Address Translation Services ATS This can be one of the following Disabled tThe processor does not support ATS Enabled The processor uses VT d ATS as required CPU Performance Sets the CPU performance profile for the server The performance profile consists of the following options e Data Reuse Optimization e DCU Streamer Prefetcher e DCU IP Prefetcher e Hardware Prefetcher e Adjacent Cache Line Prefetch This can be one of the following Enterprise Only the DCU IP Prefetcher is enabled The rest of the options are disabled e AIl options are enabled e HPC Data Reuse Optimization is disabled and all other options are enabled This setting is also known as high performance computing e Custom All performance profile options can be configured from the BIOS setup on the server In addition the Hardware Prefetcher and Adjacent Cache Line Prefetch options can be configured in the fields below Hardware Prefetcher Whether the processor allows the Intel hardware prefetcher to fetch streams of data and instruction fr
84. Disabled The processor does not permit virtualization Enabled The processor allows multiple operating systems in independent partitions Note If you change this option you must power cycle the server before the setting takes effect Intel VT d Whether the processor uses Intel Virtualization Technology for Directed I O VT d This can be one of the following Disabled The processor does not use virtualization technology Enabled The processor uses virtualization technology E Cisco UCS C Series Servers Integrated Management Controller CLI Configuration Guide Release 1 5 OL 28893 01 BIOS Parameters by Server Model Description Advanced BIOS Parameters for C220 and C240 Servers i Intel VT d Coherency Support Whether the processor supports Intel VT d Coherency This can be one of the following Disabled tThe processor does not support coherency Enabled The processor uses VT d Coherency as required Intel VT d ATS Support Whether the processor supports Intel VT d Address Translation Services ATS This can be one of the following Disabled tThe processor does not support ATS Enabled The processor uses VT d ATS as required CPU Performance Sets the CPU performance profile for the server The performance profile consists of the following options e Data Reuse Optimization e DCU Streamer Prefetcher e DCU IP Prefetcher e Hardware Pr
85. Drive Slot Online 884489 0D7F09h Drive Slot Degraded E Cisco UCS C Series Servers Integrated Management Controller CLI Configuration Guide Release 1 5 OL 28893 01 Configuring Platform Event Filters Interpreting Platform Event Traps i Event Number Note 1 Platform Event Description Note 1 Basic information about the event number format can be found in the PMI Platform Event Trap Format Specification v1 0 at this URL ftp download intel com design servers ipmi pet100 pdf Note 2 Some platforms and releases use generic sensor implementations while some use Cisco proprietary sensor implementations Note 3 In Release 1 3 1 and later releases the ECC sensor no longer activates the LED Note 4 When the event filter is set to accept all reading types bits 15 8 of the hex event number are masked to 0 For example event number 786689 0C0101h becomes 786433 0C0001h Cisco UCS C Series Servers Integrated Management Controller CLI Configuration Guide Release 1 5 OL 28893 01 Configuring Platform Event Filters A Interpreting Platform Event Traps Cisco UCS C Series Servers Integrated Management Controller CLI Configuration Guide Release 1 5 OL 28893 01 CHAPTER 1 CIMC Firmware Management This chapter includes the following sections e Overview of Firmware page 157 e Obtaining Firmware from Cisco page 158 Installing CIMC Firmware from a Remote Server page
86. EX A Active Directory 66 68 69 configuring groups 69 configuring in CIMC 68 adapter 46 85 127 128 129 130 131 activating firmware 131 configuring properties 85 exporting the configuration 127 firmware 130 importing the configuration 128 installing firmware 130 network 85 PCI 46 resetting 131 restoring default configuration 129 viewing properties 85 adapters 83 overview 83 advanced BIOS parameters 184 203 222 235 253 C22 and C24 servers 184 C220 and C240 servers 203 C260 server 222 C420 servers 235 C460 server 253 backing up 178 CIMC configuration 178 bios 176 recovering corrupt 176 BIOS 158 162 installing from remote server 162 obtaining firmware from Cisco 158 BIOS parameters 183 184 200 203 219 222 232 235 251 253 263 advanced parameters for C22 and C24 184 advanced parameters for C220 and C240 203 advanced parameters for C260 222 advanced parameters for C420 235 advanced parameters for C460 253 BIOS parameters continued main parameters for C22 and C24 183 main parameters for C220 and C240 203 main parameters for C260 222 main parameters for C420 235 main parameters for C460 253 server management parameters for C22 and C24 200 server management parameters for C220 and C240 219 server management parameters for C260 232 server management parameters for C420 251 server management parameters for C460 263 BIOS settings 14 31 32 33 34 advanced 32 main 31 restoring defaults 34 server
87. Enabling XML API Before You Begin You must log in as a user with admin privileges to perform this task Procedure Command or Action Purpose Step 1 Server scope xmlapi Enters XML API command mode Step 2 Server xmlapi set enabled yes no Enables or disables XML API control of CIMC Step 3 Server xmlapi commit Commits the transaction to the system configuration This example enables XML API control of CIMC and commits the transaction Server scope xmlapi Server xmlapi set enabled yes Server xmlapi commit Server xmlapi show detail XMLAPI Settings Enabled yes Active Sessions 0 Max Sessions 4 Server xmlapi Cisco UCS C Series Servers Integrated Management Controller CLI Configuration Guide Release 1 5 OL 28893 01 Configuring Communication Services A Configuring IPMI Configuring IPMI IPMI Over LAN Intelligent Platform Management Interface IPMI defines the protocols for interfacing with a service processor embedded in a server platform This service processor is called a Baseboard Management Controller BMC and resides on the server motherboard The BMC links to a main processor and other on board elements using a simple serial bus During normal operations IPMI lets a server operating system obtain information about system health and control system hardware For example IPMI enables the monitoring of sensors such as temperature fan speeds and voltages for proactiv
88. FFF FFFF FFFFFFFFFFFF Locator LED off Description Power Restore Policy power off Power Delay Type fixed Power Delay Value sec 0 OL 28893 01 Cisco UCS C Series Servers Integrated Management Controller CLI Configuration Guide Release 1 5 Bi Viewing Server Properties A Viewing CIMC Properties Server Viewing CIMC Properties X Note CIMC gets the current date and time from the server BIOS To change this information reboot the server and press F2 when prompted to access the BIOS configuration menu Then change the date or time using the options on the main BIOS configuration tab Procedure Command or Action Purpose Step 1 Server show cimc detail Displays CIMC properties This example displays CIMC properties Server show cimc detail CIMC Firmware Version 1 4 2 18 Current Time Wed Jan 11 07 01 50 2012 Boot loader Version 1 4 2 18 16 Server Viewing CPU Properties Before You Begin The server must be powered on or the properties will not display Procedure Command or Action Purpose Step 1 Server scope chassis Enters chassis command mode Step 2 Server chassis show cpu detail Displays CPU properties This example displays CPU properties Server scope chassis Server chassis show cpu Name Cores Version CPU1 4 Intel R Xeon R CPU CPU2 4 Intel R Xeon R CPU Server chassis E5520 2 27GHz E5520 2 27GHz E Cisco
89. Guide Release 1 5 mi BIOS Parameters by Server Model A Advanced BIOS Parameters for C260 Servers Description Processor C6 Report Whether the BIOS sends the C6 report to the operating system When the OS receives the report it can transition the processor into the lower C6 power state to decrease energy usage while maintaining optimal processor performance This can be one of the following Disabled The BIOS does not send the C6 report Enabled The BIOS sends the C6 report allowing the OS to transition the processor to the C6 low power state Package C State Limit The amount of power available to the server components when they are idle This can be one of the following e The server provides all server components with full power at all times This option maintains the highest level of performance and requires the greatest amount of power e When the CPU is idle the system slightly reduces the power consumption This option requires less power than CO and allows the server to return quickly to high performance mode e When the CPU is idle the system reduces the power consumption further than with the C1 option This requires less power than C1 or CO but it takes the server slightly longer to return to high performance mode e When the CPU is idle the system reduces the power consumption further than with the C3 option This option saves more power than CO Cl or C3 but there may be
90. ID 0 al Optimal RHEL5 5 30720 MB RAID 0 2 Optimal W2K8R2 DC 30720 MB RAID 0 3 Optimal VD 3 T 30720 MB RAID 0 4 Optima ESX4 0u2 30720 MB RAID 0 5 Optimal VMs 285568 MB RAID 0 6 Optimal RHEL6 35GB 35840 MB RAID 0 7 Optimal OS Ins Test DR 158720 MB RAID 0 8 Optimal a 285568 MB RAID 1 Server chassis storageadapter This example displays physical drive information about virtual drive number on the storage card named SAS Server scope chassis Server chassis scope storageadapter SAS Server chassis storageadapter scope virtual drive 1 Server chassis storageadapter virtual drive show physical drive Span Physical Drive Status Starting Block Number Of Blocks 0 12 online 62914560 62914560 Server chassis storageadapter virtual drive Viewing Nvidia GPU Card Information These commands are not available on all UCS C series servers Before You Begin The server must be powered on to view information on the Nvidia GPU cards Procedure Command or Action Purpose Step 1 Server scope chassis Enters the chassis command mode Step 2 Server chassis show gpu Displays the available Nvidia GPU cards on the system Step 3 Server chassis scope gpu Enters the GPU card command mode Specify the slot number slot number of the GPU card Step 4 Server chassis gpu show gpu list Displays temperature information on the GPU cards This example shows how to view the temperature information of the available GPU card
91. If you have partially typed a command typing lists all available keywords and arguments available at your current position in the command syntax Cisco UCS C Series Servers Integrated Management Controller CLI Configuration Guide Release 1 5 OL 28893 01 Overview Online Help for the CLI Cisco UCS C Series Servers Integrated Management Controller CLI Configuration Guide Release 1 5 OL 28893 01 CHAPTER 2 Installing the Server OS This chapter includes the following sections e OS Installation Methods page 11 e KVM Console page 11 PXE Installation Servers page 12 OS Installation Methods C Series servers support several operating systems Regardless of the OS being installed you can install it on your server using one of the following tools e KVM console e PXE installation server KVM Console The KVM console is an interface accessible from CIMC that emulates a direct keyboard video and mouse KVM connection to the server The KVM console allows you to connect to the server from a remote location Instead of using CD DVD or floppy drives physically connected to the server the KVM console uses virtual media which are actual disk drives or disk image files that are mapped to virtual CD DVD or floppy drives You can map any of the following to a virtual drive e CD DVD or floppy drive on your computer e Disk image files ISO or IMG files on your computer e USB flash drive on your computer
92. Integrated Management Controller CLI Configuration Guide Release 1 5 OL 28893 01 Viewing Server Sensors Viewing Storage Sensors Description LED Status column The current LED color if any To make the physical LED on the storage device blink select Turn On from the drop down list To let the storage device control whether the LED blinks select Turn Off Note This information is only available for some C Series servers This example displays storage sensor information Server scope chassis Server chassis sho Name w hdd Status HDD_01_STATUS HDD_02 STATUS HDD_03 STATUS HDD_04 STATUS Server chassis present present present present OL 28893 01 Cisco UCS C Series Servers Integrated Management Controller CLI Configuration Guide Release 1 5 Viewing Server Sensors A Viewing Storage Sensors Cisco UCS C Series Servers Integrated Management Controller CLI Configuration Guide Release 1 5 OL 28893 01 CHAPTER 6 Managing Remote Presence This chapter includes the following sections e Managing the Virtual KVM page 55 e Configuring Virtual Media page 58 e Managing Serial over LAN page 61 Managing the Virtual KVM KVM Console The KVM console is an interface accessible from CIMC that emulates a direct keyboard video and mouse KVM connection to the server The KVM console allows you to connect to the server from a remote location Instead of usin
93. MCs where one memory riser is mirrored with another This can be one of the following e Intersocket Each IMC is mirrored across two sockets Intrasocket One IMC is mirrored with another IMC in the same socket Note This option is used only if is set to Mirroring DRAM Refresh rate Allows you to set the rate at which the DRAM cells are refreshed This can be one of the following e 1x DRAM cells are refreshed every 64ms e 2x DRAM cells are refreshed every 32ms e 3x DRAM cells are refreshed every 21 ms e 4x DRAM cells are refreshed every 16ms Patrol Scrub Whether the system actively searches for and corrects single bit memory errors even in unused portions of the memory on the server This can be one of the following e Disabled The system checks for memory ECC errors only when the CPU reads or writes a memory address Enabled The system periodically reads and writes memory searching for ECC errors If any errors are found the system attempts to fix them This option may correct single bit errors before they become multi bit errors but it may adversely affect performance when the patrol scrub is running E Cisco UCS C Series Servers Integrated Management Controller CLI Configuration Guide Release 1 5 OL 28893 01 BIOS Parameters by Server Model Advanced BIOS Parameters for C260 Servers i Name Description Patrol Scrub Interval Controls the time interval b
94. MPv3 users 140 configuring trap settings 139 sending test message 140 SSH properties 134 start learn cycle 125 storage properties 40 43 44 viewing adapter properties 40 viewing physical drive properties 43 viewing virtual drive properties 44 storage sensors 52 viewing 52 syslog 168 sending CIMC log 168 system event log 170 171 clearing 171 viewing 170 T technical support data 173 exporting 173 Telnet 3 temperature sensors 50 time 38 setting 38 U undo prepare for removal 124 uploading a server certificate 147 user management 65 68 71 Active Directory 68 local users 65 terminating user sessions 71 viewing user sessions 71 user sessions 71 terminating 71 viewing 71 E Cisco UCS C Series Servers Integrated Management Controller CLI Configuration Guide Release 1 5 OL 28893 01 Index V vmedia mapping 60 removing 60 vHBA 86 87 88 92 93 94 95 96 97 98 viewing properties 60 boot table 94 vNIC 99 100 105 106 107 109 creating 92 creating 105 creating boot table entry 94 deleting 106 deleting 93 guidelines for managing 99 deleting boot table entry 94 95 iscsi boot 107 disabling persistent binding 97 iscsi boot deletion 109 enabling persistent binding 97 modifying properties 100 guidelines for managing 86 viewing properties 99 modifying properties 88 vNICs 107 persistent binding 96 iSCSI boot guidelines 107 rebuilding persistent binding 98 voltage sensors 51 viewing properties 87 viewi
95. MTEHR1c3QuZXhhbXBsZS5 jb20xHzAdBgkqhkiG 9w0BCQEWEHVzZXJAZXhhbXBsZS5 jb20wgZ8wDOYJKoZIhvcNAQEBBOADgYOAMIGI AoGBAMZw4nTepNIDhVzb0j 7Z2Je4xAG5 6zmSHRMQeOGHemdh 6 6u2 XAoLx7YCcYU ZgAMivyCsKgb 6CjQtsofvzxmC eAehuK3 SINV7wd6Vv2pBt6ZpXgD4VBNKOND1 GMbk PayV19jbG4MD2dx2 H8EH3LMtdZrgKvPxPTE bF 5wZVNAgMBAAGgJTAjJBgkq hkiG9w0BCQcxFhMUQSBjaGFsbGVuZ2UgcGFzc3dvcmQwDOYJKoZIhvcNAQEFBOQAD QYEAG61CaJoJaVMhzC190306Mg512q12zXcz754 VFj216rH9asckCld3mkOVx5gJU Ptt5CVOpNgNLdvbDPSsXretysOhqHmp9 CLv8FDuy1CDYfuaLtvlWvfhevskv0j6 mK3Ku YiORnv6DhxrOoqau8r hy1I L4317IPN1HhOi30ha4 Ge iea e END CERTIFICATE lt CTRL D gt Cisco UCS C Series Servers Integrated Management Controller CLI Configuration Guide Release 1 5 OL 28893 01 CHAPTER 1 2 Configuring Platform Event Filters This chapter includes the following sections Platform Event Filters page 149 Enabling Platform Event Alerts page 149 Disabling Platform Event Alerts page 150 Configuring Platform Event Filters page 150 Configuring Platform Event Trap Settings page 152 Interpreting Platform Event Traps page 153 Platform Event Filters A platform event filter PEF can trigger an action and generate an alert when a critical hardware related event occurs For each PEF you can choose the action to be taken or take no action when a platform event occurs You can also choose to generate and send an alert when a platform event occurs Alerts are sent as an SNMP trap so you must configure an SNMP tra
96. Main BIOS Parameters for C220 and C240 Servers 203 Advanced BIOS Parameters for C220 and C240 Servers 203 Server Management BIOS Parameters for C220 and C240 Servers 219 C260 Servers 222 Main BIOS Parameters for C260 Servers 222 Advanced BIOS Parameters for C260 Servers 222 Server Management BIOS Parameters for C260 Servers 232 C420 Servers 235 Main BIOS Parameters for C420 Servers 235 Advanced BIOS Parameters for C420 Servers 235 Server Management BIOS Parameters for C420 Servers 251 C460 Servers 253 Main BIOS Parameters for C460 Servers 253 Advanced BIOS Parameters for C460 Servers 253 Server Management BIOS Parameters for C460 Servers 263 E Cisco UCS C Series Servers Integrated Management Controller CLI Configuration Guide Release 1 5 OL 28893 01 Audience Preface This preface includes the following sections e Audience page xi e Conventions page xi e New and Changed Information for this Release page xiii e Related Cisco UCS Documentation page xv This guide is intended primarily for data center administrators with responsibilities and expertise in one or more of the following e Server administration e Storage administration e Network administration e Network security Conventions Text Type Indication GUI elements GUI elements such as tab titles area names and field labels appear in this font Main titles such as window dialog box and wizard titles appear in this font
97. N A N A 0 725 2391 PV_VCCP_CPU2 Normal 0 891 Vv N A N A 0 725 39 P1V5_DDR3_CPU Normal 1 499 Vv N A N A 1 450 548 P1V5_DDR3_CPU2 Normal 1 499 Vv N A N A 1 450 548 P1V1_IOH Normal 1 087 v N A N A 1 068 136 P1V8_AUX Normal ibe TS Vv N A N A Cisco UCS C Series Servers Integrated Management Controller CLI Configuration Guide Release 1 5 OL 28893 01 Viewing Server Sensors Viewing Current Sensors 1 744 1 852 Server sensor Viewing Current Sensors Procedure Command or Action Purpose Step 1 Server scope sensor Enters sensor command mode Step 2 Server sensor show current detail Displays current sensor statistics for the server This example displays current sensor statistics Server scope sensor Server sensor show current Viewing Storage Sensors Name Sensor Status Reading Units Min Warning Max Warning Min Failure Max Failure VR_P2_IMON Normal 16 00 AMP N A 147 20 N A 164 80 VR_P1_IMON Normal 27 20 AMP N A 147 20 N A 164 80 Server sensor Procedure Command or Action Purpose Step 1 Server scope chassis Enters chassis command mode Step 2 Server chassis show hdd detail Displays storage sensor information The displayed fields are described in the following table Name Description Name column The name of the storage device Status column A brief description of the storage device status E Cisco UCS C Series Servers
98. OM Port n OptionROM Whether Option ROM is available on the LOM port designated by n This can be one of the following e Disabled Option ROM is not available on LOM port n e Enabled Option ROM is available on LOM port n e The expansion slot n is available for UEFI only e The expansion slot n is available for legacy only All PCIe Slots OptionROM Whether the server can use the PCIe Option ROM expansion slots This can be one of the following e Disabled PCle Option ROMs are not available e Enabled PCle Option ROMs are available e The expansion slot n is available for UEFI only e The expansion slot n is available for legacy only PCIe Slot n OptionROM Whether PCIe expansion slot n is available to the server This can be one of the following Disabled The expansion slot n is not available e Enabled tThe expansion slot n is available e The expansion slot n is available for UEFI only e The expansion slot n is available for legacy only Cisco UCS C Series Servers Integrated Management Controller CLI Configuration Guide Release 1 5 OL 28893 01 BIOS Parameters by Server Model a Server Management BIOS Parameters for C22 and C24 Servers Description PCIe Slot Link Speed This option allows you to restrict the maximum speed of an adapter card installed in PCIe slot n This can be one of the following e GEN1 2 5GT s gigatransfers per second is the ma
99. OMPLETED Error Code 100 No Error Diagnostic Message NONE Server cimc import export Importing a CIMC Configuration Please check the status using show detail Important If any firmware or BIOS updates are in progress do not import the CIMC configuration until those tasks are complete Before You Begin If you want to restore the SNMP configuration information when you import the configuration file make sure that SNMP is disabled on this server before you do the import If SNMP is enabled when you perform the import CIMC does not overwrite the current values with those saved in the configuration file Procedure Command or Action Purpose Step 1 Server scope cimc Enters the CIMC command mode OL 28893 01 Cisco UCS C Series Servers Integrated Management Controller CLI Configuration Guide Release 1 5 E Server Utilities Generating Non maskable Interrupts to the Host Command or Action Purpose Step 2 Server cimc scope import export Enters the import export command mode Step 3 Server cimc import export Starts the import operation The configuration file at import config protocol ip address the specified path and file name on the remote server path and filename at the specified IP address will be imported The remote server can be one of the following TFTP e FTP e SFTP e SCP HTTP To determine whether the import operation has complet
100. OMs are available e The expansion slot n is available for UEFI only e The expansion slot n is available for legacy only PCIe Slot n ROM Whether PCIe expansion slot n is available to the server This can be one of the following e Disabled The expansion slot n is not available Enabled tThe expansion slot n is available e The expansion slot n is available for UEFI only e The expansion slot n is available for legacy only Onboard Gbit LOM Whether Gbit LOM is enabled or disabled on the server This can be one of the following Disabled Gbit LOM is not available e Enabled 10Git LOM is available Cisco UCS C Series Servers Integrated Management Controller CLI Configuration Guide Release 1 5 OL 28893 01 BIOS Parameters by Server Model A Advanced BIOS Parameters for C460 Servers Name Description Onboard 10Gbit LOM Whether 10Gbit LOM is enabled or disabled on the server This can be one of the following e Disabled 10GBit LOM is not available Enabled 10GBit LOM is available Sriov Whether SR IOV Single Root I O Virtualization is enabled or disabled on the server This can be one of the following Disabled SR IOV is disabled Enabled SR IOV is enabled IOH Resource Allocation Enables you to distribute 64KB of 16 bit IO resources between IOHO and IOH 1 as per system requirement This can be one of the following IOHO 24k IOH1 40k
101. Optional Displays the progress of the transfer of the data file to the remote server Optional Cancels the transfer of the data file to the remote server This example creates a technical support data file and transfers the file to a TFTP server Server scope cimc Server Server Server Server Server server cimc scope tech support cimc tech support set remote ip 192 0 20 41 cimc tech support set remote protocol tftp cimc tech support set remote path user userl default tar gz cimc tech support commit cimc tech support start Tech Support upload started Server cimc tech support show detail Tech Support Server Address 192 0 20 41 Path default tar gz E Cisco UCS C Series Servers Integrated Management Controller CLI Configuration Guide Release 1 5 OL 28893 01 Server Utilities Protocol Username Password Progress Status tftp KKK KK KK 3 5 Collecting Server cimc tech support What to Do Next Provide the generated report file to Cisco TAC Rebooting the CIMC On rare occasions such as an issue with the current running firmware troubleshooting a server may require you to reboot the CIMC This procedure is not part of the normal maintenance of a server After you reboot the CIMC you are logged off and the CIMC will be unavailable for a few minutes Rebooting the CIMC Note If you reboot the CIMC while the server is performi
102. RR occurs Enabled The BIOS generates an NMI and logs an error when a PERR occurs You must enable to use this setting Console Redirection Allows a serial port to be used for console redirection during POST and BIOS booting After the BIOS has booted and the operating system is responsible for the server console redirection is irrelevant and has no effect This can be one of the following Disabled No console redirection occurs during POST e Enables console redirection on serial port A during POST Note Ifyou enable this option you also disable the display of the Quiet Boot logo screen during POST Flow Control Whether a handshake protocol is used for flow control Request to Send Clear to Send RTS CTS helps to reduce frame collisions that can be introduced by a hidden terminal problem This can be one of the following e None No flow control is used RTS CTS RTS CTS is used for flow control Note This setting must match the setting on the remote terminal application Cisco UCS C Series Servers Integrated Management Controller CLI Configuration Guide Release 1 5 OL 28893 01 BIOS Parameters by Server Model a Server Management BIOS Parameters for C460 Servers Description Baud Rate What BAUD rate is used for the serial port transmission speed If you disable Console Redirection this option is not available This can be one of the following e 9 6k A 9600 BAUD
103. S C Series Servers Integrated Management Controller CLI Configuration Guide Release 1 5 Before You Begin You must log in as a user with admin privileges to disable the virtual KVM Procedure Command or Action Purpose Step 1 Server scope kvm Enters KVM command mode Step 2 Server kvm set enabled no Disables the virtual KVM Note Disabling the virtual KVM disables access to the virtual media feature but does not detach the virtual media devices if virtual media is enabled OL 28893 01 Managing Remote Presence Configuring the Virtual KVM i Command or Action Purpose Step 3 Server kvm commit Commits the transaction to the system configuration Step 4 Server kvm show detail Optional Displays the virtual KVM configuration This example disables the virtual KVM Server scope kvm Server kvm set enabled no Server kvm commit Server kvm show Encryption Enabled Local Video Active Sessions Enabled KVM Port Server kvm Configuring the Virtual KVM Before You Begin You must log in as a user with admin privileges to configure the virtual KVM Procedure Command or Action Purpose Step 1 Server scope kvm Enters KVM command mode Step 2 Server kvm set enabled yes no Enables or disables the virtual KVM Step 3 Server kvm set encrypted yes If encryption is enabled the server encrypts all video no information sent through th
104. S Parameters by Server Model Server Management BIOS Parameters for C420 Servers Server Management BIOS Parameters for C420 Servers Name Description FRB 2 Timer Whether the FRB2 timer is used by CIMC to recover the system if it hangs during POST This can be one of the following Disabled The FRB2 timer is not used Enabled The FRB2 timer is started during POST and used to recover the system if necessary OS Watchdog Timer Whether the BIOS programs the watchdog timer with a specified timeout value This can be one of the following Disabled The watchdog timer is not used to track how long the server takes to boot Enabled The watchdog timer tracks how long the server takes to boot If the server does not boot within the length of time specified OS Watchdog Timer Timeout What timeout value the BIOS uses to configure the watchdog timer This can be one of the following e The watchdog timer expires 5 minutes after the OS begins to boot e The watchdog timer expires 10 minutes after the OS begins to boot e The watchdog timer expires 15 minutes after the OS begins to boot e The watchdog timer expires 20 minutes after the OS begins to boot Note This option is only applicable if you enable the OS Boot Watchdog Timer OS Watchdog Timer Policy What action the system takes if the watchdog timer expires This can be one of the following e The server takes no action if the
105. Sensitive String Add the CiscoAVPair attribute to the user class using the Active Directory snap in a Expand the Classes node in the left pane and type U to select the user class b Click the Attributes tab and click Add c Type C to select the CiscoAVPair attribute d Click OK Add the following user role values to the CiscoAVPair attribute for the users that you want to have access to CIMC Role CiscoAVPair Attribute Value admin shell roles admin user shell roles user read only shell roles read only Note For more information about adding values to attributes see the article at http technet microsoft com en us library bb727064 aspx OL 28893 01 Cisco UCS C Series Servers Integrated Management Controller CLI Configuration Guide Release 1 5 E Managing User Accounts A Configuring Active Directory in CIMC What to Do Next Use the CIMC to configure Active Directory Configuring Active Directory in CIMC Configure Active Directory AD in CIMC when you want to use an AD server for local user authentication and authorization Before You Begin You must log in as a user with admin privileges to perform this task Procedure Command or Action Purpose Step 1 Server scope Idap Enters the LDAP command mode for AD configuration Step 2 Server ldap set enabled Enables or disables AD When AD is enabled user yes no authentication and role authorizati
106. Server by DHCP no Preferred DNS 192 168 30 31 Alternate DNS 192 168 30 32 VLAN Enabled yes VLAN ID 10 VLAN Priority 32 Hostname Server MAC Address 01 23 45 67 89 AB NIC Mode dedicated NIC Redundancy none Server cimc network Connecting to a Port Profile NS Note You can configure a port profile or a VLAN but you cannot use both If you want to use a port profile make sure the set vlan enabled command is set to no Before You Begin You must be logged in as admin to connect to a port profile Cisco UCS C Series Servers Integrated Management Controller CLI Configuration Guide Release 1 5 OL 28893 01 Configuring Network Related Settings Procedure Connecting to a Port Profile Command or Action Purpose Step 1 Server scope cime Enters the CIMC command mode Step 2 Server cimc scope network Enters the CIMC network command mode Step 3 Step 4 Step 5 Server cimc network set port profile port_profile_name Server cimc network commit Server cimc network show detail Specifies the port profile CIMC should use to configure the management interface the virtual Ethernet and the VIF on supported adapter cards such as the Cisco UCS VIC1225 Virtual Interface Card Enter up to 80 alphanumeric characters You cannot use spaces or other special characters except for hyphen and _ underscore In addition the port profile name cannot b
107. Technology if required Note must be set to Custom or the server ignores the setting for this parameter Processor Power State C6 Whether the BIOS sends the C6 report to the operating system When the OS receives the report it can transition the processor into the lower C6 power state to decrease energy usage while maintaining optimal processor performance This can be one of the following Disabled The BIOS does not send the C6 report Enabled The BIOS sends the C6 report allowing the OS to transition the processor to the C6 low power state Note must be set to Custom or the server ignores the setting for this parameter Processor Power State C1 Enhanced Whether the CPU transitions to its minimum frequency when entering the C1 state This can be one of the following Disabled The CPU continues to run at its maximum frequency in C1 state Enabled The CPU transitions to its minimum frequency This option saves the maximum amount of power in Cl state Frequency Floor Override Whether the CPU is allowed to drop below the maximum non turbo frequency when idle This can be one of the following Disabled The CPU can drop below the maximum non turbo frequency when idle This option decreases power consumption but may reduce system performance Enabled The CPU cannot drop below the maximum non turbo frequency when idle This option improves system performance but may increase power consumpti
108. The BMC reboots terminating all CLI and GUI selected firmware image sessions until the reboot completes Step 6 Log back into the CLI and repeat steps 1 3 Optional to verify the activation This example activates firmware image and then verifies the activation after the BMC reboots Server scope cimc Server cimc scope firmware Server cimc firmware show detail Firmware Image Information Update Stage NONE Update Progress 100 Current FW Version 1 3 3a FW Image 1 Version 1 4 33 FW Image 1 State BACKUP INACTIVATED FW Image 2 Version 1 3 3a FW Image 2 State RUNNING ACTIVATED Boot loader Version 1 4 3 21 18 Server cimc firmware activate 1 This operation will activate firmware 1 and reboot the BMC Continue yINly BMC reboot Log into CLI as Admin Server scope cimc OL 28893 01 Cisco UCS C Series Servers Integrated Management Controller CLI Configuration Guide Release 1 5 E CIMC Firmware Management Installing BIOS Firmware from a Remote Server Server cimc scope firmware Server cimc firmware show detail Firmware Image Information Update Stage NONE Update Progress 100 Current FW Version 1 4 3j FW Image 1 Version 1 4 33 FW Image 1 State RUNNING ACTIVATED FW Image 2 Version 1 3 3a FW Image 2 State BACKUP INACTIVATED Boot loader Version 1 4 3 21 18 Installing BIOS Firmware from a Remote Server amp Note This procedure is not available
109. Timeout What timeout value the BIOS uses to configure the watchdog timer This can be one of the following e The watchdog timer expires 5 minutes after the OS begins to boot e The watchdog timer expires 10 minutes after the OS begins to boot e The watchdog timer expires 15 minutes after the OS begins to boot e The watchdog timer expires 20 minutes after the OS begins to boot Note This option is only applicable if you enable the OS Boot Watchdog Timer OS Watchdog Timer Policy What action the system takes if the watchdog timer expires This can be one of the following e The server takes no action if the watchdog timer expires during OS boot e The server is powered off if the watchdog timer expires during OS boot e Reset The server is reset if the watchdog timer expires during OS boot Note This option is only applicable if you enable the OS Boot Watchdog Timer OL 28893 01 Cisco UCS C Series Servers Integrated Management Controller CLI Configuration Guide Release 1 5 m BIOS Parameters by Server Model a Server Management BIOS Parameters for C22 and C24 Servers Description Boot Order Rules How the server changes the boot order list defined through the CIMC GUI or CLI when there are no devices of a particular device type available or when the user defines a different boot order using the server s BIOS Setup Utility The supported device types ar
110. U or I O makes a demand read This can be one of the following e Disabled Single bit memory errors are not corrected Enabled Single bit memory errors are corrected in memory and the corrected data is set in response to the demand read Altitude The approximate number of meters above sea level at which the physical server is installed This can be one of the following e Auto The CPU determines the physical elevation e The server is approximately 300 meters above sea level e The server is approximately 900 meters above sea level e The server is approximately 1500 meters above sea level e The server is approximately 3000 meters above sea level E Cisco UCS C Series Servers Integrated Management Controller CLI Configuration Guide Release 1 5 OL 28893 01 BIOS Parameters by Server Model OPI Configuration Parameters Advanced BIOS Parameters for C420 Servers i Description QPI Link Frequency The Intel QuickPath Interconnect QPI link frequency in gigatransfers per second GT s This can be one of the following e Auto The CPU determines the QPI link frequency USB Configuration Parameters Name Legacy USB Support Description Whether the system supports legacy USB devices This can be one of the following e Disabled USB devices are only available to EFI applications Enabled Legacy USB support is always available e Auto Disable
111. UCS C Series Servers Integrated Management Controller CLI Configuration Guide Release 1 5 OL 28893 01 Viewing Server Properties Viewing Memory Properties i Viewing Memory Properties Before You Begin The server must be powered on or the properties will not display Procedure Command or Action Purpose Step 1 Server scope chassis Enters chassis command mode Step 2 Server chassis show dimm detail Displays memory properties Step 3 Server chassis show dimm summary Displays DIMM summary information This example displays memory properties Server scope chassis Server chassis show dimm Name Capacity Channel Speed MHz Channel Type DIMM A 2048 MB 067 Other DIMM A2 2048 MB 067 Other DIMM B 2048 MB 067 Other DIMM B2 2048 MB 067 Other DIMM C Not Installed Unknown Other DIMM C2 Not Installed Unknown Other DIMM D 2048 MB 067 Other DIMM D2 2048 MB 067 Other DIMM E 2048 MB 067 Other DIMM E 2048 MB 067 Other DIMM F Not Installed Unknown Other DIMM F2 Not Installed Unknown Other Server chassis This example displays detailed information about memory properties Server scope chassis Server chassis show dimm detail Name DIMM_A1 Capacity 2048 MB Channel Speed MHz 1067 Channel Type Other Memory Type Detail Synchronous Bank Locator NODE 0 CHANNEL 0 DIMM 0 Visibility Yes Operability Operable Manufacturer 0x802C Part Number 18JSF25672PY 1G1D
112. V H Server cimc network Configuring the Server VLAN Before You Begin You must be logged in as admin to configure the server VLAN Procedure Command or Action Purpose Step 1 Server scope cime Enters the CIMC command mode Step 2 Server cimc scope network Enters the CIMC network command mode Cisco UCS C Series Servers Integrated Management Controller CLI Configuration Guide Release 1 5 OL 28893 01 Configuring Network Related Settings A Connecting to a Port Profile Command or Action Purpose Step 3 Server cimc network set vlan enabled Selects whether the CIMC is connected to a yes no VLAN Step 4 Server cimc network set vlan id id Specifies the VLAN number Step 5 Server cimc network set vlan priority Specifies the priority of this system on the priority VLAN Step 6 Server cimc network commit Commits the transaction to the system configuration Step 7 Server cimc network show detail Optional Displays the network settings This example configures the server VLAN Server scope cimc Server cimc scope network Server cimc network set vlan enabled yes Server cimc network set vlan id 10 Server cimc network set vlan priority 32 Server cimc network commit Server cimc network show detail Network Setting IPv4 Address 10 20 30 11 IPv4 Netmask 255 255 248 0 IPv4 Gateway 10 20 30 1 DHCP Enabled yes Obtain DNS
113. VHBA 93 Cisco UCS C Series Servers Integrated Management Controller CLI Configuration Guide Release 1 5 OL 28893 01 Contents VHBA Boot Table 94 Viewing the Boot Table 94 Creating a Boot Table Entry 94 Deleting a Boot Table Entry 95 vHBA Persistent Binding 96 Enabling Persistent Binding 97 Disabling Persistent Binding 97 Rebuilding Persistent Binding 98 Managing vNICs 99 Guidelines for Managing vNICs 99 Viewing vNIC Properties 99 Modifying vNIC Properties 100 Creating a vNIC 105 Deleting a vNIC 106 Configuring iSCSI Boot Capability 107 Configuring iSCSI Boot Capability for VNICs 107 Configuring iSCSI Boot Capability on a vNIC 107 Deleting an iSCSI Boot Configuration fora vNIC 109 Managing VM FEX 109 Virtual Machine Fabric Extender 109 Viewing VM FEX Properties 110 VM FEX Settings 111 Managing Storage Adapters 115 Create Virtual Drive from Unused Physical Drives 115 Create Virtual Drive from an Existing Drive Group 116 Clearing Foreign Configuration 117 Deleting a Virtual Drive 118 Initializing a Virtual Drive 119 Set as Boot Drive 120 Modifying Attributes of a Virtual Drive 120 Making a Dedicated Hot Spare 121 Making a Global Hot Spare 122 Preparing a Drive for Removal 122 Removing a Drive from Hot Spare Pools 123 Undo Preparing a Drive for Removal 124 Cisco UCS C Series Servers Integrated Management Controller CLI Configuration Guide Release 1 5 OL 28893 01 Contents Enabling Auto Learn Cycles for th
114. a command and change it before you press Enter Committing Discarding and Viewing Pending Commands L Note When you enter a configuration command in the CLI the command is not applied until you enter the commit command Until committed a configuration command is pending and can be discarded by entering a discard command When any command is pending an asterisk appears before the command prompt The asterisk disappears when you enter the commit command as shown in this example Server scope chassis Server chassis set locator led off Server chassis commit Server chassis You can accumulate pending changes in multiple command modes and apply them together with a single commit command You can view the pending commands by entering the show configuration pending command in any command mode Committing multiple commands together is not an atomic operation If any command fails the successful commands are applied despite the failure Failed commands are reported in an error message Command Output Formats Most CLI show commands accept an optional detail keyword that causes the output information to be displayed as a list rather than a table You can configure either of two presentation formats for displaying the output information when the detail keyword is used The format choices are as follows Default For easy viewing the command output is presented in a compact list This example shows command output in
115. abled The processor does not support ATS Enabled The processor uses VT d ATS as required Intel VT d PassThrough DMA Whether the processor supports Intel VT d Pass through DMA This can be one of the following Disabled The processor does not support pass through DMA Enabled The processor uses VT d Pass through DMA as required Direct Cache Access Allows processors to increase I O performance by placing data from I O devices directly into the processor cache This setting helps to reduce cache misses This can be one of the following Disabled Data from I O devices is not placed directly into the processor cache Enabled Data from I O devices is placed directly into the processor cache Processor C3 Report Whether the BIOS sends the C3 report to the operating system When the OS receives the report it can transition the processor into the lower C3 power state to decrease energy usage while maintaining optimal processor performance This can be one of the following Disabled The BIOS does not send the C3 report e The BIOS sends the C3 report using the ACPI C2 format allowing the OS to transition the processor to the C3 low power state e The BIOS sends the C3 report using the ACPI C3 format allowing the OS to transition the processor to the C3 low power state OL 28893 01 Cisco UCS C Series Servers Integrated Management Controller CLI Configuration
116. acy operating system such as DOS is enabled on the serial port This can be one of the following e Disabled The serial port enabled for console redirection is hidden from the legacy operating system Enabled The serial port enabled for console redirection is visible to the legacy operating system OS Boot Watchdog Timer Whether the BIOS programs the watchdog timer with a specified timeout value This can be one of the following e Disabled The watchdog timer is not used to track how long the server takes to boot Enabled The watchdog timer tracks how long the server takes to boot If the server does not boot within the length of time specified E Cisco UCS C Series Servers Integrated Management Controller CLI Configuration Guide Release 1 5 OL 28893 01 BIOS Parameters by Server Model C420 Servers i C420 Servers Main BIOS Parameters for C420 Servers Name Description TPM Support TPM Trusted Platform Module is a microchip designed to provide basic security related functions primarily involving encryption keys This option allows you to control the TPM Security Device support for the system It can be one of the following Disabled The server does not use the TPM Enabled The server uses the TPM Note We recommend that you contact your operating system vendor to make sure the operating system supports this feature Advanced BIOS Parameters for C420 Serv
117. age Signaled Interrupt MSI e msix Message Signaled Interrupts with the optional extension MSI X This is the recommended and default option Exits to the host Ethernet interface command mode Enters receive queue command mode E Cisco UCS C Series Servers Integrated Management Controller CLI Configuration Guide Release 1 5 OL 28893 01 Managing Network Adapters Modifying vNIC Properties Command or Action Purpose Step 26 Server The number of receive queue resources to allocate The chassis adapter host eth if recv queue range is 1 to 256 the default is 4 set rq count count Step 27 Server The number of descriptors in the receive queue The chassis adapter host eth if recv queue range is 64 to 4094 the default is 512 set rq ring size size Step 28 Server Exits to the host Ethernet interface command mode chassis adapter host eth if recv queue exit Step 29 Server chassis adapter host eth if Enters transmit queue command mode scope trans queue Step 30 Server The number of transmit queue resources to allocate chassis adapter host eth if trans queue The range is 1 to 256 the default is 1 set wq count count Step 31 Server The number of descriptors in the transmit queue The chassis adapter host eth if trans queue range is 64 to 4094 the default is 256 set wq ring size size Step 32 Server Exits to the host Ethernet interface command mode c
118. and 16 virtual Ethernet adapters to be provisioned in virtualized or nonvirtualized environments using just in time provisioning providing tremendous system flexibility and allowing consolidation of multiple physical adapters e Delivers uncompromising virtualization support including hardware based implementation of Cisco VN Link technology and pass through switching e Improves system security and manageability by providing visibility and portability of network polices and security all the way to the virtual machine The virtual interface card makes Cisco VN Link connections to the parent fabric interconnects which allows virtual links to connect virtual NICs in virtual machines to virtual interfaces in the interconnect In a Cisco Unified Computing System environment virtual links then can be managed network profiles applied and interfaces dynamically reprovisioned as virtual machines move between servers in the system Cisco UCS VIC1225 Virtual Interface Card The Cisco UCS VIC1225 Virtual Interface Card is a high performance converged network adapter that provides acceleration for the various new operational modes introduced by server virtualization It brings superior flexibility performance and bandwidth to the new generation of Cisco UCS C Series Rack Mount Servers The Cisco UCS VIC 1225 implements the Cisco Virtual Machine Fabric Extender VM FEX which unifies virtual and physical networking into a single infrastructure It pro
119. and or Action Purpose Step 1 Server scope chassis Enters the chassis command mode Step 2 Server chassis scope adapter Enters the command mode for the adapter card at the PCI index slot number specified by index Note The server must be powered on before you can view or change adapter settings Cisco UCS C Series Servers Integrated Management Controller CLI Configuration Guide Release 1 5 OL 28893 01 Managing Network Adapters vHBA Persistent Binding Command or Action Purpose Step 3 Server chassis adapter scope Enters the host Fibre Channel interface command mode host fc if fc0 fel name for the specified VHBA Step 4 Server chassis adapter host fc if Displays the boot table From the Boot Table Entry field show boot locate the number of the entry to be deleted Step 5 Server chassis adapter host fc if Deletes the boot table entry at the specified position in delete boot entry the table The range of entry is 0 to 3 The change will take effect upon the next server reset Step 6 Server chassis adapter host fc if Commits the transaction to the system configuration commit Note The changes will take effect upon the next server reboot This example deletes boot table entry number 1 for the VHBA fc1 Server scope chassis Server chassis scope adapter 1 Server chassis adapter scope host fc if fcl Server chassis adapter host fc if show boot Boot Table Entry
120. annel frame payload in bytes that the VHBA supports The range is 1 to 2112 the default is 2112 bytes Step 17 Step 18 Step 19 Server chassis adapter host fc if scope error recovery Server chassis adapter host fc if error recovery set fep error recovery disable enable Server chassis adapter host fc if error recovery set link down timeout msec Enters the Fibre Channel error recovery command mode Enables or disables FCP Error Recovery The default is disable Specifies the link down timeout value the number of milliseconds the uplink port should be offline before it informs the system that the uplink port is down and fabric connectivity has been lost The range is 0 to 240000 the default is 30000 milliseconds Step 20 Server chassis adapter host fc if error recovery set port down io retry count count Specifies the port down I O retries value the number of times an I O request to a port is returned because the port is busy before the system decides the port is unavailable The range is 0 to 255 the default is 8 retries Step 21 Server chassis adapter host fc if error recovery set port down timeout msec Specifies the port down timeout value the number of milliseconds a remote Fibre Channel port should be offline before informing the SCSI upper layer that the port is unavailable The range is 0 to 240000 the default is 10000 milliseconds Step 22 Server chassis
121. apter port e Priority is given to the PCIE Graphics adapter and the onboard VGA device is disabled Note The vK VM does not function when the onboard VGA is disabled E Cisco UCS C Series Servers Integrated Management Controller CLI Configuration Guide Release 1 5 OL 28893 01 BIOS Parameters by Server Model Advanced BIOS Parameters for C22 and C24 Servers Serial Configuration Parameters Name Description Console Redirection Allows a serial port to be used for console redirection during POST and BIOS booting After the BIOS has booted and the operating system is responsible for the server console redirection is irrelevant and has no effect This can be one of the following Disabled No console redirection occurs during POST Enabled Enables console redirection on serial port A during POST Terminal Type What type of character formatting is used for console redirection This can be one of the following PC ANSI The PC ANSI terminal font is used e VT100 A supported vt100 video terminal and its character set are used e VT100 A supported vt100 plus video terminal and its character set are used e VT UTF8 A video terminal with the UTF 8 character set is used Note This setting must match the setting on the remote terminal application Bits per second What BAUD rate is used for the serial port transmission speed If you disable Console Redirection this option
122. are which the dedicated hot spare is being created This example shows how to make physical drive 3 a dedicated hot spare for virtual drive 6 Server scope chassis Server chassis scope storageadapter SLOT 3 OL 28893 01 Cisco UCS C Series Servers Integrated Management Controller CLI Configuration Guide Release 1 5 E Managing Network Adapters A Making a Global Hot Spare Server chassis storageadapter scope physical drive 3 Server chassis storageadapter physical drive make dedicated hot spare 5 VD_OS_1 RAID 0 102400 MB physical disks 1 6 VD_OS_2 RAID 0 12288 MB physical disks 1 7 VD_OS_3 RAID 0 12288 MB physical disks 1 8 VD_DATA 1 RAID 0 12512 MB physical disks 1 9 RAID1 2358 RAID 1 40000 MB physical disks 2 3 5 8 11 JFB_RAID1_67 RAID 1 20000 MB physical disks 6 7 12 JFB_Crv_R1l 40 RAID 1 40000 MB physical disks 6 7 13 JFB_R1_ 10GB RAID 1 0000 MB physical disks 6 7 Please choose from the above 8 virtual drives gt 6 Server chassis storageadapter physical drive Making a Global Hot Spare Before You Begin You must log in with admin privileges to perform this task Procedure Command or Action Purpose Step 1 Server scope chassis Enters the chassis command mode Step 2 Server chassis scope storageadapter s ot Enters command mode for an installed storage card Step 3 Server chassis storageadapter scope Enters command mode for th
123. assis storageadapter create virtual drive Please enter RAID level 0 1 5 6 10 50 60 gt 1 Please choose from the following 2 unused physical drives Slot 6 size 68664 MB Slot 7 size 68664 MB Specify physical disks for span 0 Enter comma separated PDs from above list gt 6 7 Please enter Virtual Drive name 15 characters maximum gt test_v_drive Please enter Virtual Drive size in MB GB or TB Example format 400 GB gt 1000 MB Optional attribute Write Policy defaults to Write Back OK y or n gt n 0 Write Through 1 Write Back 2 Write Back with Bad BBU 3 Write Back Adaptive Choose number from above options gt 2 Cisco UCS C Series Servers Integrated Management Controller CLI Configuration Guide Release 1 5 OL 28893 01 Managing Network Adapters A Create Virtual Drive from an Existing Drive Group Write Policy will be set to Write Back with Bad BBU 2 and write policy 2 New virtual drive will have the following characteristics Spans Oecd RAID level 1 Name Size test_v_drive 1000 MB Write Policy Write Back with Bad BBU OK y or n gt y Server chassis storageadapter show Virtual Drive Health Status Boot Drive false false Good Optimal Good Optimal Good Optimal Good Optimal Good Optimal Server chassis storageadapter virtual drive Name Size RAID Level 150528 MB RAID 0 20480 MB RAID 0 1
124. ate a CIFS network mounted vMedia mapping Server scope vmedia Server vmedia map cifs sample volume 10 10 10 10 project test sample Server username Server password Confirm password Server vmedia Viewing Network Mount vMedia Mapping Properties Before You Begin You must log in with admin privileges to perform this task Procedure Command or Action Purpose Step 1 Server scope vmedia Enters the virtual media command mode Step 2 Server vmedia show mappings detail Displays information on all the vmedia mapping that are configured This example shows how to view the properties of all the configured vmedia mapping Server scope vmedia Server vmedia show mappings Volume Map status Drive type remote share remote file mount type Huu OK removable http 10 104 236 99 rhel server 6 1 x86_ 6 iso www Rhel OK CD http 10 104 236 99 rhel server 6 1 x86 6 iso www Removing Network Mounted vMedia Mapping E Cisco UCS C Series Servers Integrated Management Controller CLI Configuration Guide Release 1 5 Before You Begin You must log in with admin privileges to perform this task OL 28893 01 Managing Remote Presence Managing Serial over LAN Procedure Command or Action Purpose Step 1 Server scope vmedia Enters the virtual media command mode Step 2 Server vmedia unmap volume_name Specifies the volume name to unmap This example shows how t
125. atures Enhanced SNMPv3 and SNMP trap configuration is relocated in the user interface Configuring Communication Services on page 133 properties XML API Support added for CIMC control by an Configuring Communication XML API Services on page 133 HTTP redirect Support added for redirection of HTTP Configuring Communication requests to HTTPS Services on page 133 BIOS parameters Support added for additional BIOS BIOS Parameters by Server Model on page 183 Related Cisco UCS Documentation Documentation Roadmaps For a complete list of all B Series documentation see the Cisco UCS B Series Servers Documentation Roadmap available at the following URL http www cisco com go unifiedcomputing b series doc For a complete list of all C Series documentation see the Cisco UCS C Series Servers Documentation Roadmap available at the following URL http www cisco com go unifiedcomputing c series doc OL 28893 01 Cisco UCS C Series Servers Integrated Management Controller CLI Configuration Guide Release 1 5 i Preface Related Cisco UCS Documentation Other Documentation Resources An ISO file containing all B and C Series documents is available at the following URL http www cisco com cisco software type html mdfid 283 853 163 amp flowid 25821 From this page click Unified Computing System UCS Documentation Roadmap Bundle The ISO file is updated after every major documentati
126. ays numdays This command generates a new self signed certificate key CA_keyfilename out CA_certfilename for the CA using the specified key The certificate is valid for the specified period The command prompts Example the user for additional certificate information openssl req new x509 days 365 choy eakas leuk sea seek The certificate server is an active CA Step3 echo nsCertType server gt This command adds a line to the OpenSSL configuration openssl conf file to designate the certificate as a server only certificate This designation is a defense against a Example man in the middle attack in which an authorized client echo nsCertType server gt attempts to impersonate the server openssl conf i i The OpenSSL configuration file openssl conf contains the statement nsCertType server Step4 openssl x509 req days numdays in This command directs the CA to use your CSR file to CSR_filename CA CA_certfilename generate a server certificate set_serial 04 CAkey CA_keyfilename out Your server certificate is contained in the output file server_certfilename extfile openssl conf Example openssl x509 req days 365 in csr txt CA ca crt set_serial 04 CAkey ca key out myserver05 crt extfile openssl conf This example shows how to create a CA and to generate a server certificate signed by the new CA These commands are entered on a Linux server running OpenSSL usr bin openssl
127. ble for the server console redirection is irrelevant and has no effect This can be one of the following Disabled No console redirection occurs during POST Enabled Enables console redirection on serial port A during POST Cisco UCS C Series Servers Integrated Management Controller CLI Configuration Guide Release 1 5 OL 28893 01 BIOS Parameters by Server Model A Advanced BIOS Parameters for C420 Servers Description Terminal Type What type of character formatting is used for console redirection This can be one of the following PC ANSI The PC ANSI terminal font is used e VT100 A supported vt100 video terminal and its character set are used e VT100 A supported vt100 plus video terminal and its character set are used e VT UTF8 A video terminal with the UTF 8 character set is used Note This setting must match the setting on the remote terminal application Bits per second What BAUD rate is used for the serial port transmission speed If you disable Console Redirection this option is not available This can be one of the following 9600 A 9 600 BAUD rate is used 19200 A 19 200 BAUD rate is used 38400 A 38 400 BAUD rate is used 57600 A 57 600 BAUD rate is used 115200 A 115 200 BAUD rate is used Note This setting must match the setting on the remote terminal application Flow Control Whether a handshake protocol
128. ccurs during POST e Enables console redirection on serial port A during POST Note Ifyou enable this option you also disable the display of the Quiet Boot logo screen during POST Flow Control Whether a handshake protocol is used for flow control Request to Send Clear to Send RTS CTS helps to reduce frame collisions that can be introduced by a hidden terminal problem This can be one of the following e None No flow control is used e RTS CTS RTS CTS is used for flow control Note This setting must match the setting on the remote terminal application E Cisco UCS C Series Servers Integrated Management Controller CLI Configuration Guide Release 1 5 OL 28893 01 BIOS Parameters by Server Model Server Management BIOS Parameters for C260 Servers Name Description Baud Rate What BAUD rate is used for the serial port transmission speed If you disable Console Redirection this option is not available This can be one of the following e 9 6k A 9600 BAUD rate is used e 19 2k A 19200 BAUD rate is used e 38 4k A 38400 BAUD rate is used e 57 6k A 57600 BAUD rate is used e 115 2k A 115200 BAUD rate is used Note This setting must match the setting on the remote terminal application Terminal Type What type of character formatting is used for console redirection This can be one of the following e PC ANSI The PC ANSI terminal font is used e VT100 A sup
129. ce PXE Network Device PXE Internal EFI Shell FDD FDD Resetting the Server CD ROM Cisco Virtual CD DVD 1 18 Cisco NIC 23 0 0 MBA v5 0 5 Slot 0100 MBA v5 0 5 Slot 0101 MBA v5 0 5 Slot 0200 MBA v5 0 5 Slot 0201 Cisco NIC 22 0 0 Internal EFI Shell Cisco Virtual HDD T Cisco Virtual Floppy 1 18 18 Important If any firmware or BIOS updates are in progress do not reset the server until those tasks are complete Before You Begin You must log in with user or admin privileges to perform this task E Cisco UCS C Series Servers Integrated Management Controller CLI Configuration Guide Release 1 5 OL 28893 01 Managing the Server Shutting Down the Server Procedure Command or Action Purpose Step 1 Server scope chassis Enters chassis command mode Step 2 Server chassis power hard reset After a prompt to confirm resets the server This example resets the server Server scope chassis Server chassis power hard reset This operation will change the server s power state Continue y N Shutting Down the Server if Important If any firmware or BIOS updates are in progress do not shut down the server until those tasks are complete Before You Begin You must log in with user or admin privileges to perform this task Procedure Command or Action Purpose Step 1 Server scope chassis Enters chassis mode Step 2 Server chassis po
130. ced BIOS Parameters for C220 and C240 Servers Name Description Power Technology Enables you to configure the CPU power management settings for the following options e Enhanced Intel Speedstep Technology e Intel Turbo Boost Technology e Processor Power State C6 Power Technology can be one of the following e Custom tThe server uses the individual settings for the BIOS parameters mentioned above You must select this option if you want to change any of these BIOS parameters Disabled The server does not perform any CPU power management and any settings for the BIOS parameters mentioned above are ignored e The server determines the best settings for the BIOS parameters mentioned above and ignores the individual settings for these parameters Enhanced Intel Speedstep Technology Whether the processor uses Enhanced Intel SpeedStep Technology which allows the system to dynamically adjust processor voltage and core frequency This technology can result in decreased average power consumption and decreased average heat production This can be one of the following Disabled tThe processor never dynamically adjusts its voltage or frequency Enabled The processor utilizes Enhanced Intel SpeedStep Technology and enables all supported processor sleep states to further conserve power We recommend that you contact your operating system vendor to make sure the operating system supports this feature Note
131. cified path and filename on the remote server at the specified IP address The protocol can be one of the following e TFTP e FTP e SFTP e SCP e HTTP This example exports the configuration of adapter 1 Server scope chassis Server chassis scope adapter 1 Server chassis adapter export vnic ftp 192 0 20 34 test dnld ucs k9 bundle 1 0 2h bin Server chassis adapter Importing the Adapter Configuration Important Ifany firmware or BIOS updates are in progress do not import the adapter configuration until those tasks are complete Before You Begin You must log in with admin privileges to perform this task Procedure Command or Action Purpose Step 1 Server scope chassis Enters the chassis command mode Step 2 Server chassis scope adapter index Enters the command mode for the adapter card at the PCI slot number specified by index E Cisco UCS C Series Servers Integrated Management Controller CLI Configuration Guide Release 1 5 OL 28893 01 Managing Network Adapters Restoring Adapter Defaults Command or Action Purpose Note The server must be powered on before you can view or change adapter settings Step 3 Server chassis adapter Starts the import operation The adapter downloads the import vnic ftp ip address configuration file from the specified path on the TFTP server path and filename at the specified IP address The configuration will b
132. co UCS C Series Servers Integrated Management Controller CLI Configuration Guide Release 1 5 OL 28893 01 BIOS Parameters by Server Model Advanced BIOS Parameters for C220 and C240 Servers OPI Configuration Parameters Name Description QPI Link Frequency The Intel QuickPath Interconnect QPI link frequency in gigatransfers per second GT s This can be one of the following e Auto The CPU determines the QPI link frequency Onboard Storage Parameters Name Description Onboard SCU Storage Support Whether the onboard software RAID controller is available to the server This can be one of the following Disabled The software RAID controller is not available Enabled tThe software RAID controller is available USB Configuration Parameters Name Description Legacy USB Support Whether the system supports legacy USB devices This can be one of the following e Disabled USB devices are only available to EFI applications Enabled Legacy USB support is always available e Auto Disables legacy USB support if no USB devices are connected Port 60 64 Emulation Whether the system supports 60h 64h emulation for complete USB keyboard legacy support This can be one of the following Disabled 60h 64 emulation is not supported Enabled 60h 64 emulation is supported You should select this option if you are using a non USB aware operating system on the s
133. cope chassis Enters the chassis command mode Step 2 Server chassis scope storageadapter Enters command mode for an installed storage card slot Cisco UCS C Series Servers Integrated Management Controller CLI Configuration Guide Release 1 5 OL 28893 01 Managing Network Adapters Deleting a Virtual Drive Command or Action Purpose Step 3 Server chassis storageadapter You are prompted to confirm the action Enter yes clear foreign config to confirm Note Ifyou do not enter yes the action is aborted This example shows how to clear all foreign configurations on the MegaRAID controller in slot 3 Server scope chassis Server chassis scope storageadapter SLOT 3 Server chassis storageadapter clear foreign config Are you sure you want to clear all foreign configurations on this controller All data on the drive s will be lost Enter yes to confirm gt yes Server chassis storageadapter Deleting a Virtual Drive E Cisco UCS C Series Servers Integrated Management Controller CLI Configuration Guide Release 1 5 Important This task deletes a virtual drive including the drives that run the booted operating system So back up any data that you want to retain before you delete a virtual drive Before You Begin You must log in with admin privileges to perform this task Procedure Command or Action Purpose Step 1 Server scope chassis Enters the chassis command mode
134. ction Purpose Step 1 Server scope vmedia Enters virtual media command mode Step 2 Step 3 Server vmedia set enabled yes no Server vmedia set encryption yes no Enables or disables virtual media By default virtual media is disabled Note Disabling virtual media detaches the virtual CD virtual floppy and virtual HDD devices from the host Enables or disables virtual media encryption Step 4 Server vmedia commit Commits the transaction to the system configuration Step 5 Server vmedia show detail Optional Displays the virtual media configuration This example configures virtual media encryption Server scope vmedia vmedia set enabled yes vmedia set encryption yes vmedia commit vmedia show detail Settings Encryption Enabled yes Enabled yes Max Sessions 1 Active Sessions 0 Server Server Server Server vMedia Server vmedia E Cisco UCS C Series Servers Integrated Management Controller CLI Configuration Guide Release 1 5 OL 28893 01 Managing Remote Presence Configuring Network Mounted vMedia Mapping i What to Do Next Use the KVM to attach virtual media devices to a host Configuring Network Mounted vMedia Mapping Before You Begin You must log in with admin privileges to perform this task Procedure Command or Action Purpose Step 1 Server scope vmedia Enters the virtual media co
135. d from chassis EXEC mode adapter scope adapter index command chassis adapter from chassis mode host eth if scope host eth if command from adapter mode chassis adapter host eth if host fc if scope host fc if command from adapter mode chassis adapter host fc if port profiles scope port profiles command from adapter mode chassis adapter port profiles vmfex scope vmfex index command from adapter mode chassis adapter vmfex dimm summary scope dimm summary index command from chassis mode chassis dimm summary flexflash scope flexflash index command from chassis mode chassis flexflash operational profiles scope operational profile command from flexflash mode chassis flexflash operational profile it OL 28893 01 Cisco UCS C Series Servers Integrated Management Controller CLI Configuration Guide Release 1 5 Overview A Command Modes Mode Name Command to Access Mode Prompt storageadapter scope storageadapter slot command from chassis mode chassis storageadapter physical drive scope physical drive command from storageadapter mode chassis storageadapter physical drive virtual drive scope virtual drive command from storageadapter mode chassis storageadapter virtual drive cimc scope cime command from EXEC mode cimc firmware scope firmware command
136. d that will override the default boot priority the next time the server is restarted regardless of the default boot order defined for the server The specified boot device is used only once After the server has rebooted this setting is ignored X Note Before you reboot the server ensure that the virtual drive you select is enabled on the Cisco Flexible Flash card Before You Begin e You must log in with admin privileges to perform this task e Cisco Flexible Flash must be supported by your platform Procedure Command or Action Purpose Step 1 Server scope bios Enters the BIOS command mode Step 2 Server bios set boot override The virtual drive from which the server attempts to boot the None SCU HV HUU next time it is restarted This can be one of the following e None The server uses the default boot order e SCU The server boots from the Cisco UCS Server Configuration Utility e HV The server boots from the hypervisor virtual drive e HUU The server boots from the Cisco Host Upgrade Utility Step 3 Server bios commit Commits the transaction to the system configuration This example specifies that the server boots from the Cisco UCS Server Configuration Utility the next time it is restarted Server scope bios Server bios set boot override SCU Committing the boot override BIOS will try boot to the specified boot device first Failure to detect the boot device BIOS will boot from the
137. dapter index Enters the command mode for the adapter card at the PCI slot number specified by index Note The server must be powered on before you can view or change adapter settings Step 3 Server chassis adapter scope Enters the host Ethernet interface command mode for host eth if eth0 eth1 name the specified vNIC Step 4 Server chassis adapter host eth if Deletes the iSCSI boot capability for the vNIC delete iscsi boot 0 Step 5 Server chassis adapter host eth if Commits the transaction to the system configuration commit Note The changes will take effect upon the next server reboot This example shows how to delete the iSCSI boot capability for a vNIC Server Server Server Server Server Server scope chassis chassis scope adapter 1 chassis adapter scope host eth if eth0 chassis adapter host eth if delete iscsi boot 0 adapter host eth if iscsi boot commit New host eth if settings will take effect upon the next server reset adapter host eth if iscsi boot Managing VM FEX Virtual Machine Fabric Extender Cisco Virtual Machine Fabric Extender VM FEX extends the prestandard IEEE 802 1Qbh port extender architecture to virtual machines In this architecture each VM interface is provided with a virtual Peripheral Component Interconnect Express PCIe device and a virtual port on a switch OL 28893 01 Cisco UCS C Series Servers Integrated Management Controller CLI Configurat
138. der the following guidelines and restrictions e The Cisco UCS P81E Virtual Interface Card and Cisco UCS VIC1225 Virtual Interface Card provide two vHBAs fc0 and fel You can create up to 16 additional VHBAs on these adapter cards E Cisco UCS C Series Servers Integrated Management Controller CLI Configuration Guide Release 1 5 OL 28893 01 Managing Network Adapters amp Viewing vHBA Properties Note If Network Interface Virtualization NIV mode is enabled for the adapter you must assign a channel number to a vHBA when you create it e When using the Cisco UCS P81E Virtual Interface Card or Cisco UCS VIC1225 Virtual Interface Card in an FCoE application you must associate the vHBA with the FCoE VLAN Follow the instructions in to assign the VLAN After making configuration changes you must reboot the host for settings to take effect Viewing vHBA Properties Procedure Command or Action Purpose Step 1 Server scope chassis Enters the chassis command mode Step 2 Server chassis scope adapter index Enters the command mode for the adapter card at the PCI slot number specified by index Note The server must be powered on before you can view or change adapter settings Step 3 Server chassis adapter show Displays properties of a single VHBA if specified or host fc if fc0 fc1 name detail all VHBAs This example displays all VHBAs on adapter card 1 and the detailed prop
139. dex Note The server must be powered on before you can view or change adapter settings Step 4 Server chassis adapter scope Enters the host Ethernet interface command mode for host eth if eth0 eth1 name the specified vNIC Step 5 Server chassis adapter host eth if set Specifies the maximum transmission unit MTU or mtu mtu value packet size that the vNIC accepts Valid MTU values are 1500 to 9000 bytes the default is 1500 Step 6 Server chassis adapter host eth if set Specifies the uplink port associated with this vNIC All uplink 0 1 traffic for this vNIC goes through this uplink port Step 7 Server chassis adapter host eth if set Specifies a MAC address for the vNIC in the form mac addr mac addr hh hh hh hh hh hh or hhhh hhhh hhhh Step 8 Server chassis adapter host eth if set Specifies the class of service CoS value to be marked cos cos value on received packets unless the vNIC is configured to trust host CoS Valid CoS values are 0 to 6 the default is 0 Higher values indicate more important traffic E Cisco UCS C Series Servers Integrated Management Controller CLI Configuration Guide Release 1 5 OL 28893 01 Managing Network Adapters Modifying vNIC Properties Command or Action Purpose Note If NIV is enabled this setting is determined by the switch and the command is ignored Step 9 Server chassis adapter host eth if set trust host cos disable enable Sp
140. dmin privileges to perform this task Cisco UCS C Series Servers Integrated Management Controller CLI Configuration Guide Release 1 5 OL 28893 01 Managing Network Adapters A Resetting the Adapter Procedure Command or Action Purpose Step 1 Server scope chassis Enters the chassis command mode Step 2 Server chassis adapter reset index Resets the adapter at the PCI slot number specified by the index argument Note Resetting the adapter also resets the host This example resets the adapter in PCI slot 1 Server scope chassis Server chassis adapter reset 1 This operation will reset the adapter and the host if it is on You may lose connectivity to the CIMC and may have to log in again Continue yN y Server chassis Cisco UCS C Series Servers Integrated Management Controller CLI Configuration Guide Release 1 5 OL 28893 01 CHAPTER 1 O Configuring Communication Services This chapter includes the following sections Configuring HTTP page 133 e Configuring SSH page 134 e Configuring XML API page 135 e Configuring IPMI page 136 e Configuring SNMP page 137 Configuring HTTP Before You Begin You must log in as a user with admin privileges to configure HTTP Procedure Command or Action Purpose Step 1 Server scope http Enters the HTTP command mode Step 2 Server http set enabled yes no Enables or disables HTTP and HTTPS service on the CIMC
141. dows the SoL session will no longer display If the server boots a command line oriented operating system OS such as Linux you may need to perform additional configuration of the OS in order to properly display in an SoL session In the SoL session your keystrokes are transmitted to the console except for the function key F2 To send an F2 to the console press the Escape key then press 2 Configuring Serial Over LAN Before You Begin You must log in as a user with admin privileges to configure serial over LAN SoL Procedure Command or Action Purpose Step 1 Server scope sol Enters SoL command mode Step 2 Server sol set enabled yes no Enables or disables SoL on this server Step 3 Step 4 Server sol set baud rate 9600 19200 38400 57600 115200 Server sol set comport com0 com1 Sets the serial baud rate the system uses for SoL communication Note The baud rate must match the baud rate configured in the server serial console Optional Sets the serial port through which the system routes SoL communications Note This field is only available on some C Series servers If it is not available the server always uses COM port 0 for SoL communication You can specify e com0 SoL communication is routed through COM port 0 an externally accessible serial port that supports either a physical RJ45 connection to an external device or a virtual SoL connection t
142. ds on it s NMI configuration Do you want to continue yIN y Server chassis Cisco UCS C Series Servers Integrated Management Controller CLI Configuration Guide Release 1 5 OL 28893 01 Server Utilities A Generating Non maskable Interrupts to the Host Cisco UCS C Series Servers Integrated Management Controller CLI Configuration Guide Release 1 5 OL 28893 01 APPENDIX A BIOS Parameters by Server Model This appendix contains the following sections e C22 and C24 Servers page 183 e C220 and C240 Servers page 203 e C260 Servers page 222 e C420 Servers page 235 e C460 Servers page 253 C22 and C24 Servers Main BIOS Parameters for C22 and C24 Servers Name Description TPM Support TPM Trusted Platform Module is a microchip designed to provide basic security related functions primarily involving encryption keys This option allows you to control the TPM Security Device support for the system It can be one of the following Disabled The server does not use the TPM Enabled The server uses the TPM Note We recommend that you contact your operating system vendor to make sure the operating system supports this feature Cisco UCS C Series Servers Integrated Management Controller CLI Configuration Guide Release 1 5 OL 28893 01 BIOS Parameters by Server Model A Advanced BIOS Parameters for C22 and C24 Servers Advanced BIOS Parameters for C22 and C24 Serve
143. duced by the top row of the keypad on Digital terminals e SCO The function keys F1 to F12 generate ESC M through ESC X The function and shift keys generate ESC Y through ESC j The control and function keys generate ESC k through ESC v The shift control and function keys generate ESC w through ESC e ESCN The default mode The function keys match the general behavior of Digital terminals The function keys generate sequences such as ESC 11 and ESC 12 e VT400 The function keys behave like the default mode The top row of the numeric keypad generates ESC OP through ESC OS Redirection After BIOS POST Whether BIOS console redirection should be active after BIOS POST is complete and control given to the OS bootloader This can be one of the following e BIOS Legacy console redirection is active during the OS boot and run time Bootloader BIOS Legacy console redirection is disabled before giving control to the OS boot loader E Cisco UCS C Series Servers Integrated Management Controller CLI Configuration Guide Release 1 5 OL 28893 01 BIOS Parameters by Server Model Advanced BIOS Parameters for C22 and C24 Servers LOM and PCle Slots Configuration Parameters Name Description All Onboard LOM Ports Whether all LOM ports are enabled or disabled This can be one of the following e Disabled AlII LOM ports are disabled Enabled All LOM ports are enabled L
144. e Step 1 Server scope ssh Enters the SSH command mode Step 2 Server ssh set enabled yes no Enables or disables SSH on the CIMC Step 3 Server ssh set ssh port number Sets the port to use for secure shell access The default is 22 Step 4 Server ssh set timeout seconds Sets the number of seconds to wait before the system considers an SSH request to have timed out Enter an integer between 60 and 10 800 The default is 300 seconds Step 5 Server ssh commit Commits the transaction to the system configuration Step 6 Server ssh show detail Optional Displays the SSH configuration E Cisco UCS C Series Servers Integrated Management Controller CLI Configuration Guide Release 1 5 OL 28893 01 Configuring Communication Services Configuring XML API This example configures SSH for the CIMC Server scope ssh Server ssh set enabled yes Server ssh set ssh port 22 Server ssh set timeout 600 Server ssh commit Server ssh show SSH Port Timeout Active Sessions Enabled Server ssh Configuring XML API XML API for CIMC The Cisco CIMC XML application programming interface API is a programmatic interface to CIMC for a C Series Rack Mount Server The API accepts XML documents through HTTP or HTTPS For detailed information about the XML API see Cisco UCS Rack Mount Servers CIMC XML API Programmer s Guide
145. e installed during the next server reboot This example imports a configuration for the adapter in PCI slot 1 Server scope chassis Server chassis scope adapter 1 Server chassis adapter import vnic 192 0 2 34 ucs backups adapter4 xml Import succeeded New VNIC adapter settings will take effect upon the next server reset Server chassis adapter What to Do Next Reboot the server to apply the imported configuration Restoring Adapter Defaults Before You Begin You must log in with admin privileges to perform this task Procedure Command or Action Purpose Step 1 Server scope chassis Enters the chassis command mode Step 2 Server chassis Restores factory default settings for the adapter at adapter reset defaults index the PCI slot number specified by the index argument This example restores the default configuration of the adapter in PCI slot 1 Server scope chassis Server chassis adapter reset defaults 1 This operation will reset the adapter to factory default All your configuration will be lost Continue yIN y Server chassis OL 28893 01 Cisco UCS C Series Servers Integrated Management Controller CLI Configuration Guide Release 1 5 m Managing Network Adapters Managing Adapter Firmware Managing Adapter Firmware Adapter Firmware A Cisco UCS C Series network adapter contains the following firmware components e Adapter firmware The main opera
146. e e HDD Hard disk drive e FDD Floppy disk drive CDROM Bootable CD ROM or DVD e PXE PXE boot e EFI Extensible Firmware Interface The Boot Order Rules option can be one of the following e Strict When no devices of a particular type are available the system creates a placeholder for that device type in the boot order list When a device of that type becomes available it is added to the boot order in the previously defined position If the user defines a boot order through the server s BIOS Setup Utility that boot order is given priority over the boot order configured through the CIMC GUI or CLI All device types defined through CIMC that are not present in the boot order defined through the BIOS Setup Utility are removed from the boot order list Loose When no devices of a particular type are available the system removes that device type from the boot order When a device of that type becomes available the system adds it to the end of the boot order list If the boot order is configured through the server s BIOS Setup Utility that boot order is given priority over the boot order configured through the CIMC GUI or CLI All device types defined through CIMC that are not present in the boot order defined through the BIOS Setup Utility are moved to the end of the boot order list E Cisco UCS C Series Servers Integrated Management Controller CLI Configuration Guide Release 1 5 OL 28893 01 BIOS Param
147. e Battery Backup Unit 124 Disabling Auto Learn Cycles for the Battery Backup Unit 125 Starting a Learn Cycle for a Battery Backup Unit 125 Toggling the Locator LED for a Physical Drive 126 Viewing Storage Controller Logs 127 Backing Up and Restoring the Adapter Configuration 127 Exporting the Adapter Configuration 127 Importing the Adapter Configuration 128 Restoring Adapter Defaults 129 Managing Adapter Firmware 130 Adapter Firmware 130 Installing Adapter Firmware 130 Activating Adapter Firmware 131 Resetting the Adapter 131 CHAPTER 10 Configuring Communication Services 133 Configuring HTTP 133 Configuring SSH 134 Configuring XML API 135 XML API for CIMC 135 Enabling XML API 135 Configuring IPMI 136 IPMI Over LAN 136 Configuring IPMI over LAN 136 Configuring SNMP 137 SNMP 137 Configuring SNMP Properties 137 Configuring SNMP Trap Settings 139 Sending a Test SNMP Trap Message 140 Configuring SNMPv3 Users 140 CHAPTER 11 Managing Certificates 143 Managing the Server Certificate 143 Generating a Certificate Signing Request 143 Creating a Self Signed Certificate 145 E Cisco UCS C Series Servers Integrated Management Controller CLI Configuration Guide Release 1 5 OL 28893 01 Contents Uploading a Server Certificate 147 CHAPTER 12 Configuring Platform Event Filters 149 Platform Event Filters 149 Enabling Platform Event Alerts 149 Disabling Platform Event Alerts 150 Configuring Platform Event Filters 150
148. e CD DVD or floppy drive on the network Disk image files ISO or IMG files on the network e USB flash drive on the network OL 28893 01 Cisco UCS C Series Servers Integrated Management Controller CLI Configuration Guide Release 1 5 Bi Installing the Server OS A PXE Installation Servers You can use the KVM console to install an OS on the server PXE Installation Servers L Note A Preboot Execution Environment PXE installation server allows a client to boot and install an OS from a remote location To use this method a PXE environment must be configured and available on your VLAN typically a dedicated provisioning VLAN Additionally the server must be set to boot from the network When the server boots it sends a PXE request across the network The PXE installation server acknowledges the request and starts a sequence of events that installs the OS on the server PXE servers can use installation disks disk images or scripts to install an OS Proprietary disk images can also be used to install an OS additional components or applications PXE installation is an efficient method for installing an OS on a large number of servers However considering that this method requires setting up a PXE environment it might be easier to use another installation method Installing an OS Using a PXE Installation Server Step 1 Step 2 Before You Begin e Verify that the server can be reached over a VLAN e You mu
149. e Cisco UCS C Series Network Adapters Note The procedures in this chapter are available only when a Cisco UCS C Series network adapter is installed in the chassis A Cisco UCS C Series network adapter can be installed to provide options for I O consolidation and virtualization support The following adapters are available e Cisco UCS P81E Virtual Interface Card e Cisco UCS VIC1225 Virtual Interface Card The interactive UCS Hardware and Software Interoperability Utility lets you view the supported components and configurations for a selected server model and software release The utility is available at the following URL http www cisco com web techdoc ucs interoperability matrix matrix html Cisco UCS C Series Servers Integrated Management Controller CLI Configuration Guide Release 1 5 OL 28893 01 Managing Network Adapters Cisco UCS C Series Servers Integrated Management Controller CLI Configuration Guide Release 1 5 Overview of the Cisco UCS C Series Network Adapters Cisco UCS P81E Virtual Interface Card The Cisco UCS P81E Virtual Interface Card is optimized for virtualized environments for organizations that seek increased mobility in their physical environments and for data centers that want reduced costs through NIC HBA cabling and switch reduction and reduced management overhead This Fibre Channel over Ethernet FCoE PCle card offers the following benefits e Allows up to 16 virtual Fibre Channel
150. e Interface Step 3 Server bios commit Commits the transaction to the system configuration The new boot order will be used on the next BIOS boot This example sets the boot order and commits the transaction Server scope bios Server bios set boot order hdd cdrom fdd pxe efi Server bios commit Server bios show detail BIOS Boot Order HDD CDROM FDD PXE EFI Server bios Cisco UCS C Series Servers Integrated Management Controller CLI Configuration Guide Release 1 5 OL 28893 01 Managing the Server Viewing the Actual Server Boot Order What to Do Next Reboot the server to boot with your new boot order Viewing the Actual Server Boot Order The actual server boot order is the boot order actually used by the BIOS when the server last booted The actual boot order can differ from the boot order configured in CIMC Procedure Command or Action Purpose Step 1 Server scope bios Enters bios command mode Step 2 detail Server bios show actual boot order Displays the boot order actually used by the BIOS when the server last booted This example displays the actual boot order from the last boot Server scope bios Server bios Boot Order Boot Device PrRPWoODMDANHOBRWNE 0 1 Server bios show actual boot order Type CD DVD CD DVD Network Device PXE Network Device PXE Network Device PXE Network Device PXE Network Devi
151. e KVM Step 4 Server kvm set kvm port port Specifies the port used for KVM communication Step 5 Server kvm set local video yes If local video is yes the KVM session is also no displayed on any monitor attached to the server Step 6 Server kvm set max sessions Specifies the maximum number of concurrent KVM sessions sessions allowed The sessions argument is an integer between and 4 Step 7 Server kvm commit Commits the transaction to the system configuration Step 8 Server kvm show detail Optional Displays the virtual KVM configuration This example configures the virtual KVM and displays the configuration Server scope kvm Server kvm set enabled yes Server kvm set encrypted no OL 28893 01 Cisco UCS C Series Servers Integrated Management Controller CLI Configuration Guide Release 1 5 i Managing Remote Presence A Configuring Virtual Media Server Server Server Server Server KVM Set kvm set kvm port 2068 kvm set max sessions 4 kvm set local video yes kvm commit kvm show detail tings Encryption Enabled no Max Loc Ena KVM Server kvm Sessions 4 al Video yes Active Sessions 0 bl Port led yes 2068 What to Do Next Launch the virtual KVM from the GUI Configuring Virtual Media Before You Begin You must log in as a user with admin privileges to configure virtual media Procedure Command or A
152. e SCP e HTTP Step 4 Server cimc firmware show detail Optional Displays the progress of the firmware update This example updates the CIMC firmware Server scope cimc Server cimc scope firmware Server cimc firmware update ftp 192 0 20 34 test dnld ucs k9 bundle 1 0 2h bin lt CR gt Press Enter key Firmware update has started Please check the status using show detail Server cimc firmware What to Do Next Activate the new firmware Installed CIMC Firmware Before You Begin Install the CIMC firmware on the server E Cisco UCS C Series Servers Integrated Management Controller CLI Configuration Guide Release 1 5 OL 28893 01 CIMC Firmware Management of Activating Installed CIMC Firmware Important While the activation is in progress do not Reset power off or shut down the server e Reboot or reset CIMC e Activate any other firmware e Export technical support or configuration data Procedure Command or Action Purpose Step 1 Server scope cime Enters the CIMC command mode Step 2 Server cimc scope firmware Enters the firmware command mode Step 3 Server cimc firmware show detail Displays the available firmware images and status Step 4 Server cimc firmware activate 1 2 Activates the selected image Ifno image number is specified the server activates the currently inactive image Step 5 At the prompt enter y to activate the
153. e enabled and saved before trap settings can be configured Procedure Command or Action Purpose Step 1 Server scope snmp Enters the SNMP command mode Step 2 Server snmp scope Enters the SNMP trap destination command mode for trap destinations number the specified destination Four SNMP trap destinations are available The destination number is an integer between 1 and 15 Step 3 Server snmp trap destinations set Enables or disables the SNMP trap destination enabled yes no Step 4 Server snmp trap destinations set Specify the desired SNMP version of the trap message version 1 2 3 Note SNMPv3 traps will be delivered only to locations where the SNMPv3 user and key values are configured correctly Step 5 Server snmp trap destinations set Specifies whether SNMP notification messages are type trap inform sent as simple traps or as inform requests requiring acknowledgment by the receiver Note The inform option can be chosen only for V2 users Step 6 Server snmp trap destinations set user user Step 7 Server snmp trap destination set Specifies the destination IP address to which SNMP v4 addr ip address trap information is sent Step 8 Server snmp trap destination Commits the transaction to the system configuration commit This example configures general SNMP trap settings and trap destination number and commits the transaction Server scope snmp Server snmp Scope trap dest
154. e following e The server provides all server components with full power at all times This option maintains the highest level of performance and requires the greatest amount of power When the CPU is idle the system slightly reduces the power consumption This option requires less power than CO and allows the server to return quickly to high performance mode When the CPU is idle the system reduces the power consumption further than with the C1 option This requires less power than C1 or CO but it takes the server slightly longer to return to high performance mode When the CPU is idle the system reduces the power consumption further than with the C3 option This option saves more power than CO Cl or C3 but there may be performance issues until the server returns to full power wWhen the CPU is idle the server makes a minimal amount of power available to the components This option saves the maximum amount of power but it also requires the longest time for the server to return to high performance mode e The server may enter any available C state Note This option is used only if CPU C State is enabled CPU C State Whether the system can enter a power savings mode during idle periods This can be one of the following Disabled The system remains in high performance state even when idle Enabled tThe system can reduce power to system components such as the DIMMs and CPUs The amou
155. e from a Remote Server i Command or Action Purpose Step 7 Server bios update protocol Specifies the protocol to be used It can be TFTP FTP SFTP SCP or HTTP Step 8 Server bios update JP Address Specifies the IP address or the host name of the remote server Step 9 Server bios update path Specifies the file path to the BIOS firmware file on the remote server This example updates the BIOS firmware to CIMC software release 1 4 3 Server scope cimc Server cimc scope firmware Server cimc firmware show detail Firmware Image Information Update Stage NONE Update Progress 100 Current FW Version 1 4 33 FW Image 1 Version 1 4 33 FW Image 1 State RUNNING ACTIVATED FW Image 2 Version 1 3 3a FW Image 2 State BACKUP INACTIVATED Boot loader Version 1 4 3 21 18 Server cimc firmware top Server scope bios Server bios update ftp 192 0 20 34 upgrade_ bios files C260 BIOS 1 4 3j 0 CAP lt CR gt Press Enter key Firmware update has started Please check the status using show detail Server bios Cisco UCS C Series Servers Integrated Management Controller CLI Configuration Guide Release 1 5 OL 28893 01 CIMC Firmware Management A Installing BIOS Firmware from a Remote Server Cisco UCS C Series Servers Integrated Management Controller CLI Configuration Guide Release 1 5 OL 28893 01 CHAPTER Viewing Logs This chapter includes the following sections e Viewing t
156. e problem detection If server temperature rises above specified levels the server operating system can direct the BMC to increase fan speed or reduce processor speed to address the problem Configuring IPMI over LAN Configure IPMI over LAN when you want to manage the CIMC with IPMI messages Before You Begin You must log in with admin privileges to perform this task Procedure Command or Action Purpose Step 1 Server scope ipmi Enters the IPMI command mode Step 2 Server ipmi set enabled Enables or disables IPMI access on this server yes no Step 3 Server ipmi set Specifies the highest privilege level that can be assigned to an IPMI privilege level readonly session on this server This can be user admin ee e readonly IPMI users can view information but cannot make any changes If you select this option IPMI users with the Administrator Operator or User user roles can only create read only IPMI sessions regardless of their other IPMI privileges user IPMI users can perform some functions but cannot perform administrative tasks If you select this option IPMI users with the Administrator or Operator user role can create user and read only sessions on this server e admin IPMI users can perform all available actions If you select this option IPMI users with the Administrator user role can create admin user and read only sessions on this server Cisco UCS C
157. e specified physical drive drive number physical drive Step 4 Server chassis storageadapter physical drive make global hot spare Step 5 Server chassis storageadapter physical drive Displays the status of the task that is in get operation status progress on the drive This example shows how to make physical drive 3 a global hot spare Server scope chassis Server chassis scope storageadapter SLOT 3 Server chassis storageadapter scope physical drive 3 Server chassis storageadapter physical drive make global hot spare Server chassis storageadapter physical drive Preparing a Drive for Removal You can confirm this task only on physical drives that display the Unconfigured Good status Before You Begin You must log in with admin privileges to perform this task Cisco UCS C Series Servers Integrated Management Controller CLI Configuration Guide Release 1 5 OL 28893 01 Managing Network Adapters Removing a Drive from Hot Spare Pools Procedure Command or Action Purpose Step 1 Server scope chassis Enters the chassis command mode Step 2 Server chassis scope storageadapter s ot Enters command mode for an installed storage card Step 3 Server chassis storageadapter scope Enters command mode for the specified physical drive drive number physical drive Step 4 Server chassis storageadapter physical drive prepare for removal This example shows how to prepare physica
158. e the operating system supports this feature Intel Hyper Threading Technology Whether the processor uses Intel Hyper Threading Technology which allows multithreaded software applications to execute threads in parallel within each processor This can be one of the following Disabled The processor does not permit hyperthreading Enabled The processor allows for the parallel execution of multiple threads We recommend that you contact your operating system vendor to make sure the operating system supports this feature Number of Enabled Cores Allows you to disable one or more of the physical cores on the server This can be one of the following e All Enables all physical cores This also enables Hyper Threading on the associated logical processor cores 1 through n Specifies the number of physical processor cores that can run on the server Each physical core has an associated logical core To disable Hyper Threading and have only one logical processor core running on the server select 1 We recommend that you contact your operating system vendor to make sure the operating system supports this feature E Cisco UCS C Series Servers Integrated Management Controller CLI Configuration Guide Release 1 5 OL 28893 01 BIOS Parameters by Server Model Advanced BIOS Parameters for C460 Servers i Description Execute Disable Classifies memory areas on the server to specify w
159. eature is not available on some servers Before You Begin You must log in with admin privileges to perform this task Cisco UCS C Series Servers Integrated Management Controller CLI Configuration Guide Release 1 5 OL 28893 01 Managing the Server Configuring the Power Cap Policy Procedure Command or Action Purpose Step 1 Server scope power cap Enters the power cap command mode Step 2 Server power cap set Enables or disables the capping of power to the server enabled yes no Step 3 Server power cap set Specifies the maximum number of watts that can be allocated to peak power watts this server Enter a number of watts within the range defined by the Minimum Configurable Limit field and the Maximum Configurable Limit field of the show power cap detail command output These fields are determined by the server model If the server requests more power than specified in this command the system takes the action defined by the set non compliance action command Step 4 Server power cap set Specifies the action the system should take if power capping is non compliance action enabled and the server requests more than its peak power allotment force power reduction This can be one of the following none power off host i e force power reduction The server is forced to reduce its power consumption by any means necessary This option is not available on some server models none No acti
160. ecifies whether the vNIC will trust host CoS or will remark packets The behavior is as follows e disable Received packets are remarked with the configured CoS This is the default e enable The existing CoS value of received packets host CoS is preserved Step 10 Step 11 Server chassis adapter host eth if set order any 0 99 Server chassis adapter host eth if set vlan none vian id Specifies the relative order of this device for PCI bus device number assignment the default is any Specifies the default VLAN for this vNIC Valid VLAN numbers are to 4094 the default is none Note If NIV is enabled this setting is determined by the switch and the command is ignored Step 12 Server chassis adapter host eth if set vlan mode access trunk Specifies the VLAN mode for the vNIC The modes are as follows access The vNIC belongs to only one VLAN e trunk The vNIC can belong to more than one VLAN This is the default Note If NIV is enabled this setting is determined by the switch and the command is ignored Step 13 Step 14 Server chassis adapter host eth if set rate limit off rate Server chassis adapter host eth if set boot disable enable Specifies a maximum data rate for the vNIC The range is 1 to 10000 Mbps the default is off If NIV is enabled this setting is determined by the switch and the command is ignored Note Specifies w
161. ed directly into the processor cache Processor C3 Report Whether the BIOS sends the C3 report to the operating system When the OS receives the report it can transition the processor into the lower C3 power state to decrease energy usage while maintaining optimal processor performance This can be one of the following Disabled The BIOS does not send the C3 report e The BIOS sends the C3 report using the ACPI C2 format allowing the OS to transition the processor to the C3 low power state e The BIOS sends the C3 report using the ACPI C3 format allowing the OS to transition the processor to the C3 low power state E Cisco UCS C Series Servers Integrated Management Controller CLI Configuration Guide Release 1 5 OL 28893 01 BIOS Parameters by Server Model Advanced BIOS Parameters for C460 Servers i Description Processor C6 Report Whether the BIOS sends the C6 report to the operating system When the OS receives the report it can transition the processor into the lower C6 power state to decrease energy usage while maintaining optimal processor performance This can be one of the following Disabled The BIOS does not send the C6 report Enabled tThe BIOS sends the C6 report allowing the OS to transition the processor to the C6 low power state Package C State Limit The amount of power available to the server components when they are idle This can be one of th
162. ed successfully use the show detail command To abort the operation type CTRL C This example shows how to import a CIMC configuration Server scope cimc Server cimc scope import export Server cimc import export import config tftp 192 0 2 34 ucs backups cimc5 xml Import config started Please check the status using show detail Server cimc import export Generating Non maskable Interrupts to the Host E Cisco UCS C Series Servers Integrated Management Controller CLI Configuration Guide Release 1 5 In some situations the server might hang and not respond to traditional debug mechanisms By generating a non maskable interrupt NMI to the host you can create and send a crash dump file of the server and use it to debug the server Depending on the type of operating system associated with the server this task might restart the OS Procedure Command or Action Purpose Step 1 Server scope chassis Enters chassis command mode Step 2 Server chassis generate nmi Generates the crash dump file for the server To use this command the server must be powered on and you must be logged in as an administrator This example shows how to generate NMI signals to the host Server scope chassis Server chassis generate nmi OL 28893 01 Server Utilities Generating Non maskable Interrupts to the Host i This operation will send NMI to the host and may cause reboot of the OS OS reboot depen
163. efetcher e Adjacent Cache Line Prefetch This can be one of the following Enterprise Only the DCU IP Prefetcher is enabled The rest of the options are disabled e AIl options are enabled e HPC Data Reuse Optimization is disabled and all other options are enabled This setting is also known as high performance computing e Custom All performance profile options can be configured from the BIOS setup on the server In addition the Hardware Prefetcher and Adjacent Cache Line Prefetch options can be configured in the fields below Hardware Prefetcher Whether the processor allows the Intel hardware prefetcher to fetch streams of data and instruction from memory into the unified second level cache when necessary This can be one of the following Disabled The hardware prefetcher is not used Enabled The processor uses the hardware prefetcher when cache issues are detected OL 28893 01 Cisco UCS C Series Servers Integrated Management Controller CLI Configuration Guide Release 1 5 m BIOS Parameters by Server Model A Advanced BIOS Parameters for C220 and C240 Servers Description Adjacent Cache Line Prefetcher Whether the processor fetches cache lines in even odd pairs instead of fetching just the required line This can be one of the following Disabled The processor only fetches the required line Enabled The processor fetches both the required line and
164. egin with a hyphen Note The port profile must be defined on the switch to which this server is connected Commits the transaction to the system configuration Optional Displays the network settings This example connects to port profile abcde12345 Server scope cimc Server cimc scope Server cimc network Server cimc network Server cimc network network commit show detail Network Setting IPv4 Address IPv4 Netmask IPv4 Gateway 10 193 66 174 255 255 248 0 10 193 64 1 DHCP Enabled no ort Profile Hostname MAC Address NIC Mode NIC Redundancy Obtain DNS Server by DHCP no Preferred DNS Alternate DNS VLAN Enabled no Vv V P 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 LAN ID 1 LAN Priority 0 abcde12345 Server 50 3D E5 9D 63 3C dedicated none Server cimc network set port profile abcde12345 OL 28893 01 Cisco UCS C Series Servers Integrated Management Controller CLI Configuration Guide Release 1 5 m Configuring Network Related Settings A Network Security Configuration Network Security Configuration Network Security The CIMC uses IP blocking as network security IP blocking prevents the connection between a server or website and certain IP addresses or ranges of addresses IP blocking effectively bans undesired connections from those computers to a website mail server or other Internet servers IP banning is commonly used to protect against denial of
165. enabled and saved before these configuration commands are accepted Procedure Step 1 Step 2 Step 3 Command or Action Server scope snmp Server snmp scope v3users number Server snmp v3users set v3add yes no Purpose Enters the SNMP command mode Enters the SNMPv3 users command mode for the specified user number Adds or deletes an SNMPv3 user This can be one of the following E Cisco UCS C Series Servers Integrated Management Controller CLI Configuration Guide Release 1 5 OL 28893 01 Configuring Communication Services Configuring SNMPv3 Users Command or Action Purpose Step 4 Step 5 Step 6 Server snmp v3users set v3security name security name Server snmp v3users set v3security level noauthnopriv authnopriv authpriv Server snmp v3users set v3proto MD5 SHA e yes This user is enabled as an SNMPv3 user and is allowed to access the SNMP OID tree Note The security name and security level must also be configured at this time or the user addition will fail e no This user configuration is deleted Enter an SNMP username for this user Select a security level for this user This can be one of the following e noauthnopriv tThe user does not require an authorization or privacy password e authnopriv The user requires an authorization password but not a privacy password If you select this option you must configure an aut
166. ence Number 2 Media Error Count 0 Other Error Count 0 Predictive Failure Count 0 Link Speed Interface Media Type Block Size Block Count Raw Size Non Coerced Size Coerced S SAS Addre SAS Addre Connected Connected Connected Connected Connected Connected 6 0 Gb s Type SAS HDD 512 585937500 286102 MB 285590 MB 285568 MB 500000e112693fa2 ize ss 0 ssl Port Port Port Port Port Port OPWNR OO OL 28893 01 Cisco UCS C Series Servers Integrated Management Controller CLI Configuration Guide Release 1 5 m Viewing Server Properties Viewing Virtual Drive Properties Connected Port 6 Connected Port 7 Power State powersave Server chassis storageadapter physical drive This example displays inquiry data about physical drive number 1 on the storage card named SAS Server scope chassis Server chassis scope storageadapter SAS Server chassis storageadapter scope physical drive 1 Server chassis storageadapter physical drive show inquiry data Slot Number 1 Controller SAS Product ID MBD2300RC Drive Firmware 5701 Drive Serial Number D0O10P9A0016D Server chassis storageadapter physical drive This example displays status information about physical drive number 1 on the storage card named SAS Server scope chassis Server chassis scope storageadapter SAS Server chassis storageadapter scope physical drive 1 Server chassis storageadapter physical drive
167. ent Controller CLI Configuration Guide Release 1 5 OL 28893 01 Managing the Server Power Capping Policy i Name Description Non Compliance Action The action the system should take if power capping is enabled and the server requests more than its peak power allotment This can be one of the following e The server is forced to reduce its power consumption by any means necessary This option is available only on some C Series servers e No action is taken and the server is allowed to use more power than specified in the Peak Power field e The server is shut down e Processes running on the server are throttled to bring the total power consumption down This example displays the detailed power statistics Server show power cap detail Cur Consumption W 247 Max Consumption W 286 Min Consumption W 229 Minimum Configurable Limit W 285 Maximum Configurable Limit W 1250 Power Cap Enabled yes Peak Power 0 Non Compliance Action throttle Server Power Capping Policy The power capping policy determines how server power consumption is actively managed When power capping is enabled the system monitors how much power is allocated to the server and attempts to keep the power consumption below the allocated power If the server exceeds its maximum allotment the power capping policy triggers the specified non compliance action Configuring the Power Cap Policy Note This f
168. equired Note must be set to Custom or the server ignores the setting for this parameter Processor Power State C6 Whether the BIOS sends the C6 report to the operating system When the OS receives the report it can transition the processor into the lower C6 power state to decrease energy usage while maintaining optimal processor performance This can be one of the following Disabled The BIOS does not send the C6 report Enabled tThe BIOS sends the C6 report allowing the OS to transition the processor to the C6 low power state Note must be set to Custom or the server ignores the setting for this parameter Processor Power State C1 Enhanced Whether the CPU transitions to its minimum frequency when entering the C1 state This can be one of the following Disabled The CPU continues to run at its maximum frequency in C1 state Enabled The CPU transitions to its minimum frequency This option saves the maximum amount of power in Cl state Frequency Floor Override Whether the CPU is allowed to drop below the maximum non turbo frequency when idle This can be one of the following Disabled The CPU can drop below the maximum non turbo frequency when idle This option decreases power consumption but may reduce system performance Enabled The CPU cannot drop below the maximum non turbo frequency when idle This option improves system performance but may increase power consumption
169. er in PCI slot 1 Server scope chassis Server chassis update adapter fw 192 0 2 34 ucs adapters adapter4 bin activate 1 Server chassis E Cisco UCS C Series Servers Integrated Management Controller CLI Configuration Guide Release 1 5 OL 28893 01 Managing Network Adapters Activating Adapter Firmware What to Do Next To activate the new firmware see Activating Adapter Firmware on page 131 Activating Adapter Firmware Important While the activation is in progress do not Reset power off or shut down the server e Reboot or reset CIMC e Activate any other firmware e Export technical support or configuration data Before You Begin You must log in with admin privileges to perform this task Procedure Command or Action Purpose Step 1 Server scope chassis Enters the chassis command mode Step 2 Server chassis activate adapter fw Activates adapter firmware image or 2 on the adapter pcei slot 1 2 in the specified PCI slot Note The changes will take effect upon the next server reboot This example activates adapter firmware image 2 on the adapter in PCI slot 1 Server scope chassis Server chassis activate adapter fw 1 2 Firmware image activation suceeded Please reset the server to run the activated image Server chassis What to Do Next Reboot the server to apply the changes Resetting the Adapter Before You Begin You must log in with a
170. eries Software Release 1 4 2 Feature Description Where Documented Platform support The features available in Release 1 4 1 Release Notes for Cisco UCS are now available on the Cisco UCS C Series Software Release C460 M2 Server and the Cisco UCS 1 4 2 C260 M2 Server Cisco UCS C Series Servers Integrated Management Controller CLI Configuration Guide Release 1 5 OL 28893 01 Preface Feature Related Cisco UCS Documentation i Description Where Documented BIOS parameters Support added for additional BIOS properties BIOS Parameters by Server Model on page 183 New Features and Significant Behavioral Changes in Cisco Integrated Management Controller software Release 1 4 1 Release Notes for Cisco UCS C Series Software Release 1 4 1 Feature Description Where Documented Platform support The features in this release apply to the Cisco UCS C200 M1 Server the Cisco UCS C210 M1 Server and the Cisco UCS C250 M1 Server Release Notes for Cisco UCS C Series Software Release 1 4 1 to 16 VHBAs VM FEX Support is added for virtual machine Managing Network Adapters fabric extenders VM FEX on page 83 Create VHBAs Support added in the CLI to create up Managing Network Adapters on page 83 Active Directory groups Support added for Active Directory authorization groups Managing User Accounts on page 65 Enhanced SNMP fe
171. ers Processor Configuration Parameters Name Description Intel Hyper Threading Technology Whether the processor uses Intel Hyper Threading Technology which allows multithreaded software applications to execute threads in parallel within each processor This can be one of the following Disabled The processor does not permit hyperthreading Enabled The processor allows for the parallel execution of multiple threads We recommend that you contact your operating system vendor to make sure the operating system supports this feature Cisco UCS C Series Servers Integrated Management Controller CLI Configuration Guide Release 1 5 OL 28893 01 BIOS Parameters by Server Model A Advanced BIOS Parameters for C420 Servers Description Number of Enabled Cores Allows you to disable one or more of the physical cores on the server This can be one of the following e All Enables all physical cores This also enables Hyper Threading on the associated logical processor cores 1 through n Specifies the number of physical processor cores that can run on the server Each physical core has an associated logical core To disable Hyper Threading and have only one logical processor core running on the server select 1 We recommend that you contact your operating system vendor to make sure the operating system supports this feature Execute Disable Classifies memory areas on the serve
172. erties of fc0 Server scope chassis Server chassis scope adapter 1 Server chassis adapter show host fc if Name World Wide Port Name fco 20 00 00 22 BD D6 5C 35 Disabled fer 20 00 00 22 BD D6 5C 36 Disabled FC SAN Boot Uplink Port 1 Server chassis adapter show host fc if fc0 detail Name fc0 World Wide Node Name World Wide Port Name FC SAN Boot Disabled Persistent LUN Binding Uplink Port 0 MAC Address 00 22 BD D6 5C 35 Cos 3 LAN NONE ate Limiting OFF CIe Device Order DTOV 2000 RATOV 10000 Maximum Data Field Size Channel Number 3 Port Profile Disabled ANY Huy 2112 Server chassis adapter 10 00 00 22 BD D6 5C 35 20 00 00 22 BD D6 5C 35 OL 28893 01 Cisco UCS C Series Servers Integrated Management Controller CLI Configuration Guide Release 1 5 m Managing Network Adapters A Modifying vHBA Properties Modifying vHBA Properties Before You Begin You must log in with admin privileges to perform this task Procedure Command or Action Purpose Step 1 Step 2 Step 3 Server scope chassis Server chassis show adapter Server chassis scope adapter index Enters the chassis command mode Optional Displays the available adapter devices Enters the command mode for the adapter card at the PCI slot number specified by index Note The server must be powered on before you can view or change adapter settings Step 4 Server chas
173. erver Cisco UCS C Series Servers Integrated Management Controller CLI Configuration Guide Release 1 5 OL 28893 01 BIOS Parameters by Server Model A Advanced BIOS Parameters for C220 and C240 Servers Description All USB Devices Whether all physical and virtual USB devices are enabled or disabled This can be one of the following Disabled AII USB devices are disabled Enabled All USB devices are enabled USB Port Rear Whether the rear panel USB devices are enabled or disabled This can be one of the following e Disabled Disables the rear panel USB ports Devices connected to these ports are not detected by the BIOS and operating system Enabled Enables the rear panel USB ports Devices connected to these ports are detected by the BIOS and operating system USB Port Front Whether the front panel USB devices are enabled or disabled This can be one of the following e Disabled Disables the front panel USB ports Devices connected to these ports are not detected by the BIOS and operating system Enabled Enables the front panel USB ports Devices connected to these ports are detected by the BIOS and operating system USB Port Internal Whether the internal USB devices are enabled or disabled This can be one of the following Disabled Disables the internal USB ports Devices connected to these ports are not detected by the BIOS and operating system
174. erver chassis adapter vmfex show comp queue Completion Queue Count Completion Queue Ring Size iS 1 Server chassis adapter vmfex show offload TCP Segment Offload TCP Rx Checksum TCP Tx Checksum Large Receive enabled enabled enabled enabled Server chassis adapter vmfex show rss TCP Rx Side Scaling enabled Server chassis adapter vmfex VM FEX Settings The following tables describe the VM FEX settings that you can view General Properties Settings Name Description Name A user defined name for the VM FEX MTU The maximum transmission unit or packet size that this VM FEX accepts OL 28893 01 Cisco UCS C Series Servers Integrated Management Controller CLI Configuration Guide Release 1 5 ai Managing Network Adapters E Cisco UCS C Series Servers Integrated Management Controller CLI Configuration Guide Release 1 5 VM FEX Settings Name Description Uplink Port The uplink port associated with this VM FEX All traffic for this VM FEX goes through this uplink port MAC Address The MAC address associated with the VM FEX Class of Service The class of service to associate with traffic from this VM FEX Trust Host CoS Whether the VM FEX can use the class of service provided by the host operating system PCI Order The order in which this VM FEX will be used Default VLAN The default VLAN for this VM FEX VLAN Mode Whether VLAN trunking or access is confi
175. ervers i Name Description OS Boot Watchdog Policy What action the system takes if the watchdog timer expires This can be one of the following e The server is powered off if the watchdog timer expires during OS boot e Reset The server is reset if the watchdog timer expires during OS boot Note This option is only applicable if you enable the OS Boot Watchdog Timer Legacy OS Redirection Whether redirection from a legacy operating system such as DOS is enabled on the serial port This can be one of the following e Disabled The serial port enabled for console redirection is hidden from the legacy operating system Enabled The serial port enabled for console redirection is visible to the legacy operating system OS Boot Watchdog Timer Whether the BIOS programs the watchdog timer with a specified timeout value This can be one of the following e Disabled The watchdog timer is not used to track how long the server takes to boot Enabled The watchdog timer tracks how long the server takes to boot If the server does not boot within the length of time specified Cisco UCS C Series Servers Integrated Management Controller CLI Configuration Guide Release 1 5 OL 28893 01 BIOS Parameters by Server Model A Server Management BIOS Parameters for C460 Servers Cisco UCS C Series Servers Integrated Management Controller CLI Configuration Guide Release 1 5 OL 28893 01 IND
176. es Servers Integrated Management Controller CLI Configuration Guide Release 1 5 OL 28893 01 Configuring Network Related Settings Configuring Server NICs NIC Redundancy The following NIC redundancy options are available depending on the selected NIC mode and your platform none Each port associated with the configured NIC mode operates independently The ports do not fail over if there is a problem active active If supported all ports associated with the configured NIC mode operate simultaneously This increases throughput and provides multiple paths to the CIMC active standby lIf a port associated with the configured NIC mode fails traffic will fail over to one of the other ports associated with the NIC mode X Note Ifyou select this option make sure all ports associated with the configured NIC mode are connected to the same subnet to ensure that traffic is secure regardless of which port is used The available redundancy modes vary depending on the selected network mode and your platform For the available modes see the Hardware Installation Guide HIG for the type of server you are using The C Series HIGs are available at the following URL http www cisco com en US products ps10493 prod_installation _ guides _list html Configuring Server NICs Configure a server NIC when you want to set the NIC mode and NIC redundancy Before You Begin You must log in as a user with admin privileges to conf
177. es the ACPI tables that are required for NUMA aware operating systems If you enable this option the system must disable Inter Socket Memory interleaving on some platforms E Cisco UCS C Series Servers Integrated Management Controller CLI Configuration Guide Release 1 5 OL 28893 01 BIOS Parameters by Server Model Advanced BIOS Parameters for C460 Servers i Name Description Sparing Mode The sparing mode used by the CIMC This can be one of the following e The spared memory is allocated at the rank level e DIMM Sparing The spared memory is allocated at the DIMM level Note This option is used only if is set to Sparing Mirroring Mode Mirroring is supported across Integrated Memory Controllers IMCs where one memory riser is mirrored with another This can be one of the following Intersocket Each IMC is mirrored across two sockets Intrasocket One IMC is mirrored with another IMC in the same socket Note This option is used only if is set to Mirroring Patrol Scrub Whether the system actively searches for and corrects single bit memory errors even in unused portions of the memory on the server This can be one of the following e Disabled The system checks for memory ECC errors only when the CPU reads or writes a memory address Enabled The system periodically reads and writes memory searching for ECC errors If any errors are found the system attempts to fix them T
178. eters by Server Model 220 and C240 Servers i C220 and C240 Servers Main BIOS Parameters for C220 and C240 Servers Name Description TPM Support TPM Trusted Platform Module is a microchip designed to provide basic security related functions primarily involving encryption keys This option allows you to control the TPM Security Device support for the system It can be one of the following Disabled The server does not use the TPM Enabled The server uses the TPM Note We recommend that you contact your operating system vendor to make sure the operating system supports this feature Advanced BIOS Parameters for C220 and C240 Servers Processor Configuration Parameters Name Description Intel Hyper Threading Technology Whether the processor uses Intel Hyper Threading Technology which allows multithreaded software applications to execute threads in parallel within each processor This can be one of the following Disabled The processor does not permit hyperthreading Enabled The processor allows for the parallel execution of multiple threads We recommend that you contact your operating system vendor to make sure the operating system supports this feature Cisco UCS C Series Servers Integrated Management Controller CLI Configuration Guide Release 1 5 OL 28893 01 BIOS Parameters by Server Model A Advanced BIOS Parameters for C220 and C240 Servers Descri
179. etween each patrol scrub memory access A lower interval scrubs the memory more often but requires more memory bandwidth Select a value between 5 and 23 The default value is 8 Note This option is used only if Patrol Scrub is enabled CKE Low Policy Controls the DIMM power savings mode policy This can be one of the following Disabled DIMMs do not enter power saving mode e Slow DIMMs can enter power saving mode but the requirements are higher Therefore DIMMs enter power saving mode less frequently e Fast DIMMs enter power saving mode as often as possible e Auto The BIOS controls when a DIMM enters power saving mode based on the DIMM configuration Serial Port Configuration Parameters Name Description Serial A Enable Whether serial port A is enabled or disabled This can be one of the following e Disabled The serial port is disabled Enabled The serial port is enabled USB Configuration Parameters Name Description Make Device Non Bootable Whether the server can boot from a USB device This can be one of the following Disabled The server can boot from a USB device Enabled The server cannot boot from a USB device Cisco UCS C Series Servers Integrated Management Controller CLI Configuration Guide Release 1 5 OL 28893 01 BIOS Parameters by Server Model A Advanced BIOS Parameters for C260 Servers PCI Configuration Parameters
180. even an action but could be useful information similar to a Timesaver Caution Means reader be careful In this situation you might perform an action that could result in equipment damage or loss of data Timesaver Means the described action saves time You can save time by performing the action described in the paragraph E Cisco UCS C Series Servers Integrated Management Controller CLI Configuration Guide Release 1 5 OL 28893 01 Preface A New and Changed Information for this Release Warning IMPORTANT SAFETY INSTRUCTIONS This warning symbol means danger You are in a situation that could cause bodily injury Before you work on any equipment be aware of the hazards involved with electrical circuitry and be familiar with standard practices for preventing accidents Use the statement number provided at the end of each warning to locate its translation in the translated safety warnings that accompanied this device SAVE THESE INSTRUCTIONS New and Changed Information for this Release The following tables provide an overview of the significant changes to this guide for the current release The tables do not provide an exhaustive list of all changes made to the configuration guides or of the new features in this release For a complete list of all C Series documentation see the Cisco UCS C Series Servers Documentation Roadmap available at the following URL http www cisco com go un
181. export user accounts or the server certificate Important If any firmware or BIOS updates are in progress do not export the CIMC configuration until those tasks are complete Before You Begin Obtain the backup remote server IP address Procedure Command or Action Purpose Step 1 Server scope cime Enters the CIMC command mode Step 2 Server cimc scope import export Enters the import export command mode Cisco UCS C Series Servers Integrated Management Controller CLI Configuration Guide Release 1 5 OL 28893 01 Server Utilities Importing a CIMC Configuration i Command or Action Purpose Step 3 Server cimc import export export config protocol ip address path and filename Starts the backup operation The configuration file will be stored at the specified path and file name on a remote server at the specified IP address The remote server could be one of the following types TFTP FTP e SFTP e SCP e HTTP To determine whether the export operation has completed successfully use the show detail command To abort the operation type CTRL C This example shows how to back up the CIMC configuration Server scope cimc Server cimc scope import export Server cimc import export export config tftp 192 0 2 34 ucs backups cimc5 xml Export config started Server cimc import export show detail Import Export Operation EXPORT Status C
182. f Cisco UCS C Series Servers Integrated Management Controller CLI Configuration Guide Release 1 5 OL 28893 01 Managing the Server Managing the Flexible Flash Controller Description Testing power restore Power Restore Policy power on Power Delay Type fixed Power Delay Value sec 180 Server chassis Managing the Flexible Flash Controller Cisco Flexible Flash Some C Series Rack Mount Servers support an internal Secure Digital SD memory card for storage of server software tools and utilities The SD card is hosted by the Cisco Flexible Flash storage adapter The SD storage is available to CIMC as four virtual USB drives Three are preloaded with Cisco software and the fourth can hold a user installed hypervisor or other content The four virtual drives are as follows e Cisco UCS Server Configuration Utility bootable e User installed may be bootable e Cisco drivers not bootable e Cisco Host Upgrade Utility bootable For information about the Cisco software utilities and packages see the Cisco UCS C Series Servers Documentation Roadmap at this URL http www cisco com go unifiedcomputing c series doc Dual Card Management in the Cisco Flexible Flash Controller The Cisco Flexible Flash controller supports management of two SD cards as a RAID 1 pair With the introduction of dual card management you can perform the following tasks Action Description Reset Cisco Flex Flash Allows you
183. f the running BIOS Cisco UCS C Series Servers Integrated Management Controller CLI Configuration Guide Release 1 5 OL 28893 01 Managing the Server Configuring Main BIOS Settings i Name Description Boot Order The order of bootable target types that the server will attempt to use Boot Override Priority This can be None SCU HV or HUU FW Update Recovery Status The status of any pending firmware update or recovery action FW Update Recovery Progress The percentage of completion of the most recent firmware update or recovery action This example displays the BIOS status Server scope bios Server bios show detail BIOS Version C460M1 1 2 2a 0 Build Date 01 12 2011 Boot Order EFI CDROM HDD Boot Override Priority FW Update Recovery Status NONE FW Update Recovery Progress 100 Server bios Configuring Main BIOS Settings Before You Begin You must log in with admin privileges to perform this task Procedure Command or Action Purpose Step 1 Server scope bios Enters the BIOS command mode Step 2 Server bios scope main Enters the main BIOS settings command mode Step 3 Configure the BIOS The BIOS parameters available depend on the model of the server settings that you are using For descriptions and information about the options for each BIOS setting see one the following topics e Main BIOS Parameters for C22 and C24 Servers on page 183 e Ma
184. figuration of the Cards in the Cisco Flexible Flash Controller 28 Retaining the Configuration of the Flexible Flash Controller 29 Configuring BIOS Settings 30 Viewing BIOS Status 30 Configuring Main BIOS Settings 31 Configuring Advanced BIOS Settings 32 Configuring Server Management BIOS Settings 33 Restoring BIOS Defaults 34 Restoring BIOS Manufacturing Custom Defaults 34 CHAPTER 4 Viewing Server Properties 37 Viewing Server Properties 37 Viewing CIMC Properties 38 Viewing CPU Properties 38 Cisco UCS C Series Servers Integrated Management Controller CLI Configuration Guide Release 1 5 OL 28893 01 Contents Viewing Memory Properties 39 Viewing Power Supply Properties 40 Viewing Storage Properties 40 Viewing Storage Adapter Properties 40 Viewing the Flexible Flash Controller Properties 42 Viewing Physical Drive Properties 43 Viewing Virtual Drive Properties 44 Viewing Nvidia GPU Card Information 45 Viewing PCI Adapter Properties 46 Viewing Network Related Properties 46 Viewing LOM Properties 46 CHAPTER 5 Viewing Server Sensors 49 Viewing Power Supply Sensors 49 Viewing Fan Sensors 50 Viewing Temperature Sensors 50 Viewing Voltage Sensors 51 Viewing Current Sensors 52 Viewing Storage Sensors 52 CHAPTER 6 Managing Remote Presence 55 Managing the Virtual KVM 55 KVM Console 55 Enabling the Virtual KVM 56 Disabling the Virtual KVM 56 Configuring the Virtual KVM 57 Configuring Virtual Media 58 Configuring Networ
185. firmware version as active and reboots the server causing a disruption in service When the server reboots the firmware in the new active slot becomes the running version Cisco UCS C Series Servers Integrated Management Controller CLI Configuration Guide Release 1 5 OL 28893 01 CIMC Firmware Management Obtaining Firmware from Cisco amp After you activate the CIMC firmware you can update the BIOS firmware The server must be powered off during the entire BIOS update process so the process is not divided into stages Instead you only need to issue a single command and CIMC installs and updates the BIOS firmware as quickly as possible Once the CIMC finishes rebooting the server can be powered on and returned to service Note You can either upgrade an older firmware version to a newer one or downgrade a newer firmware version to an older one Obtaining Firmware from Cisco Step 1 Step 2 Step 3 Step 4 Step 5 Step 6 Step 7 Step 8 Step 9 Step 10 Step 11 Procedure Navigate to http www cisco com If you are not already logged in click Log In at the top right hand edge of the page and log in using your Cisco com credentials In the menu bar at the top click Support Click All Downloads in the roll down menu If your server model is listed in the Recently Used Products list click the server name Otherwise do the following a In the left hand box click Products b In the center b
186. g CD DVD or floppy drives physically connected to the server the KVM console uses virtual media which are actual disk drives or disk image files that are mapped to virtual CD DVD or floppy drives You can map any of the following to a virtual drive e CD DVD or floppy drive on your computer e Disk image files ISO or IMG files on your computer e USB flash drive on your computer e CD DVD or floppy drive on the network e Disk image files ISO or IMG files on the network e USB flash drive on the network You can use the KVM console to install an OS on the server Cisco UCS C Series Servers Integrated Management Controller CLI Configuration Guide Release 1 5 OL 28893 01 Managing Remote Presence Enabling the Virtual KVM Enabling the Virtual KVM Before You Begin You must log in as a user with admin privileges to enable the virtual KVM Procedure Command or Action Purpose Step 1 Server scope kvm Enters KVM command mode Step 2 Server kvm set enabled yes Enables the virtual KVM Step 3 Server kvm commit Commits the transaction to the system configuration Step 4 Server kvm show detail Optional Displays the virtual KVM configuration This example enables the virtual KVM Server scope kvm Server kvm set enabled yes Server kvm commit Server kvm show Encryption Enabled Local Video Active Sessions Enabled KVM Port Server kvm Disabling the Virtual KVM E Cisco UC
187. g the Active Directory Server The CIMC can be configured to use Active Directory for user authentication and authorization To use Active Directory configure users with an attribute that holds the user role and locale information for the CIMC You can use an existing LDAP attribute that is mapped to the CIMC user roles and locales or you can modify the Active Directory schema to add a new custom attribute such as the CiscoAVPair attribute which has an E Cisco UCS C Series Servers Integrated Management Controller CLI Configuration Guide Release 1 5 OL 28893 01 Managing User Accounts L Note Step 1 Step 2 Step 3 Step 4 Configuring the Active Directory Server attribute ID of 1 3 6 1 4 1 9 287247 1 For more information about altering the Active Directory schema see the article at http technet microsoft com en us library bb727064 aspx The following steps are to be performed on the Active Directory server This example creates a custom attribute named CiscoAVPair but you can also use an existing LDAP attribute that is mapped to the CIMC user roles and locales Procedure Ensure that the Active Directory schema snap in is installed Using the Active Directory schema snap in add a new attribute with the following properties Properties Value Common Name CiscoAVPair LDAP Display Name CiscoAVPair Unique X500 Object ID 1 3 6 1 4 1 9 287247 1 Description CiscoAVPair Syntax Case
188. g the C1 state This can be one of the following Disabled The CPU continues to run at its maximum frequency in C1 state Enabled The CPU transitions to its minimum frequency This option saves the maximum amount of power in Cl state Frequency Floor Override Whether the CPU is allowed to drop below the maximum non turbo frequency when idle This can be one of the following Disabled The CPU can drop below the maximum non turbo frequency when idle This option decreases power consumption but may reduce system performance Enabled The CPU cannot drop below the maximum non turbo frequency when idle This option improves system performance but may increase power consumption E Cisco UCS C Series Servers Integrated Management Controller CLI Configuration Guide Release 1 5 OL 28893 01 BIOS Parameters by Server Model Advanced BIOS Parameters for C220 and C240 Servers i Name Description P STATE Coordination Allows you to define how BIOS communicates the P state support model to the operating system There are 3 models as defined by the Advanced Configuration and Power Interface ACPI specification e HW_ALL The processor hardware is responsible for coordinating the P state among logical processors with dependencies all logical processors in a package e SW_ALL The OS Power Manager OSPM is responsible for coordinating the P state among logical processors with dependencie
189. ge TCP packets to the hardware to be segmented If disabled the CPU segments large packets Note This option is also known as Large Send Offload LSO Enable TCP Rx Offload Checksum Validation field If enabled the CPU sends all packet checksums to the hardware for validation If disabled the CPU validates all packet checksums Enable TCP Tx Offload Checksum Generation field If enabled the CPU sends all packets to the hardware so that the checksum can be calculated If disabled the CPU calculates all packet checksums Enable Large Receive field Receive Side Scaling Settings If enabled the hardware reassembles all segmented packets before sending them to the CPU If disabled the CPU processes all large packets Description Enable TCP Receive Side Scaling field Receive Side Scaling RSS distributes network receive processing across multiple CPUs in multiprocessor systems If enabled network receive processing is shared across processors whenever possible If disabled network receive processing is always handled by a single processor even if additional processors are available Enable IPv4 RSS field If enabled RSS is enabled on IPv4 networks Enable TCP IPv4 RSS field If enabled RSS is enabled for TCP transmissions across IPv4 networks Enable IPv6 RSS field If enabled RSS is enabled on IPv6 networks Enable TCP IPv6 RSS field If enabled RSS is enabled for
190. gigatransfers per second is the maximum speed allowed e GEN2 SGT s is the maximum speed allowed e GEN3 8GT s is the maximum speed allowed Disabled The maximum speed is not restricted For example if you have a ae generation adapter card in PCle slot 2 that you want to run at a maximum of 5GT s instead of the 8GT s that card supports set the PCIe Slot 2 Link Speed to GEN2 The system then ignores the card s supported maximum speed of 8GT s and forces it to run at a maximum of 5 GT s Server Management BIOS Parameters for C220 and C240 Servers Name Description FRB 2 Timer Whether the FRB2 timer is used by CIMC to recover the system if it hangs during POST This can be one of the following e Disabled The FRB2 timer is not used Enabled The FRB2 timer is started during POST and used to recover the system if necessary Cisco UCS C Series Servers Integrated Management Controller CLI Configuration Guide Release 1 5 OL 28893 01 BIOS Parameters by Server Model a Server Management BIOS Parameters for C220 and C240 Servers Description OS Watchdog Timer Whether the BIOS programs the watchdog timer with a specified timeout value This can be one of the following Disabled The watchdog timer is not used to track how long the server takes to boot Enabled The watchdog timer tracks how long the server takes to boot If the server does not boot within the length of ti
191. gured Rate Limit If rate limiting is configured the maximum rate Enable PXE Boot Whether the VM FEX can be used to perform a PXE boot Channel Number If NIV mode is enabled for the adapter the channel number assigned to this VM FEX Port Profile If NIV mode is enabled for the adapter the port profile associated with theVM FEX Note This field displays the port profiles defined on the switch to which this server is connected Enable Uplink Failover If NIV mode is enabled for the adapter whether traffic on this VM FEX should fail over to the secondary interface if there are communication problems Failback Timeout After a VM FEX has started using its secondary interface this setting controls how long the primary interface must be available before the system resumes using the primary interface for the VM FEX Ethernet Interrupt Settings Name Interrupt Count field Description The number of interrupt resources allocated to this VM FEX Coalescing Time field The time CIMC waits between interrupts or the idle period that must be encountered before an interrupt is sent OL 28893 01 Managing Network Adapters VM FEX Settings Name Description Coalescing Type field This can be one of the following e MIN The system waits for the time specified in the Coalescing Time field before sending another interrupt event e IDLE The system does not send a
192. hassis adapter host eth if trans queue exit Step 33 Server chassis adapter host eth if Enters completion queue command mode scope comp queue Step 34 Server The number of completion queue resources to allocate chassis adapter host eth if comp queue The range is 1 to 512 the default is 5 set eq count count In general the number of completion queues equals the number of transmit queues plus the number of receive queues Step 35 Server Exits to the host Ethernet interface command mode chassis adapter host eth if comp queue exit Step 36 Server chassis adapter host eth if Enters TCP offload command mode scope offload Step 37 Server Enables or disables TCP Segmentation Offload as chassis adapter host eth if offload set tep segment offload disable enable follows e disable The CPU segments large TCP packets e enable The CPU sends large TCP packets to the hardware to be segmented This option may reduce CPU overhead and increase throughput rate This is the default Note This option is also known as Large Send Offload LSO OL 28893 01 Cisco UCS C Series Servers Integrated Management Controller CLI Configuration Guide Release 1 5 E Managing Network Adapters A Modifying vNIC Properties Command or Action Purpose Step 38 Server chassis adapter host eth if offload set tcp rx checksum offload disable enable Enables or disables TCP Receive Offload
193. he Faults and Logs Summary page 165 e CIMC Log page 166 e System Event Log page 170 Viewing the Faults and Logs Summary Procedure Command or Action Purpose Step 1 Server scope fault Enters fault command mode Step 2 Server show fault entries Displays a log of all the faults This example displays a summary of faults Server scope fault Server fault show fault entries Time Severity Description Sun Jun 27 04 00 52 2013 info Storage Local disk 12 missing Sat Jun 26 05 00 22 2013 warning Power Supply redundancy is lost Server fault OL 28893 01 Cisco UCS C Series Servers Integrated Management Controller CLI Configuration Guide Release 1 5 E Viewing Logs A CIMC Log CIMC Log Viewing the CIMC Log Procedure Command or Action Purpose Step 1 Server scope cime Enters the CIMC command mode Step 2 Server cimc scope log Enters the CIMC log command mode Step 3 Server cimc log show entries Displays CIMC events including timestamp the detail software module that logged the event and a description of the event This example displays the log of CIMC events Server scope cimc Server cimc scope log Server cimc log show entries Time Severity Source Description 2012 Jan 30 05 20 45 Informational BMC ciscoNET 961 rpc_aim_ callback function_1_ svc result SUCCESS callbackData size 600 2012 Jan 30 05 20 45 Informational BMC ciscoNET 961 rpc_aim_ca
194. he scope command does not create managed objects and can only access modes for which managed objects already exist Each mode contains a set of commands that can be entered in that mode Most of the commands available in each mode pertain to the associated managed object Depending on your assigned role you may have access to only a subset of the commands available in a mode commands to which you do not have access are hidden The CLI prompt for each mode shows the full path down the mode hierarchy to the current mode This helps you to determine where you are in the command mode hierarchy and can be an invaluable tool when you need to navigate through the hierarchy Cisco UCS C Series Servers Integrated Management Controller CLI Configuration Guide Release 1 5 OL 28893 01 Overview Command Mode Table Command Modes The following table lists the first four levels of command modes the commands used to access each mode and the CLI prompt associated with each mode Mode Name Command to Access Mode Prompt EXEC top command from any mode bios scope bios command from EXEC bios mode advanced scope advanced command from bios advanced bios mode main bios main scope main command from bios mode server management scope server management command from bios mode bios server management certificate scope certificate command from certificate EXEC mode chassis scope chassis comman
195. hentication key e authpriv The user requires both an authorization password and a privacy password If you select this option you must configure an authentication key and a private encryption key Select an authentication protocol for this user Step 7 Server snmp v3users set v3auth key auth key Enter an authorization password for this user Step 8 Step 9 Step 10 Server snmp v3users set v3priv proto DES AES Server snmp v3users set v3priv auth key priv auth key Server snmp v3users commit Select an encryption protocol for this user Enter a private encryption key privacy password for this user Commits the transaction to the system configuration This example configures SNMPv3 user number 2 and commits the transaction Server scope snmp Server Server Server Server Server Server Please Please Server Server snm snm snm snm snm snm ente conf snm snm v3users 2 set v3add yes p scope p v3users p v3users p v3users p v3users set v3proto SHA p v3users set v3auth key r v3auth key ex4mplek3y irm v3auth key ex4mplek3y set v3security name ucsSNMPV3user set v3security level authpriv p v3users set v3priv proto AES p v3users set v3priv auth key OL 28893 01 Cisco UCS C Series Servers Integrated Management Controller CLI Configuration Guide Release 1 5 E Configuring Communication Services A Configur
196. here application code can execute As a result of this classification the processor disables code execution if a malicious worm attempts to insert code in the buffer This setting helps to prevent damage worm propagation and certain classes of malicious buffer overflow attacks This can be one of the following Disabled The processor does not classify memory areas Enabled The processor classifies memory areas We recommend that you contact your operating system vendor to make sure the operating system supports this feature Intel Virtualization Technology Whether the processor uses Intel Virtualization Technology VT which allows a platform to run multiple operating systems and applications in independent partitions This can be one of the following Disabled The processor does not permit virtualization Enabled tThe processor allows multiple operating systems in independent partitions Note If you change this option you must power cycle the server before the setting takes effect Intel VT for Directed IO Whether the processor uses Intel Virtualization Technology for Directed I O VT d This can be one of the following Disabled The processor does not use virtualization technology Enabled The processor uses virtualization technology Intel VT d Interrupt Remapping Whether the processor supports Intel VT d Interrupt Remapping This can be one of the following Disabled
197. hether the vNIC can be used to perform a PXE boot The default is enable for the two default vNICs and disable for user created vNICs Step 15 Server chassis adapter host eth if set channel number number If NIV mode is enabled for the adapter select the channel number that will be assigned to this vNIC The range is 1 to 1000 Step 16 Server chassis adapter host eth if set port profile name If NIV mode is enabled for the adapter select the port profile that should be associated with the vNIC Note The name must be a port profile defined on the switch to which this server is connected Step 17 Server chassis adapter host eth if set uplink failover disable enable If NIV mode is enabled for the adapter enable this setting if traffic on this vNIC should fail over to the OL 28893 01 Cisco UCS C Series Servers Integrated Management Controller CLI Configuration Guide Release 1 5 m Managing Network Adapters A Modifying vNIC Properties Command or Action Purpose secondary interface if there are communication problems Step 18 Step 19 Step 20 Server chassis adapter host eth if set uplink failback timeout seconds Server chassis adapter host eth if scope interrupt Server chassis adapter host eth if interrupt set interrupt count count After a vNIC has started using its secondary interface this setting controls how long the primary interface
198. his option may correct single bit errors before they become multi bit errors but it may adversely affect performance when the patrol scrub is running Patrol Scrub Interval Controls the time interval between each patrol scrub memory access A lower interval scrubs the memory more often but requires more memory bandwidth Select a value between 5 and 23 The default value is 8 Note This option is used only if Patrol Scrub is enabled OL 28893 01 Cisco UCS C Series Servers Integrated Management Controller CLI Configuration Guide Release 1 5 m BIOS Parameters by Server Model Advanced BIOS Parameters for C460 Servers Description CKE Low Policy Controls the DIMM power savings mode policy This can be one of the following Disabled DIMMs do not enter power saving mode e Slow DIMMs can enter power saving mode but the requirements are higher Therefore DIMMs enter power saving mode less frequently e Fast DIMMs enter power saving mode as often as possible e Auto The BIOS controls when a DIMM enters power saving mode based on the DIMM configuration Serial Port Configuration Parameters Serial A Enable USB Configuration Parameters Name Description Whether serial port A is enabled or disabled This can be one of the following e Disabled The serial port is disabled Enabled The serial port is enabled Name Description Make Dev
199. host Before You Begin To configure a vNIC to boot a server remotely from an iSCSI storage target you must enable the PXE boot option on the vNIC e You must log in with admin privileges to perform this task Cisco UCS C Series Servers Integrated Management Controller CLI Configuration Guide Release 1 5 OL 28893 01 Managing Network Adapters Configuring iSCSI Boot Capability Procedure Command or Action Purpose Step 1 Server scope chassis Enters the chassis command mode Step 2 Server chassis scope adapter index Enters the command mode for the adapter card at the PCI slot number specified by index Note The server must be powered on before you can view or change adapter settings Step 3 Server chassis adapter scope host eth if Enters the host Ethernet interface command mode eth0 eth1 name for the specified vNIC Step 4 Server chassis adapter host eth if create Creates the iSCSI boot index for the vNIC At this iscsi boot index moment only 0 is allowed as the index Step 5 Server Creates an iSCSI target for the vNIC The value chassis adapter host eth if iscsi boot can either be 0 or 1 create iscsi target index Step 6 Server Enables the DHCP network settings for the iSCSI chassis adapter host eth if iscsi boot set boot dhcp net settings enabled Step7 Server Sets the initiator name It cannot be more than 223 chassis adapter host eth if iscsi boot set cha
200. ice Non Bootable Whether the server can boot from a USB device This can be one of the following Disabled The server can boot from a USB device Enabled The server cannot boot from a USB device E Cisco UCS C Series Servers Integrated Management Controller CLI Configuration Guide Release 1 5 OL 28893 01 BIOS Parameters by Server Model Advanced BIOS Parameters for C460 Servers i PCI Configuration Parameters Name Description Memory Mapped I O Above 4GB Whether to enable or disable memory mapped I O of 64 bit PCI devices to 4GB or greater address space Legacy option ROMs are not able to access addresses above 4GB PCI devices that are 64 bit compliant but use a legacy option ROM may not function correctly with this setting enabled This can be one of the following Disabled The server does not map I O of 64 bit PCI devices to 4GB or greater address space Enabled The server maps I O of 64 bit PCI devices to 4GB or greater address space Onboard NIC n ROM Whether the system loads the embedded PXE option ROM for the onboard NIC designated by n This can be one of the following e Disabled P XE option ROM is not available for NIC n Enabled PXE option ROM is available for NIC n PCIe OptionROMs Whether the server can use the PCIe Option ROM expansion slots This can be one of the following Disabled PCle Option ROMs are not available e Enabled PCle Option R
201. if perbi Enables persistent binding for the VHBA set persistent lun binding enable Step 6 Server chassis adapter host fc if perbi Commits the transaction to the system commit configuration This example enables persistent binding for a VHBA Server scope chassis Server Server Server Server Server Server chassis scope adapter 4 chassis adapter scope host fc if fcl chassis adapter host fc if scope perbi chassis adapter host fc if perbi set p ersistent lun binding enable chassis adapter host fc if perbi commit chassis adapter host fc if perbi Disabling Persistent Binding Procedure Command or Action Step 1 Server scope chassis Step 2 Server chassis scope adapter index Purpose Enters the chassis command mode Enters the command mode for the adapter card at the PCI slot number specified by index Note The server must be powered on before you can view or change adapter settings OL 28893 01 Cisco UCS C Series Servers Integrated Management Controller CLI Configuration Guide Release 1 5 m Managing Network Adapters Rebuilding Persistent Binding Command or Action Purpose Step 3 fc0 fe1 name Server chassis adapter scope host fc if Enters the host Fibre Channel interface command mode for the specified VHBA Step 4 perbi Server chassis adapter host fc if scope Enters the persistent binding command mode for
202. ifiedcomputing c series doc New Features and Significant Behavioral Changes in Cisco Integrated Management Controller software Release 1 4 6 Release Notes for Cisco UCS C Series Software Release 1 4 6 Feature Description Where Documented Cisco UCS VIC1225 Virtual Support added for the Cisco UCS Managing Network Adapters Interface Card VIC1225 Virtual Interface Card on page 83 BIOS Properties Support for additional BIOS properties BIOS Parameters by Server for the Cisco UCS C22 M3 Server Model on page 183 Cisco UCS C24 M3 Server Cisco UCS C220 M3 Server and the Cisco UCS C240 M3 Server New Features and Significant Behavioral Changes in Cisco Integrated Management Controller software Release 1 4 5 Release Notes for Cisco UCS C Series Software Release 1 4 5 Feature Description Where Documented Hard Disk Drive LED Support added for toggling the LED on Managing the Server on page an installed hard disk drive 13 BIOS Properties Support for additional BIOS properties BIOS Parameters by Server for the Cisco UCS C220 M3 Server and Model on page 183 the Cisco UCS C240 M3 Server OL 28893 01 Cisco UCS C Series Servers Integrated Management Controller CLI Configuration Guide Release 1 5 Bl Preface New and Changed Information for this Release New Features and Significant Behavioral Changes in Cisco Integrated Management Controller software Relea
203. igure the NIC Procedure Command or Action Purpose Step 1 Server scope cime Enters the CIMC command mode Step 2 Server cimc scope network Enters the CIMC network command mode Step 3 Server cimc network set Sets the NIC mode to one of the following mode dedicated Dedicated The management Ethernet port is used to access shared_lom he CIM shared lom_10g shipping eee cisco_card Shared LOM The LAN On Motherboard LOM Ethernet host ports are used to access the CIMC Note Ifyou select Shared LOM make sure that all host ports belong to the same subnet e Shared LOM 10G The 10G LOM Ethernet host ports are used to access the CIMC Shipping A limited configuration for initial connection Select another mode for normal operation Cisco UCS C Series Servers Integrated Management Controller CLI Configuration Guide Release 1 5 OL 28893 01 Configuring Network Related Settings Configuring Common Properties Command or Action Purpose e Cisco card The ports on the adapter card are used to access the CIMC Step 4 Server cimc network set Sets the NIC redundancy mode when the NIC mode is Shared redundancy none LOM The redundancy mode can be one of the following active active i e none The LOM Ethernet ports operate independently and active standby do not fail over if there is a problem active active If supported all LOM Ether
204. ility The supported device types are e HDD Hard disk drive e FDD Floppy disk drive CDROM Bootable CD ROM or DVD PXE PXE boot e EFI Extensible Firmware Interface The Boot Order Rules option can be one of the following Strict When no devices of a particular type are available the system creates a placeholder for that device type in the boot order list When a device of that type becomes available it is added to the boot order in the previously defined position If the user defines a boot order through the server s BIOS Setup Utility that boot order is given priority over the boot order configured through the CIMC GUI or CLI All device types defined through CIMC that are not present in the boot order defined through the BIOS Setup Utility are removed from the boot order list Loose When no devices of a particular type are available the system removes that device type from the boot order When a device of that type becomes available the system adds it to the end of the boot order list If the boot order is configured through the server s BIOS Setup Utility that boot order is given priority over the boot order configured through the CIMC GUI or CLI All device types defined through CIMC that are not present in the boot order defined through the BIOS Setup Utility are moved to the end of the boot order list OL 28893 01 Cisco UCS C Series Servers Integrated Management Controller CLI Configurat
205. in You must log in as a user with admin privileges to upload a certificate The certificate to be uploaded must be available as readable text During the upload procedure you will copy the certificate text and paste it into the CLI You must first generate a CSR using the CIMC certificate management CSR generation procedure and you must use that CSR to obtain the certificate for uploading Do not upload a certificate that was not obtained by this method Note All current HTTPS and SSH sessions are disconnected when the new server certificate is uploaded Procedure Command or Action Purpose Step 1 Server scope certificate Enters the certificate command mode Step 2 Server certificate upload Launches a dialog for entering and uploading the new server certificate Copy the certificate text paste it into the console when prompted and type CTRL D to upload the certificate OL 28893 01 Cisco UCS C Series Servers Integrated Management Controller CLI Configuration Guide Release 1 5 E Managing Certificates A Uploading a Server Certificate This example uploads a new certificate to the server Server scope certificate Server certificate upload Please paste your certificate here when finished press CTRL D saama BEGIN CERTIFICATE MIIB ZCCAWgCAQAwgZkxCzAJBgNVBAYTAlLVTMQSWCQYDVQQIEwJDQTEVMBMGA1LUE BxMMU2FuIEpvc2UsIENBMRUwEwYDVQQKEwxFeGFtcGxlIEluYy4xEZzARBgNVBAsT C1R1c3QgR3JvdXAxGTAXBgNVBA
206. in BIOS Parameters for C200 and C210 Servers e Main BIOS Parameters for C250 Servers e Main BIOS Parameters for C260 Servers on page 222 e Main BIOS Parameters for C460 Servers on page 253 Step 4 Server bios main Commits the transaction to the system configuration commit Cisco UCS C Series Servers Integrated Management Controller CLI Configuration Guide Release 1 5 OL 28893 01 Managing the Server Configuring Advanced BIOS Settings Command or Action Purpose Changes are applied on the next server reboot If server power is on you are prompted to choose whether to reboot now This example configures the BIOS to pause the boot upon a critical POST error and commits the transaction Server scope bios Server bios scope main Server bios main set POSTErrorPause Enabled Server bios main commit Changes to BIOS set up parameters will require a reboot Do you want to reboot the system y N n Changes will be applied on next reboot Server bios main Configuring Advanced BIOS Settings amp Note Depending on your installed hardware some configuration options described in this topic may not appear Before You Begin You must log in with admin privileges to perform this task Procedure Command or Action Purpose Step 1 Server scope bios Enters the BIOS command mode Step 2 Server bios scope Enters the advanced BIOS settings command mode advanced
207. inations 1 Server snmp trap destination set enabled yes Server snmp trap destination set version 2 Server snmp trap destination set type inform Server snmp trap destination set user userl Server snmp trap destination set v4 addr 192 2 3 4 Server snmp trap destination commit Server snmp trap destination show detail Trap Destination 1 Cisco UCS C Series Servers Integrated Management Controller CLI Configuration Guide Release 1 5 OL 28893 01 Configuring Communication Services a Sending a Test SNMP Trap Message Enabled yes SNMP version 2 Trap type inform SNMP user userl IPv4 Address 192 2 3 4 Delete Trap no Server snmp trap destination Sending a Test SNMP Trap Message Before You Begin You must log in with admin privileges to perform this task Procedure Command or Action Purpose Step 1 Step 2 Server scope snmp Server snmp sendSNMPtrap Enters the SNMP command mode Sends an SNMP test trap to the configured SNMP trap destination that are enabled Note The trap must be configured and enabled in order to send a test message This example sends a test message to all the enabled SNMP trap destinations Server scope snmp Server snmp sendSNMPtrap SNMP Test Trap sent to the destination Server snmp Configuring SNMPv3 Users Before You Begin e You must log in as a user with admin privileges to perform this task e SNMP must be
208. ing SNMPv3 Users Please enter v3priv auth key 1 2 3 4 5 6 amp 7 8 Please confirm v3priv auth key 1 2 3 4 5 6 amp 7 8 Server snmp v3users commit Settings are being applied allow a few minutes for the process to complete Server snmp v3users show detail User 2 Add User yes Security Name ucsSNMPV3user Security Level authpriv Auth Type SHA Auth Keys 3 Encryption AES Private Key Server snmp v3users Cisco UCS C Series Servers Integrated Management Controller CLI Configuration Guide Release 1 5 OL 28893 01 CHAPTER 1 1 Managing Certificates This chapter includes the following sections e Managing the Server Certificate page 143 e Generating a Certificate Signing Request page 143 e Creating a Self Signed Certificate page 145 e Uploading a Server Certificate page 147 Managing the Server Certificate You can generate a certificate signing request CSR to obtain a new certificate and you can upload the new certificate to the CIMC to replace the current server certificate The server certificate may be signed either by a public Certificate Authority CA such as Verisign or by your own certificate authority Procedure Step1 Generate the CSR from the CIMC Step2 Submit the CSR file to a certificate authority that will issue and sign your certificate If your organization generates its own self signed certificates you can use the CSR file to generate a self signed certificate
209. input e Disabled Waits for user input before retrying NON EFI based boot options Advanced BIOS Parameters for C460 Servers Processor Configuration Parameters Name Description Intel Turbo Boost Technology Whether the processor uses Intel Turbo Boost Technology which allows the processor to automatically increase its frequency if it is running below power temperature or voltage specifications This can be one of the following Disabled tThe processor does not increase its frequency automatically Enabled The processor utilizes Turbo Boost Technology if required Cisco UCS C Series Servers Integrated Management Controller CLI Configuration Guide Release 1 5 OL 28893 01 BIOS Parameters by Server Model A Advanced BIOS Parameters for C460 Servers Description Enhanced Intel Speedstep Technology Whether the processor uses Enhanced Intel SpeedStep Technology which allows the system to dynamically adjust processor voltage and core frequency This technology can result in decreased average power consumption and decreased average heat production This can be one of the following Disabled The processor never dynamically adjusts its voltage or frequency Enabled The processor utilizes Enhanced Intel SpeedStep Technology and enables all supported processor sleep states to further conserve power We recommend that you contact your operating system vendor to make sur
210. ion Guide Release 1 5 BIOS Parameters by Server Model A C260 Servers C260 Servers Main BIOS Parameters for C260 Servers POST Error Pause Description What happens when the server encounters a critical error during POST This can be one of the following Enabled The BIOS pauses the attempt to boot the server and opens the Error Manager when a critical error occurs during POST Disabled The BIOS continues to attempt to boot the server Boot Option Retry Whether the BIOS retries NON EFI based boot options without waiting for user input This can be one of the following Enabled Continually retries NON EFI based boot options without waiting for user input e Disabled Waits for user input before retrying NON EFI based boot options Advanced BIOS Parameters for C260 Servers Processor Configuration Parameters Name Intel Turbo Boost Technology Description Whether the processor uses Intel Turbo Boost Technology which allows the processor to automatically increase its frequency if it is running below power temperature or voltage specifications This can be one of the following Disabled tThe processor does not increase its frequency automatically Enabled The processor utilizes Turbo Boost Technology if required Cisco UCS C Series Servers Integrated Management Controller CLI Configuration Guide Release 1 5 OL 28893 01 BIOS Parameter
211. ion Guide Release 1 5 E Managing Network Adapters Viewing VM FEX Properties Viewing VM FEX Properties Before You Begin e The server must be powered on or the properties will not display e A supported Virtual Interface Card VIC must be installed in the chassis and the server must be powered on Procedure Command or Action Purpose Step 1 Server scope chassis Enters the chassis command mode Step 2 Step 3 Step 4 Step 5 Server chassis scope adapter index Server chassis adapter show vmfex detail Server chassis adapter scope vmfex name Server chassis adapter vmfex show interrupt detail Enters the command mode for the adapter card at the PCI slot number specified by index Note The server must be powered on before you can view or change adapter settings Displays the general VM FEX properties For field descriptions see General Properties Settings on page 111 Enters the command mode for the specified VM FEX interface Displays Ethernet interrupt settings For field descriptions see Ethernet Interrupt Settings on page 112 Step 6 Server chassis adapter vmfex show recv queue detail Displays Ethernet receive queue settings For field descriptions see Ethernet Receive Queue Settings on page 113 Step 7 Server chassis adapter vmfex show trans queue detail Displays Ethernet transmit queue settings For field description
212. iption 136 IPMI over LAN properties 136 IPv4 properties 76 iscsi boot 107 vNIC 107 K KVM 56 57 configuring 57 disabling 56 enabling 56 57 KVM console 11 55 L LDAP See Active Directory local users 65 locator LED 13 14 hard drive 14 server 13 locator led 126 bbu 126 LOM ports 46 viewing properties 46 MAC address 46 LOM ports 46 main BIOS parameters 183 203 222 235 253 C22 and C24 servers 183 C220 and C240 servers 203 C260 server 222 C420 server 235 C460 server 253 making a dedicated hot spare 121 making a global hot spare 122 123 memory properties 39 network adapter 85 viewing properties 85 network mounted vMedia mapping 59 cifs 59 nfs 59 www 59 network properties 74 75 76 77 78 common properties 75 IPv4 properties 76 NIC properties 74 port profile properties 78 VLAN properties 77 network security 80 NIC properties 74 NIV mode 85 enabling 85 NTP settings 81 Nvidia GPU card information 45 temperature 45 0 OS installation 11 12 methods 11 PXE 12 P PCI adapter 46 viewing properties 46 persistent binding 96 97 98 description 96 disabling 97 enabling 97 rebuilding 98 platform event filters 149 150 about 149 configuring 150 platform events 153 interpreting traps 153 Platform events 149 150 diabling alerts 150 enabling alerts 149 port profile properties 78 OL 28893 01 Cisco UCS C Series Servers Integrated Management Controller CLI Configuration Guide Release 1 5 E
213. is flexflash Resetting the Configuration of the Cards in the Cisco Flexible Flash Controller You can reset the configuration of a selected slot in the Cisco Flexible Flash controller to the default configuration When you reset the configuration of the slots in the Cisco Flexible Flash card the following situations occur The card in the selected slot is marked as primary healthy e The card in the other slot is marked as secondary active unhealthy Three non RAID partitions and one RAID partition are created E Cisco UCS C Series Servers Integrated Management Controller CLI Configuration Guide Release 1 5 OL 28893 01 Managing the Server Retaining the Configuration of the Flexible Flash Controller i e The card read write error counts and read write threshold are set to 0 e Host connectivity could be disrupted Before You Begin e You must log in with admin privileges to perform this task e Cisco Flexible Flash must be supported on your server Procedure Command or Action Purpose Step 1 Server scope chassis Enters the chassis command mode Step 2 Server chassis scope flexflash index Enters the Cisco Flexible Flash controller command mode for the specified controller At this time the only permissible index value is FlexFlash 0 Step 3 Server chassis flexflash reset config Resets the configuration of the selected slot to the primary slot ID default configuration Step 4 Server cha
214. is not available This can be one of the following 9600 A 9 600 BAUD rate is used 19200 A 19 200 BAUD rate is used 38400 A 38 400 BAUD rate is used 57600 A 57 600 BAUD rate is used 115200 A 115 200 BAUD rate is used Note This setting must match the setting on the remote terminal application Cisco UCS C Series Servers Integrated Management Controller CLI Configuration Guide Release 1 5 OL 28893 01 BIOS Parameters by Server Model A Advanced BIOS Parameters for C22 and C24 Servers Description Flow Control Whether a handshake protocol is used for flow control Request to Send Clear to Send RTS CTS helps to reduce frame collisions that can be introduced by a hidden terminal problem This can be one of the following e None No flow control is used e RTS CTS is used for flow control Note This setting must match the setting on the remote terminal application Putty KeyPad Allows you to change the action of the PuTTY function keys and the top row of the numeric keypad This can be one of the following e VT100 The function keys generate ESC OP through ESC OJ e LINUX Mimics the Linux virtual console Function keys F6 to F12 behave like the default mode but F1 to F5 generate ESC A through ESC E e XTERMR6 Function keys F5 to F12 behave like the default mode Function keys F1 to F4 generate ESC OP through ESC OS which are the sequences pro
215. is task Procedure Command or Action Purpose Step 1 Step 2 Step 3 Step 4 Server scope chassis Server chassis scope storageadapter slot Server chassis storageadapter scope physical drive drive number Server chassis storageadapter physical drive undo prepare for removal Enters the chassis command mode Enters command mode for an installed storage card Enters command mode for the specified physical drive This example shows how to respin physical drive 3 after preparing the drive for removal Server scope chassis Server chassis scope storageadapter SLOT 3 Server chassis storageadapter scope physical drive 3 Server chassis storageadapter physical drive undo prepare for removal Server chassis storageadapter physical drive Enabling Auto Learn Cycles for the Battery Backup Unit Before You Begin You must log in with admin privileges to perform this task Procedure Step 1 Step 2 Command or Action Server scope chassis Server chassis scope storageadapter slot Purpose Enters the chassis command mode Enters command mode for an installed storage card Step 3 Server chassis storageadapter scope bbu Enter the battery backup unit command mode Step 4 Server chassis storageadapter enable auto learn Enables the battery auto learn cycles E Cisco UCS C Series Servers Integrated Management Controller CLI Configuration G
216. is used for flow control Request to Send Clear to Send RTS CTS helps to reduce frame collisions that can be introduced by a hidden terminal problem This can be one of the following e None No flow control is used e RTS CTS is used for flow control Note This setting must match the setting on the remote terminal application E Cisco UCS C Series Servers Integrated Management Controller CLI Configuration Guide Release 1 5 OL 28893 01 BIOS Parameters by Server Model Advanced BIOS Parameters for C420 Servers i Description Putty KeyPad Allows you to change the action of the PuTTY function keys and the top row of the numeric keypad This can be one of the following e VT100 The function keys generate ESC OP through ESC OJ e LINUX Mimics the Linux virtual console Function keys F6 to F12 behave like the default mode but F1 to F5 generate ESC A through ESC E e XTERMR6 Function keys F5 to F12 behave like the default mode Function keys F1 to F4 generate ESC OP through ESC OS which are the sequences produced by the top row of the keypad on Digital terminals e SCO The function keys F1 to F12 generate ESC M through ESC X The function and shift keys generate ESC Y through ESC j The control and function keys generate ESC k through ESC v The shift control and function keys generate ESC w through ESC e ESCN The default mode The function keys match the general behavio
217. its paired line DCU Streamer Prefetch Whether the processor uses the DCU IP Prefetch mechanism to analyze historical cache access patterns and preload the most relevant lines in the L1 cache This can be one of the following Disabled tThe processor does not try to anticipate cache read requirements and only fetches explicitly requested lines Enabled The DCU prefetcher analyzes the cache read pattern and prefetches the next line in the cache if it determines that it may be needed DCU IP Prefetcher Whether the processor uses the DCU IP Prefetch mechanism to analyze historical cache access patterns and preload the most relevant lines in the L1 cache This can be one of the following Disabled tThe processor does not preload any cache data Enabled The DCU IP prefetcher preloads the L1 cache with the data it determines to be the most relevant Direct Cache Access Support Allows processors to increase I O performance by placing data from I O devices directly into the processor cache This setting helps to reduce cache misses This can be one of the following Disabled Data from I O devices is not placed directly into the processor cache Enabled Data from I O devices is placed directly into the processor cache E Cisco UCS C Series Servers Integrated Management Controller CLI Configuration Guide Release 1 5 OL 28893 01 BIOS Parameters by Server Model Advan
218. k Mounted vMedia Mapping 59 Viewing Network Mount vMedia Mapping Properties 60 Removing Network Mounted vMedia Mapping 60 Managing Serial over LAN 61 Serial Over LAN 61 Guidelines and Restrictions for Serial Over LAN 61 Configuring Serial Over LAN 62 Launching Serial Over LAN 63 Cisco UCS C Series Servers Integrated Management Controller CLI Configuration Guide Release 1 5 OL 28893 01 Contents CHAPTER 7 Managing User Accounts 65 Configuring Local Users 65 Configuring Active Directory 66 Active Directory 66 Configuring the Active Directory Server 66 Configuring Active Directory in CIMC 68 Configuring Active Directory Groups in CIMC 69 Viewing User Sessions 71 Terminating a User Session 71 CHAPTER 8 Configuring Network Related Settings 73 Server NIC Configuration 73 Server NICs 73 Configuring Server NICs 74 Configuring Common Properties 75 Configuring IPv4 76 Configuring the Server VLAN 77 Connecting to a Port Profile 78 Network Security Configuration 80 Network Security 80 Configuring Network Security 80 Network Time Protocol Configuration 81 Configuring Network Time Protocol Settings 81 CHAPTER 9 Managing Network Adapters 83 Overview of the Cisco UCS C Series Network Adapters 83 Viewing Network Adapter Properties 85 Configuring Network Adapter Properties 85 Managing vVHBAs 86 Guidelines for Managing VHBAs 86 Viewing vHBA Properties 87 Modifying VHBA Properties 88 Creating a VHBA 92 Deleting a
219. l drive 3 for removal Server scope chassis Server chassis scope storageadapter SLOT 3 Server chassis storageadapter scope physical drive 3 Server chassis storageadapter physical drive prepare for removal Server chassis storageadapter physical drive Removing a Drive from Hot Spare Pools Before You Begin You must log in with admin privileges to perform this task Procedure Command or Action Purpose Step 1 Server scope chassis Enters the chassis command mode Step 2 Server chassis scope storageadapter slot Enters command mode for an installed storage card Step 3 Server chassis storageadapter scope Enters command mode for the specified physical drive drive number physical drive Step 4 Server chassis storageadapter physical drive Removes a drive from the host spare pool remove hot spare This example shows how to remove physical drive 3 from the hot spare pools Server scope chassis Server chassis scope storageadapter SLOT 3 Server chassis storageadapter scope physical drive 3 Server chassis storageadapter physical drive remove hot spare Server chassis storageadapter physical drive Cisco UCS C Series Servers Integrated Management Controller CLI Configuration Guide Release 1 5 OL 28893 01 Managing Network Adapters A Undo Preparing a Drive for Removal Undo Preparing a Drive for Removal Before You Begin You must log in with admin privileges to perform th
220. lWvfhevskv0j6 mK3Ku YiORnv6DhxrOoqau8r hyI L43171IPN1HhOi 30ha4 Sos END CERTIFICATE REQUEST Copy everything from BEGIN to END CERTIFICATE REQUEST mi paste to a file send to your chosen CA for signing and finally upload the signed certificate via upload command OR Continue to self sign CSR and overwrite the current certificate All HTTPS and SSH sessions will be disconnected y N N What to Do Next Perform one of the following tasks e If you do not want to obtain a certificate from a public certificate authority and if your organization does not operate its own certificate authority you can allow CIMC to internally generate a self signed certificate from the CSR and upload it immediately to the server Type y after the final prompt in the example to perform this action If your organization operates its own certificate server for generating self signed certificates copy the command output from BEGIN to END CERTIFICATE REQUEST and paste to a file named csr txt Input the CSR file to your certificate server to generate a self signed certificate e If you will obtain a certificate from a public certificate authority copy the command output from BEGIN to END CERTIFICATE REQUEST and paste to a file named csr txt Submit the CSR file to the certificate authority to obtain a signed certificate If you did not use the first option in which CIMC internally generates and upl
221. liant but use a legacy option ROM may not function correctly with this setting enabled This can be one of the following Disabled The server does not map I O of 64 bit PCI devices to 4GB or greater address space Enabled The server maps I O of 64 bit PCI devices to 4GB or greater address space ASPM Support Allows you to set the level of ASPM Active Power State Management support in the BIOS This can be one of the following Disabled ASPM support is disabled in the BIOS e Force LOs Force all links to LO standby LOs state e Auto The CPU determines the power state Cisco UCS C Series Servers Integrated Management Controller CLI Configuration Guide Release 1 5 OL 28893 01 BIOS Parameters by Server Model Advanced BIOS Parameters for C220 and C240 Servers Description VGA Priority Allows you to set the priority for VGA graphics devices if multiple VGA devices are found in the system This can be one of the following e Onboard Priority is given to the onboard VGA device BIOS post screen and OS boot are driven through the onboard VGA port e Offboard Priority is given to the PCIE Graphics adapter BIOS post screen and OS boot are driven through the external graphics adapter port e Priority is given to the PCIE Graphics adapter and the onboard VGA device is disabled Note The vK VM does not function when the onboard VGA is disabled Serial Co
222. list configured in the BIOS boot order Cisco UCS C Series Servers Integrated Management Controller CLI Configuration Guide Release 1 5 OL 28893 01 Managing the Server A Resetting the Flexible Flash Controller Server bios commit Server bios Resetting the Flexible Flash Controller AS In normal operation it should not be necessary to reset the Cisco Flexible Flash We recommend that you perform this procedure only when explicitly directed to do so by a technical support representative Note This operation will disrupt traffic to the virtual drives on the Cisco Flexible Flash controller Before You Begin e You must log in with admin privileges to perform this task e Cisco Flexible Flash must be supported by your platform Procedure Command or Action Purpose Step 1 Server scope chassis Enters the chassis command mode Step 2 Server chassis scope flexflash Enters the Cisco Flexible Flash controller command index mode for the specified controller At this time the only permissible index value is FlexFlash 0 Step 3 Server chassis flexflash reset Resets the Cisco Flexible Flash controller This example resets the flash controller Server scope chassis Server chassis scope flexflash FlexFlash 0 Server chassis flexflash reset This operation will reset Cisco Flexible Flash controller Host traffic to VDs on this device will be disrupted Continue yIN y Server chass
223. llback function_1 svc returned from pFunctionCallback result 0 2012 Jan 30 05 20 45 Informational BMC ciscoNET 961 rpc_aim_ callback function_1 svc szFunctionName netGetCurrentIfConfig nSize 0 nMaxSize 600 Hore Server cimc log show entries detail Trace Log Time 2012 Jan 30 05 20 45 Severity Informational Source BMC ciscoNET 961 Description rpc_aim_callback function_1 svc result SUCCESS callbackData size 600 Order 0 Trace Log Time 2012 Jan 30 05 20 45 Severity Informational Source BMC ciscoNET 961 Description rpc_aim_callback function_1 svc returned from pFunctionCallback result 0 Order 1 Trace Log Time 2012 Jan 30 05 20 45 Severity Informational Source BMC ciscoNET 961 Description rpc_aim_ callback function_1 svc szFunctionName netGetCurrentlfConfig nSize 0 nMaxSize 600 Order 2 More gt Server cimc log E Cisco UCS C Series Servers Integrated Management Controller CLI Configuration Guide Release 1 5 OL 28893 01 Viewing Logs Clearing the CIMC Log i Clearing the CIMC Log Procedure Command or Action Purpose Step 1 Server scope cime Enters the CIMC command mode Step 2 Server cimc scope log Enters the CIMC log command mode Step 3 Server cimc log clear Clears the CIMC log The following example clears the log of CIMC events Server scope cimc Server cimc scope log Server cimc log clear Configuring the
224. ltaneous read operations This can be one of the following e Auto The CPU determines what interleaving is done e Some channel interleaving is used e The maximum amount of channel interleaving is used Rank Interleaving Whether the CPU interleaves physical ranks of memory so that one rank can be accessed while another is being refreshed This can be one of the following e Auto The CPU determines what interleaving is done e Some rank interleaving is used e The maximum amount of rank interleaving is used OL 28893 01 Cisco UCS C Series Servers Integrated Management Controller CLI Configuration Guide Release 1 5 m BIOS Parameters by Server Model A Advanced BIOS Parameters for C420 Servers Description Patrol Scrub Whether the system actively searches for and corrects single bit memory errors even in unused portions of the memory on the server This can be one of the following Disabled The system checks for memory ECC errors only when the CPU reads or writes a memory address Enabled The system periodically reads and writes memory searching for ECC errors If any errors are found the system attempts to fix them This option may correct single bit errors before they become multi bit errors but it may adversely affect performance when the patrol scrub is running Demand Scrub Whether the system corrects single bit memory errors encountered when the CP
225. me specified OS Watchdog Timer Timeout What timeout value the BIOS uses to configure the watchdog timer This can be one of the following e The watchdog timer expires 5 minutes after the OS begins to boot e The watchdog timer expires 10 minutes after the OS begins to boot e The watchdog timer expires 15 minutes after the OS begins to boot e The watchdog timer expires 20 minutes after the OS begins to boot Note This option is only applicable if you enable the OS Boot Watchdog Timer OS Watchdog Timer Policy What action the system takes if the watchdog timer expires This can be one of the following e The server takes no action if the watchdog timer expires during OS boot e The server is powered off if the watchdog timer expires during OS boot e Reset The server is reset if the watchdog timer expires during OS boot Note This option is only applicable if you enable the OS Boot Watchdog Timer E Cisco UCS C Series Servers Integrated Management Controller CLI Configuration Guide Release 1 5 OL 28893 01 BIOS Parameters by Server Model Server Management BIOS Parameters for C220 and C240 Servers Description Boot Order Rules How the server changes the boot order list defined through the CIMC GUI or CLI when there are no devices of a particular device type available or when the user defines a different boot order using the server s BIOS Setup Ut
226. me window Cisco UCS C Series Servers Integrated Management Controller CLI Configuration Guide Release 1 5 OL 28893 01 Configuring Network Related Settings Network Time Protocol Configuration Command or Action Purpose Enter an integer between 300 and 900 Step 8 Server cimc network ipblocking Commits the transaction to the system configuration commit This example configures IP blocking Server scope cimc Server cimc scope network Server cimc network scope ipblocking Server cimc network ipblocking set enabled yes Server cimc network ipblocking set fail count 5 Server cimc network ipblocking set fail window 90 Server cimc network ipblocking set penalty time 600 Server cimc network ipblocking commit Server cimc network ipblocking Network Time Protocol Configuration Configuring Network Time Protocol Settings L Note By default when CIMC is reset it synchronizes the time with the host With the introduction of the NTP service you can configure CIMC to synchronize the time with an NTP server The NTP server does not run in CIMC by default You must enable and configure the NTP service by specifying the IP DNS address of at least one server or a maximum of four servers that function as NTP servers or time source servers When you enable the NTP service CIMC synchronizes the time with the configured NTP server The NTP service can be modified only th
227. memory into the unified second level cache when necessary This can be one of the following Disabled The hardware prefetcher is not used Enabled The processor uses the hardware prefetcher when cache issues are detected Adjacent Cache Line Prefetcher Whether the processor fetches cache lines in even odd pairs instead of fetching just the required line This can be one of the following Disabled tThe processor only fetches the required line Enabled The processor fetches both the required line and its paired line E Cisco UCS C Series Servers Integrated Management Controller CLI Configuration Guide Release 1 5 OL 28893 01 BIOS Parameters by Server Model Advanced BIOS Parameters for C22 and C24 Servers Name Description DCU Streamer Prefetch Whether the processor uses the DCU IP Prefetch mechanism to analyze historical cache access patterns and preload the most relevant lines in the L1 cache This can be one of the following Disabled The processor does not try to anticipate cache read requirements and only fetches explicitly requested lines Enabled The DCU prefetcher analyzes the cache read pattern and prefetches the next line in the cache if it determines that it may be needed DCU IP Prefetcher Whether the processor uses the DCU IP Prefetch mechanism to analyze historical cache access patterns and preload the most relevant lines in the L1 cache This can
228. mmand mode Step 2 Server vmedia map cifs Maps a CIFS file for vMedia You must specify the following volume name remote share remote file path mount options e Name of the volume to create e Remote share including IP address and the exported directory e Path of the remote file corresponding to the exported directory e Optional Mapping options e Username and password to connect to the server Step 3 Server vmedia map nfs Maps an NFS file for vMedia You must specify the volume name remote share _ following remote file path mount options e Name of the volume to create e Remote share including IP address and the exported directory e Path of the remote file corresponding to the exported directory e Optional Mapping options Step 4 Server vmedia map www Maps an HTTPS file for vMedia You must specify the volume name remote share following remote file path mount options e Name of the volume to create e Remote share including IP address and the exported directory e Path of the remote file corresponding to the exported directory e Optional Mapping options Cisco UCS C Series Servers Integrated Management Controller CLI Configuration Guide Release 1 5 OL 28893 01 Managing Remote Presence Viewing Network Mount vMedia Mapping Properties Command or Action Purpose e Username and password to connect to the server This example shows how to cre
229. ms such as Windows 2008 ignore this parameter in favor of their own power plan Cisco UCS C Series Servers Integrated Management Controller CLI Configuration Guide Release 1 5 OL 28893 01 BIOS Parameters by Server Model A Advanced BIOS Parameters for C420 Servers Memory Configuration Parameters Description Select Memory RAS How the memory reliability availability and serviceability RAS is configured for the server This can be one of the following e System performance is optimized e Mirroring System reliability is optimized by using half the system memory as backup e Lockstep lIf the DIMM pairs in the server have an identical type size and organization and are populated across the SMI channels you can enable lockstep mode to minimize memory access latency and provide better performance This option offers better system performance than Mirroring and better reliability than Maximum Performance but lower reliability than Mirroring and lower system performance than Maximum Performance DRAM Clock Throttling Allows you to determine whether memory bandwidth or system performance is more important on this server This can be one of the following e Balanced DRAM clock throttling is reduced providing a balance between performance and power Performance DRAM clock throttling is disabled providing increased memory bandwidth at the cost of additional power e DRAM cl
230. must be available before the system resumes using the primary interface for the vNIC Enter a number of seconds between 0 and 600 Enters the interrupt command mode Specifies the number of interrupt resources The range is 1 to 514 the default is 8 In general you should allocate one interrupt resource for each completion queue Step 21 Step 22 Server chassis adapter host eth if interrupt set coalescing time usec Server chassis adapter host eth if interrupt set coalescing type idle min The time to wait between interrupts or the idle period that must be encountered before an interrupt is sent The range is 1 to 65535 microseconds the default is 125 To turn off coalescing enter 0 zero The coalescing types are as follows e idle The system does not send an interrupt until there is a period of no activity lasting as least as long as the time specified in the coalescing time configuration e min The system waits for the time specified in the coalescing time configuration before sending another interrupt event This is the default Step 23 Step 24 Step 25 Server chassis adapter host eth if interrupt set interrupt mode intx msi msix Server chassis adapter host eth if interrupt exit Server chassis adapter host eth if scope recv queue Specifies the Ethernet interrupt mode The modes are as follows e intx Line based interrupt PCI INTx e msi Mess
231. must be set to Custom or the server ignores the setting for this parameter Cisco UCS C Series Servers Integrated Management Controller CLI Configuration Guide Release 1 5 OL 28893 01 BIOS Parameters by Server Model A Advanced BIOS Parameters for C220 and C240 Servers Description Intel Turbo Boost Technology Whether the processor uses Intel Turbo Boost Technology which allows the processor to automatically increase its frequency if it is running below power temperature or voltage specifications This can be one of the following Disabled The processor does not increase its frequency automatically Enabled The processor utilizes Turbo Boost Technology if required Note must be set to Custom or the server ignores the setting for this parameter Processor Power State C6 Whether the BIOS sends the C6 report to the operating system When the OS receives the report it can transition the processor into the lower C6 power state to decrease energy usage while maintaining optimal processor performance This can be one of the following Disabled The BIOS does not send the C6 report Enabled tThe BIOS sends the C6 report allowing the OS to transition the processor to the C6 low power state Note must be set to Custom or the server ignores the setting for this parameter Processor Power State C1 Enhanced Whether the CPU transitions to its minimum frequency when enterin
232. n Guide Release 1 5 OL 28893 01 Managing Network Adapters Deleting a Boot Table Entry i Procedure Command or Action Purpose Step 1 Server scope chassis Enters the chassis command mode Step 2 Server chassis scope adapter Enters the command mode for the adapter card at the PCI index slot number specified by index Note The server must be powered on before you can view or change adapter settings Step 3 Server chassis adapter scope Enters the host Fibre Channel interface command mode host fe if fc0 fc1 name for the specified VHBA Step 4 Server chassis adapter host fc if Creates a boot table entry create boot entr lun id RR e wwpn The World Wide Port Name WWPN for the boot target in the form hh hh hh hh hh hh hh hh e Iun id The LUN ID of the boot LUN The range is 0 to 255 Step 5 Server chassis adapter host fc if Commits the transaction to the system configuration commit Note The changes will take effect upon the next server reboot This example creates a boot table entry for VHBA fc1 Server scope chassis Server chassis scope adapter 1 Server chassis adapter scope host fc if fcl Server chassis adapter host fc if create boot entry 20 00 00 11 22 33 44 55 3 Server chassis adapter host fc if commit New boot table entry will take effect upon the next server reset Server chassis adapter host fc if Deleting a Boot Table Entry Procedure Comm
233. n be one of the following Disabled The processor does not permit virtualization Enabled The processor allows multiple operating systems in independent partitions Note If you change this option you must power cycle the server before the setting takes effect Intel VT for Directed IO Whether the processor uses Intel Virtualization Technology for Directed I O VT d This can be one of the following Disabled The processor does not use virtualization technology Enabled The processor uses virtualization technology Intel VT d Interrupt Remapping Whether the processor supports Intel VT d Interrupt Remapping This can be one of the following Disabled tThe processor does not support remapping Enabled The processor uses VT d Interrupt Remapping as required Intel VT d Coherency Support Whether the processor supports Intel VT d Coherency This can be one of the following Disabled tThe processor does not support coherency Enabled The processor uses VT d Coherency as required E Cisco UCS C Series Servers Integrated Management Controller CLI Configuration Guide Release 1 5 OL 28893 01 BIOS Parameters by Server Model Advanced BIOS Parameters for C260 Servers i Description Intel VT d Address Translation Services Whether the processor supports Intel VT d Address Translation Services ATS This can be one of the following Dis
234. n interrupt until there is a period of no activity lasting as least as long as the time specified in the Coalescing Time field Interrupt Mode field The preferred driver interrupt mode This can be one of the following e MSIx Message Signaled Interrupts MSI with the optional extension e MSI MSI only INTx PCI INTx interrupts Ethernet Receive Queue Settings Meme Den Receive Queue Count field The number of receive queue resources allocated to this VM FEX Receive Queue Ring Size field The number of descriptors in each receive queue Ethernet Transmit Queue Settings Name Description Transmit Queue Count field The number of transmit queue resources allocated to this VM FEX Transmit Queue Ring Size field The number of descriptors in each transmit queue Completion Queue Settings Name Description Completion Queue Count field The number of completion queue resources allocated to this VM FEX Completion Queue Ring Size The number of descriptors in each completion queue field Cisco UCS C Series Servers Integrated Management Controller CLI Configuration Guide Release 1 5 OL 28893 01 Managing Network Adapters E Cisco UCS C Series Servers Integrated Management Controller CLI Configuration Guide Release 1 5 VM FEX Settings TCP Offload Settings Description Enable TCP Segmentation Offload field If enabled the CPU sends lar
235. n the associated logical processor cores 1 through n Specifies the number of physical processor cores that can run on the server Each physical core has an associated logical core To disable Hyper Threading and have only one logical processor core running on the server select 1 We recommend that you contact your operating system vendor to make sure the operating system supports this feature Cisco UCS C Series Servers Integrated Management Controller CLI Configuration Guide Release 1 5 OL 28893 01 BIOS Parameters by Server Model A Advanced BIOS Parameters for C260 Servers Description Execute Disable Classifies memory areas on the server to specify where application code can execute As a result of this classification the processor disables code execution if a malicious worm attempts to insert code in the buffer This setting helps to prevent damage worm propagation and certain classes of malicious buffer overflow attacks This can be one of the following Disabled The processor does not classify memory areas Enabled The processor classifies memory areas We recommend that you contact your operating system vendor to make sure the operating system supports this feature Intel Virtualization Technology Whether the processor uses Intel Virtualization Technology VT which allows a platform to run multiple operating systems and applications in independent partitions This ca
236. nagement module built into the motherboard A dedicated ARM based processor separate from the main server CPU runs the CIMC firmware The system ships with a running version of the CIMC firmware You can update the CIMC firmware but no initial installation is needed Server OS The main server CPU runs an OS such as Windows or Linux The server ships with a pre installed OS but you can install a different OS using the DVD drive or over the network You can use CIMC to install the new OS using the KVM console and vMedia Note You can access the available OS installation documentation from the Cisco UCS C Series Servers Documentation Roadmap at http www cisco com go unifiedcomputing c series doc Cisco Integrated Management Controller amp The CIMC is the management service for the C Series servers CIMC runs within the server Note The CIMC management service is used only when the server is operating in Standalone Mode If your C Series server is integrated into a UCS system you must manage it using UCS Manager For information about using UCS Manager see the configuration guides listed in the Cisco UCS B Series Servers Documentation Roadmap at http www cisco com go unifiedcomputing b series doc Management Interfaces You can use a web based GUI or SSH based CLI to access configure administer and monitor the server Almost all tasks can be performed in either interface and the results of tasks performed in one in
237. nels to enable simultaneous read operations This can be one of the following e Auto The CPU determines what interleaving is done e Some channel interleaving is used e The maximum amount of channel interleaving is used Rank Interleaving Whether the CPU interleaves physical ranks of memory so that one rank can be accessed while another is being refreshed This can be one of the following e Auto The CPU determines what interleaving is done e Some rank interleaving is used e The maximum amount of rank interleaving is used E Cisco UCS C Series Servers Integrated Management Controller CLI Configuration Guide Release 1 5 OL 28893 01 BIOS Parameters by Server Model Advanced BIOS Parameters for C22 and C24 Servers i Description Patrol Scrub Whether the system actively searches for and corrects single bit memory errors even in unused portions of the memory on the server This can be one of the following Disabled The system checks for memory ECC errors only when the CPU reads or writes a memory address Enabled The system periodically reads and writes memory searching for ECC errors If any errors are found the system attempts to fix them This option may correct single bit errors before they become multi bit errors but it may adversely affect performance when the patrol scrub is running Demand Scrub Whether the system corrects single bit memory er
238. net ports are utilized active standby If one LOM Ethernet port fails traffic fails over to another LOM port Step 5 Server cimc network Commits the transaction to the system configuration commit Note The available NIC mode and NIC redundancy mode options may vary depending on your platform If you select a mode not supported by your server an error message displays when you save your changes This example configures the CIMC network interface Server scope cimc Server cimc scope network Server cimc network set mode dedicated Server cimc network commit Server cimc network Configuring Common Properties Use common properties to describe your server Before You Begin You must log in as a user with admin privileges to configure common properties Procedure Command or Action Purpose Step 1 Server scope cime Enters the CIMC command mode Step 2 Server cimc scope network Enters the CIMC network command mode Step 3 Server cimc network set hostname Specifies the name of the host host name OL 28893 01 Cisco UCS C Series Servers Integrated Management Controller CLI Configuration Guide Release 1 5 feil Configuring Network Related Settings a Configuring IPv4 Command or Action Purpose Step 4 Server cimc network commit Commits the transaction to the system configuration This example configures the common properties Server sc
239. nfiguration Parameters Description Console Redirection Allows a serial port to be used for console redirection during POST and BIOS booting After the BIOS has booted and the operating system is responsible for the server console redirection is irrelevant and has no effect This can be one of the following Disabled No console redirection occurs during POST e Enables console redirection on COM port 0 during POST e Enables console redirection on COM port 1 during POST Terminal Type What type of character formatting is used for console redirection This can be one of the following PC ANSI The PC ANSI terminal font is used e VT100 A supported vt100 video terminal and its character set are used e VT100 A supported vt100 plus video terminal and its character set are used VT UTF8 A video terminal with the UTF 8 character set is used Note This setting must match the setting on the remote terminal application E Cisco UCS C Series Servers Integrated Management Controller CLI Configuration Guide Release 1 5 OL 28893 01 BIOS Parameters by Server Model Advanced BIOS Parameters for C220 and C240 Servers i Description Bits per second What BAUD rate is used for the serial port transmission speed If you disable Console Redirection this option is not available This can be one of the following 9600 A 9 600 BAUD rate is used 19200 A 19 200
240. ng 527105 080B01h Power Supply Redundancy Lost 527106 080B02h Power Supply Redundancy Restored 552704 086F00h Power Supply Inserted 552705 086F01h Power Supply Failure 552707 086F03h Power Supply AC Lost 786433 0CO0001h Correctable ECC Memory Errors Release 1 3 1 and later releases filter set to accept all reading types Note 4 786439 0C0007h DDR3_INFO sensor LED RED bit asserted Probable ECC error on a DIMM Generic Sensor Notes 2 3 786689 0CO101h Correctable ECC Memory Errors Release 1 3 1 and later releases 818945 OC7FO1h Correctable ECC Memory Errors Release 1 2 x and earlier releases 818951 OC7FO7h DDR3_INFO sensor LED RED bit asserted Probable ECC error on a DIMM 1 2 x and earlier releases Note 3 851968 0D0000h HDD sensor indicates no fault Generic Sensor Note 2 851972 0D0004h HDD sensor indicates a fault Generic Sensor Note 2 854016 0D0800h HDD Absent Generic Sensor Note 2 854017 0D0801h HDD Present Generic Sensor Note 2 880384 OD6F00h HDD Present no fault indicated 880385 OD6F01h HDD Fault 880512 OD6F80h HDD Not Present 880513 OD6F81h HDD is deasserted but not in a fault state 884480 0D7F00h Drive Slot LED Off 884481 0D7F01h Drive Slot LED On 884482 0D7F02h Drive Slot LED fast blink 884483 0D7F03h Drive Slot LED slow blink 884484 0D7F04h Drive Slot LED green 884485 0D7F05h Drive Slot LED amber 884486 0D7F01h Drive Slot LED blue 884487 0D7F01h Drive Slot LED read 884488 0D7F08h
241. ng power on self test POST or is operating in the Extensible Firmware Interface EFI shell the server will be powered down until the CIMC reboot is complete Procedure Command or Action Purpose Step 1 Server scope cime Enters the CIMC command mode Step 2 Server cimc reboot The CIMC reboots This example reboots the CIMC Server scope cimc Server cimc reboot Clearing the BIOS CMOS On rare occasions troubleshooting a server may require you to clear the server s BIOS CMOS memory This procedure is not part of the normal maintenance of a server Procedure Command or Action Purpose Step 1 Server scope bios Enters the bios command mode OL 28893 01 Cisco UCS C Series Servers Integrated Management Controller CLI Configuration Guide Release 1 5 Server Utilities A Recovering from a Corrupted BIOS Command or Action Purpose Step 2 Server bios clear cmos After a prompt to confirm clears the CMOS memory This example clears the BIOS CMOS memory Server scope bios Server bios clear cmos This operation will clear the BIOS CMOS Note Server should be in powered off state to clear CMOS Continue yln y Server bios Recovering from a Corrupted BIOS Note This procedure is not available in some server models In addition to this procedure there are three other methods for recovering from a corrupted BIOS e Use the
242. ng storage controller logs 127 virtual drive 119 120 initializing 119 X modifying attributes 120 XML API 135 set as boot drive 120 virtual KVM 56 57 virtual media 58 VLAN properties 77 VM FEX 109 110 description 109 Y viewing properties 110 description 135 enabling 135 YAML 8 Cisco UCS C Series Servers Integrated Management Controller CLI Configuration Guide Release 1 5 OL 28893 01 a Index Cisco UCS C Series Servers Integrated Management Controller CLI Configuration Guide Release 1 5 OL 28893 01
243. nt of power reduction is specified OL 28893 01 Cisco UCS C Series Servers Integrated Management Controller CLI Configuration Guide Release 1 5 ai BIOS Parameters by Server Model A Advanced BIOS Parameters for C460 Servers Description CIE Whether the CPU transitions to its minimum frequency when entering the C1 state This can be one of the following Disabled The CPU continues to run at its maximum frequency in C1 state Enabled The CPU transitions to its minimum frequency This option saves the maximum amount of power in Cl state Note This option is used only if is enabled Memory Configuration Parameters Name Select Memory RAS Description How the memory reliability availability and serviceability RAS is configured for the server This can be one of the following e System performance is optimized e Mirroring System reliability is optimized by using half the system memory as backup e Sparing tThe system reserves some memory for use in the event a DIMM fails If that happens the server takes the DIMM offline and replaces it with the reserved memory This option provides less redundancy than mirroring but it leaves more of the memory available for programs running on the server NUMA Optimized Whether the BIOS supports NUMA This can be one of the following Disabled The BIOS does not support NUMA Enabled tThe BIOS includ
244. ntegrated Management Controller CLI Configuration Guide Release 1 5 m BIOS Parameters by Server Model A Advanced BIOS Parameters for C22 and C24 Servers PCI Configuration Parameters Description MMIO Above 4GB Whether to enable or disable memory mapped I O of 64 bit PCI devices to 4GB or greater address space Legacy option ROMs are not able to access addresses above 4GB PCI devices that are 64 bit compliant but use a legacy option ROM may not function correctly with this setting enabled This can be one of the following Disabled tThe server does not map I O of 64 bit PCI devices to 4GB or greater address space Enabled The server maps I O of 64 bit PCI devices to 4GB or greater address space ASPM Support Allows you to set the level of ASPM Active Power State Management support in the BIOS This can be one of the following e Disabled ASPM support is disabled in the BIOS e Force LOs Force all links to LO standby LOs state e Auto The CPU determines the power state VGA Priority Allows you to set the priority for VGA graphics devices if multiple VGA devices are found in the system This can be one of the following e Onboard Priority is given to the onboard VGA device BIOS post screen and OS boot are driven through the onboard VGA port e Offboard Priority is given to the PCIE Graphics adapter BIOS post screen and OS boot are driven through the external graphics ad
245. o a network device If you select this option the system enables SoL and disables the RJ45 connection which means that the server can no longer support an external serial device e com1 SoL communication is routed through COM port 1 an internal port accessible only through SoL If you select this option you can use SoL on COM port and the physical RJ45 connection on COM port 0 Note Changing the comport setting disconnects any existing SoL sessions Step 5 Server sol commit Commits the transaction to the system configuration E Cisco UCS C Series Servers Integrated Management Controller CLI Configuration Guide Release 1 5 OL 28893 01 Managing Remote Presence Launching Serial Over LAN i Command or Action Purpose Step 6 Server sol show detail Optional Displays the SoL settings This example configures SoL Server scope sol Server sol set enabled yes Server sol set baud rate 115200 Server sol commit Server sol show Enabled Baud Rate bps Com Port yes 115200 com2 Server sol show detail Serial Over LAN Enabled yes Baud Rate bps 115200 Com Port com2 Server sol Launching Serial Over LAN Procedure Command or Action Purpose Step 1 Server connect host Opens a serial over LAN SoL connection to the redirected server console port You can enter this command in any command mode What to Do Next To end the SoL session you
246. o unmap a local vmedia volume Server scope vmedia Server vmedia show mappings Volume Map status Drive type remote share remote file mount type Huu OK removable http 10 104 236 99 rhel server 6 1 x86 6 iso www Rhel OK CD http 10 104 236 99 rhel server 6 1 x86_6 iso www Server vmedia unmap huu Server vmedia show mappings Volume Map status Drive type remote share remote file mount type Rhel OK CD http 10 104 236 99 rhel server 6 1 x86 6 iso www Server vmedia Managing Serial over LAN Serial Over LAN Serial over LAN SoL is a mechanism that enables the input and output of the serial port of a managed system to be redirected via an SSH session over IP SoL provides a means of reaching the host console via CIMC Guidelines and Restrictions for Serial Over LAN For redirection to SoL the server console must have the following configuration e console redirection to serial port A e no flow control e baud rate the same as configured for SoL e VT 100 terminal type e legacy OS redirection disabled The SoL session will display line oriented information such as boot messages and character oriented screen menus such as BIOS setup menus If the server boots an operating system or application with a bitmap oriented OL 28893 01 Cisco UCS C Series Servers Integrated Management Controller CLI Configuration Guide Release 1 5 m Managing Remote Presence A Configuring Serial Over LAN display such as Win
247. oads a self signed certificate you must upload the new certificate using the upload command in certificate command mode Creating a Self Signed Certificate L Note As an alternative to using a public Certificate Authority CA to generate and sign a server certificate you can operate your own CA and sign your own certificates This section shows commands for creating a CA and generating a server certificate using the OpenSSL certificate server running on Linux For detailed information about OpenSSL see http www openssl org These commands are to be entered on a Linux server with the OpenSSL package not in the CIMC CLI Before You Begin Obtain and install a certificate server software package on a server within your organization OL 28893 01 Cisco UCS C Series Servers Integrated Management Controller CLI Configuration Guide Release 1 5 O Managing Certificates i Cisco UCS C Series Servers Integrated Management Controller CLI Configuration Guide Release 1 5 Creating a Self Signed Certificate Procedure Command or Action Purpose Step1 openssl genrsa out CA_keyfilename This command generates an RSA private key that will keysize be used by the CA Note Toallowthe CA to access the key without user Example input do not use the des3 option for this openssl genrsa out ca key 1024 command The specified file name contains an RSA key of the specified key size Step2 openssl req new x509 d
248. ock throttling is increased to improve energy efficiency NUMA Whether the BIOS supports NUMA This can be one of the following Disabled The BIOS does not support NUMA Enabled The BIOS includes the ACPI tables that are required for NUMA aware operating systems If you enable this option the system must disable Inter Socket Memory interleaving on some platforms E Cisco UCS C Series Servers Integrated Management Controller CLI Configuration Guide Release 1 5 OL 28893 01 BIOS Parameters by Server Model Advanced BIOS Parameters for C420 Servers i Description Low Voltage DDR Mode Whether the system prioritizes low voltage or high frequency memory operations This can be one of the following e The system prioritizes low voltage memory operations over high frequency memory operations This mode may lower memory frequency in order to keep the voltage low e The system prioritizes high frequency operations over low voltage operations DRAM Refresh rate Allows you to set the rate at which the DRAM cells are refreshed This can be one of the following e 1x DRAM cells are refreshed every 64ms e 2x DRAM cells are refreshed every 32ms e 3x DRAM cells are refreshed every 21 ms e 4x DRAM cells are refreshed every 16ms Channel Interleaving Whether the CPU divides memory blocks and spreads contiguous portions of data across interleaved channels to enable simu
249. of descriptors in the Fibre Channel chassis adapter host fc if trans queue transmit queue The range is 64 to 128 the default is set fe wq ring size size 64 Step 44 Server Exits to the host Fibre Channel interface command chassis adapter host fc if trans queue mode exit Step 45 Server chassis adapter host fc if scope Enters the Fibre Channel receive queue command recv queue mode Step 46 Server The number of descriptors in the Fibre Channel chassis adapter host fc if recv queue receive queue The range is 64 to 128 the default is set fe rq ring size size 64 Step 47 Server Exits to the host Fibre Channel interface command chassis adapter host fc if recv queue exit mode OL 28893 01 Cisco UCS C Series Servers Integrated Management Controller CLI Configuration Guide Release 1 5 m Managing Network Adapters Creating a VHBA Command or Action Purpose Step 48 Server chassis adapter host fc if Commits the transaction to the system configuration commit i Note The changes will take effect upon the next server reboot This example configures the properties of a vHBA Server scope chassis Server chassis show adapter PCI Slot Product Name Serial Number Product ID Vendor 1 UCS VIC P81E CI1417A0QK N2XX ACPCI01 Cisco Systems Inc Server chassis scope adapter 1 Server chassis adapter scope host fc if fcl Server chassis adapter host fc if set boot enable Serve
250. of the following Disabled tThe processor does not preload any cache data Enabled The DCU IP prefetcher preloads the L1 cache with the data it determines to be the most relevant Direct Cache Access Support Allows processors to increase I O performance by placing data from I O devices directly into the processor cache This setting helps to reduce cache misses This can be one of the following Disabled Data from I O devices is not placed directly into the processor cache Enabled Data from I O devices is placed directly into the processor cache Cisco UCS C Series Servers Integrated Management Controller CLI Configuration Guide Release 1 5 OL 28893 01 BIOS Parameters by Server Model Advanced BIOS Parameters for C420 Servers Name Description Power Technology Enables you to configure the CPU power management settings for the following options e Enhanced Intel Speedstep Technology e Intel Turbo Boost Technology e Processor Power State C6 Power Technology can be one of the following e Custom tThe server uses the individual settings for the BIOS parameters mentioned above You must select this option if you want to change any of these BIOS parameters Disabled The server does not perform any CPU power management and any settings for the BIOS parameters mentioned above are ignored e The server determines the best settings for the BIOS parameters men
251. om memory into the unified second level cache when necessary This can be one of the following Disabled The hardware prefetcher is not used Enabled The processor uses the hardware prefetcher when cache issues are detected OL 28893 01 Cisco UCS C Series Servers Integrated Management Controller CLI Configuration Guide Release 1 5 m BIOS Parameters by Server Model A Advanced BIOS Parameters for C420 Servers Description Adjacent Cache Line Prefetcher Whether the processor fetches cache lines in even odd pairs instead of fetching just the required line This can be one of the following Disabled tThe processor only fetches the required line Enabled The processor fetches both the required line and its paired line DCU Streamer Prefetch Whether the processor uses the DCU IP Prefetch mechanism to analyze historical cache access patterns and preload the most relevant lines in the L1 cache This can be one of the following Disabled tThe processor does not try to anticipate cache read requirements and only fetches explicitly requested lines Enabled The DCU prefetcher analyzes the cache read pattern and prefetches the next line in the cache if it determines that it may be needed DCU IP Prefetcher Whether the processor uses the DCU IP Prefetch mechanism to analyze historical cache access patterns and preload the most relevant lines in the L1 cache This can be one
252. ome operating systems such as Windows 2008 ignore this parameter in favor of their own power plan E Cisco UCS C Series Servers Integrated Management Controller CLI Configuration Guide Release 1 5 OL 28893 01 BIOS Parameters by Server Model Advanced BIOS Parameters for C22 and C24 Servers Memory Configuration Parameters Name Description Select Memory RAS How the memory reliability availability and serviceability RAS is configured for the server This can be one of the following e System performance is optimized e Mirroring System reliability is optimized by using half the system memory as backup e Lockstep If the DIMM pairs in the server have an identical type size and organization and are populated across the SMI channels you can enable lockstep mode to minimize memory access latency and provide better performance This option offers better system performance than Mirroring and better reliability than Maximum Performance but lower reliability than Mirroring and lower system performance than Maximum Performance DRAM Clock Throttling Allows you to determine whether memory bandwidth or system performance is more important on this server This can be one of the following e Balanced DRAM clock throttling is reduced providing a balance between performance and power Performance DRAM clock throttling is disabled providing increased memory bandwidth at the cost of additional p
253. on Cisco UCS C Series Servers Integrated Management Controller CLI Configuration Guide Release 1 5 OL 28893 01 BIOS Parameters by Server Model A Advanced BIOS Parameters for C22 and C24 Servers Description P STATE Coordination Allows you to define how BIOS communicates the P state support model to the operating system There are 3 models as defined by the Advanced Configuration and Power Interface ACPI specification e HW_ALL The processor hardware is responsible for coordinating the P state among logical processors with dependencies all logical processors in a package e SW_ALL The OS Power Manager OSPM is responsible for coordinating the P state among logical processors with dependencies all logical processors in a physical package and must initiate the transition on all of the logical processors e SW_ANY The OS Power Manager OSPM is responsible for coordinating the P state among logical processors with dependencies all logical processors in a package and may initiate the transition on any of the logical processors in the domain Note must be set to Custom or the server ignores the setting for this parameter Energy Performance Allows you to determine whether system performance or energy efficiency is more important on this server This can be one of the following Note must be set to Custom or the server ignores the setting for this parameter In addition s
254. on is performed by AD for user accounts not found in the local user database Step 3 Server ldap set den dc host Specifies an Active Directory domain controller DC host name or IP address You can specify up to three DCs using index n values from to 3 Step 4 Server ldap set gen gc host Specifies an Active Directory global catalog GC server host name or IP address You can specify up to three GCs using index n values from to 3 Step 5 Server Idap set timeout Specifies the number of seconds the CIMC waits until the seconds LDAP search operation times out Step 6 Server Idap set encrypted If encryption is enabled the server encrypts all information yes no sent to AD Step 7 Server Idap set base dn Specifies the domain that all users must be in domain name Step 8 Server Idap set attribute Specify an LDAP attribute that contains the role and locale name information for the user This property is always a name value pair The system queries the user record for the value that matches this attribute name You can use an existing LDAP attribute that is mapped to the CIMC user roles and locales or you can create a custom attribute such as the CiscoAVPair attribute which has the following attribute ID 1 3 6 1 4 1 9 287247 1 Note Ifyou do not specify this property user access is restricted to read only Cisco UCS C Series Servers Integrated Management Controller CLI Configuration Guide Release 1 5 OL 28
255. on is taken and the server is allowed to use more power than specified in the peak power setting e power off host The server is shut down throttle Processes running on the server are throttled to bring the total power consumption down Step 5 Server power cap commit Commits the transaction to the system configuration This example enables and configures a power cap policy and commits the transaction Server scope power cap set non compliance action throttle Server power cap set enabled yes Server power cap set peak power 1000 Server power cap Server power cap commit Server power cap show detail Cur Consumption W 688 Max Consumption W 1620 Min Consumption W 48 Minimum Configurable Limit W Maximum Configurable Limit W Power Cap Enabled yes Peak Power 1000 Non Compliance Action Server power cap throttle 500 2000 E Cisco UCS C Series Servers Integrated Management Controller CLI Configuration Guide Release 1 5 OL 28893 01 Managing the Server Configuring the Power Restore Policy i Configuring the Power Restore Policy The power restore policy determines how power is restored to the server after a chassis power loss Before You Begin You must log in with admin privileges to perform this task Procedure Command or Action Purpose Step 1 Server scope chassis Enters the chassis command mode Step 2 Server chassis set
256. on release Follow Cisco UCS Docs on Twitter to receive document update notifications Cisco UCS C Series Servers Integrated Management Controller CLI Configuration Guide Release 1 5 OL 28893 01 CHAPTER 1 Overview This chapter includes the following sections e Overview of the Cisco UCS C Series Rack Mount Servers page 1 e Overview of the Server Software page 1 e Cisco Integrated Management Controller page 2 e CIMC CLI page 3 Overview of the Cisco UCS C Series Rack Mount Servers The Cisco UCS C Series rack mount servers include the following models e Cisco UCS C200 Rack Mount Server e Cisco UCS C210 Rack Mount Server e Cisco UCS C220 Rack Mount Server e Cisco UCS C240 Rack Mount Server e Cisco UCS C250 Rack Mount Server e Cisco UCS C260 Rack Mount Server e Cisco UCS C460 Rack Mount Server X Note To determine which Cisco UCS C Series rack mount servers are supported by this firmware release see the associated Release Notes The C Series release notes are available at the following URL http www cisco com en US products ps10739 prod_release_notes_list html Overview of the Server Software The Cisco UCS C Series Rack Mount Server ships with two major software systems installed Cisco UCS C Series Servers Integrated Management Controller CLI Configuration Guide Release 1 5 OL 28893 01 Overview Cisco Integrated Management Controller amp CIMC Firmware CIMC is a separate ma
257. on some servers For other BIOS installation methods see the Cisco UCS C Series Rack Mount Server BIOS Upgrade Guide available at the following URL http www cisco com en US docs unified_computing ucs c sw bios b_Upgrading BIOS Firmware html Before You Begin Log in to the as a user with admin privileges e Activate the CIMC firmware that goes with the BIOS version you want to install as described in e Power off the server Note Ifyou start an update while an update is already in process both updates will fail Procedure Command or Action Purpose Step 1 Server scope cime Enters the CIMC command mode Step 2 Server cimc scope firmware Enters the firmware command mode Step 3 Server cimc firmware show detail Displays the available firmware images and status Step 4 Make sure the firmware version shown Important If the CIMC firmware version does not in the Current FW Version field match activate the CIMC firmware matches the BIOS firmware version you before continuing with this procedure are installing or the server will not boot For details see Activating Installed CIMC Firmware on page 160 Step 5 Server cimc firmware top Returns to the server root level Step 6 Server scope bios Enters the BIOS command mode Cisco UCS C Series Servers Integrated Management Controller CLI Configuration Guide Release 1 5 OL 28893 01 CIMC Firmware Management Installing BIOS Firmwar
258. onfiguration Guide Release 1 5 OL 28893 01 Managing Network Adapters Making a Dedicated Hot Spare Command or Action Purpose Step 4 Server chassis storageadapter virtual drive Prompts you to select a different current modify attributes policy This example shows how to carve a new virtual drive out of unused space in an existing RAID 1 drive group Server scope chassis Server chassis scope storageadapter SLOT 3 Server chassis storageadapter scope virtual drive Server chassis storageadapter virtual drive modify attributes Current write policy Write Back 0 Write Through 1 Write Back 2 Write Back even if Bad BBU Choose number from above options gt 0 The following attribute will be modified Write policy Write Through OK y or n gt y operation in progress Server chassis storageadapter virtual drive Making a Dedicated Hot Spare Before You Begin You must log in with admin privileges to perform this task Procedure Command or Action Purpose Step 1 Server scope chassis Enters the chassis command mode Step 2 Server chassis scope storageadapter slot Enters command mode for an installed storage card Step 3 Server chassis storageadapter scope Enters command mode for the specified physical drive drive number physical drive Step 4 Server chassis storageadapter physical drive You are prompted to choose a virtual drive for make dedicated hot sp
259. only Onboard Gbit LOM Whether Gbit LOM is enabled or disabled on the server This can be one of the following Disabled Gbit LOM is not available Enabled 10Git LOM is available Cisco UCS C Series Servers Integrated Management Controller CLI Configuration Guide Release 1 5 OL 28893 01 BIOS Parameters by Server Model Advanced BIOS Parameters for C260 Servers i Name Description Onboard 10Gbit LOM Whether 10Gbit LOM is enabled or disabled on the server This can be one of the following e Disabled 10GBit LOM is not available Enabled 10GBit LOM is available Sriov Whether SR IOV Single Root I O Virtualization is enabled or disabled on the server This can be one of the following e Disabled SR IOV is disabled Enabled SR IOV is enabled IOH Resource Allocation Enables you to distribute 64KB of 16 bit IO resources between IOHO and IOH 1 as per system requirement This can be one of the following IOHO 24k IOH1 40k Allocates 24KB of 16 bit IO resources to IOHO and 40KB of 16 bit IO resources to IOH1 IOHO 32k IOH1 32k Allocates 32KB of 16 bit IO resources to IOHO and 32KB of 16 bit IO resources to IOH1 IOHO 40k IOH1 24k Allocates 40KB of 16 bit IO resources to IOHO and 24KB of 16 bit IO resources to IOH1 IOHO 48k IOH1 16k Allocates 48KB of 16 bit IO resources to IOHO and 16KB of 16 bit IO resources to IOH1 IOHO 56k IOH1 8k
260. ons This can be one of the following e The system prioritizes low voltage memory operations over high frequency memory operations This mode may lower memory frequency in order to keep the voltage low e The system prioritizes high frequency operations over low voltage operations DRAM Refresh rate Allows you to set the rate at which the DRAM cells are refreshed This can be one of the following e 1x DRAM cells are refreshed every 64ms e 2x DRAM cells are refreshed every 32ms e 3x DRAM cells are refreshed every 21 ms e 4x DRAM cells are refreshed every 16ms Channel Interleaving Whether the CPU divides memory blocks and spreads contiguous portions of data across interleaved channels to enable simultaneous read operations This can be one of the following e Auto The CPU determines what interleaving is done e Some channel interleaving is used e The maximum amount of channel interleaving is used Rank Interleaving Whether the CPU interleaves physical ranks of memory so that one rank can be accessed while another is being refreshed This can be one of the following e Auto The CPU determines what interleaving is done e Some rank interleaving is used e The maximum amount of rank interleaving is used OL 28893 01 Cisco UCS C Series Servers Integrated Management Controller CLI Configuration Guide Release 1 5 m BIOS Parameters by Server Model A Ad
261. opagation and certain classes of malicious buffer overflow attacks This can be one of the following Disabled The processor does not classify memory areas Enabled The processor classifies memory areas We recommend that you contact your operating system vendor to make sure the operating system supports this feature Cisco UCS C Series Servers Integrated Management Controller CLI Configuration Guide Release 1 5 OL 28893 01 BIOS Parameters by Server Model Advanced BIOS Parameters for C22 and C24 Servers Name Description Intel VT Whether the processor uses Intel Virtualization Technology VT which allows a platform to run multiple operating systems and applications in independent partitions This can be one of the following Disabled The processor does not permit virtualization Enabled The processor allows multiple operating systems in independent partitions Note If you change this option you must power cycle the server before the setting takes effect Intel VT d Whether the processor uses Intel Virtualization Technology for Directed I O VT d This can be one of the following Disabled The processor does not use virtualization technology Enabled The processor uses virtualization technology Intel VT d Coherency Support Whether the processor supports Intel VT d Coherency This can be one of the following Disabled tThe processor does not suppor
262. ope cimc Server cimc scope network Server cimc network set hostname Server Server cimc network commit Server cimc network Configuring IPv4 Before You Begin You must log in as a user with admin privileges to configure IPv4 network settings Procedure Command or Action Purpose Step 1 Server scope cimc Enters the CIMC command mode Step 2 Server cimc scope network Enters the CIMC network command mode Step 3 Step 4 Step 5 Step 6 Server cimc network set dhcp enabled yes no Server cimc network set v4 addr ipv4 address Server cimc network set v4 netmask ipv4 netmask Server cimc network set v4 gateway gateway ipv4 address Selects whether the CIMC uses DHCP Note If DHCP is enabled we recommend that the DHCP server be configured to reserve a single IP address for the CIMC If the CIMC is reachable through multiple ports on the server the single IP address must be reserved for the full range of MAC addresses of those ports Specifies the IP address for the CIMC Specifies the subnet mask for the IP address Specifies the gateway for the IP address Step 7 Step 8 Server cimc network set dns use dhep yes no Server cimc network set preferred dns server dns l ipv4 address Selects whether the CIMC retrieves the DNS server addresses from DHCP Specifies the IP address of the primary DNS server E Cisco UCS
263. ower e DRAM clock throttling is increased to improve energy efficiency NUMA Whether the BIOS supports NUMA This can be one of the following Disabled The BIOS does not support NUMA Enabled The BIOS includes the ACPI tables that are required for NUMA aware operating systems If you enable this option the system must disable Inter Socket Memory interleaving on some platforms Cisco UCS C Series Servers Integrated Management Controller CLI Configuration Guide Release 1 5 OL 28893 01 BIOS Parameters by Server Model a Advanced BIOS Parameters for C22 and C24 Servers Description Low Voltage DDR Mode Whether the system prioritizes low voltage or high frequency memory operations This can be one of the following e The system prioritizes low voltage memory operations over high frequency memory operations This mode may lower memory frequency in order to keep the voltage low e The system prioritizes high frequency operations over low voltage operations DRAM Refresh rate Allows you to set the rate at which the DRAM cells are refreshed This can be one of the following e 1x DRAM cells are refreshed every 64ms e 2x DRAM cells are refreshed every 32ms e 3x DRAM cells are refreshed every 21ms e 4x DRAM cells are refreshed every 16ms Channel Interleaving Whether the CPU divides memory blocks and spreads contiguous portions of data across interleaved chan
264. ower off e Launch the KVM console and virtual media Clear all logs e Toggle the locator LED e readonly tThe user can view information but cannot make any changes Commits the transaction to the system configuration This example shows how to configure AD group authorization Server scope ldap ldap set group auth yes ldap scope role group 5 Server Server Server Server server Server ldap role group ldap role group ldap role group Group Name set name Training set domain example com set role readonly user readonly n a ldap role group commit ucs c250 M2 ldap show role group Domain n a n a n a n a n a n a n a n a Training example com readonly E Cisco UCS C Series Servers Integrated Management Controller CLI Configuration Guide Release 1 5 OL 28893 01 Managing User Accounts Viewing User Sessions i Server ldap role group Viewing User Sessions Procedure Command or Action Purpose Step 1 Server show user session Displays information about current user sessions The command output displays the following information about current user sessions Name Description Session ID column The unique identifier for the session Username column The username for the user IP Address column The IP address from which the user accessed the server Type column The method by which the user accessed the ser
265. ox click Unified Computing and Servers c In the right hand box click Cisco UCS C Series Rack Mount Standalone Server Software d In the right hand box click the server model whose software you want to download Click the Unified Computing System UCS Server Firmware link Optional Select a prior release from the menu bar on the left hand side of the page Click the Download button associated with the Cisco Host Upgrade Utility ISO for the selected release Click Accept License Agreement Save the ISO file to a local drive We recommend you upgrade the CIMC and BIOS firmware on your server using this ISO file which contains the Cisco Host Upgrade Utility For detailed information about this utility see the Cisco Host Upgrade Utility Guide for the version of the HUU that goes with the CIMC software release that you want to install The HUU guides are available at the following URL http www cisco com en US products ps 10493 products_user_ guide _list html Optional If you plan to upgrade the CIMC and BIOS firmware manually do the following a From the ISO file open the ZIP file containing the firmware installation files The ZIP file is on the top level of the ISO file and its name follows the format ServerModel ReleaseNumber ZIP For example C240M3_1 4 4A ZIP You do not need to extract all of the files contained in this ZIP file Instead you only need to open it so that you can access the BIOS firmware installation
266. p destination before the alerts can be sent You can globally enable or disable the generation of platform event alerts When disabled alerts are not sent even if PEFs are configured to send them Enabling Platform Event Alerts Procedure Command or Action Purpose Step 1 Server scope fault Enters the fault command mode Step 2 Server fault set Enables platform event alerts platform event enabled yes OL 28893 01 Cisco UCS C Series Servers Integrated Management Controller CLI Configuration Guide Release 1 5 E Configuring Platform Event Filters A Disabling Platform Event Alerts Command or Action Purpose Step 3 Server fault commit Commits the transaction to the system configuration Step 4 Server fault show detail Optional Displays the platform event alert configuration The following example enables platform event alerts Server scope fault Server fault set platform event enabled yes Server fault commit Server fault show SNMP Community String Platform Event Enabled Server fault Disabling Platform Event Alerts Procedure Command or Action Purpose Step 1 Server scope fault Enters the fault command mode Step 2 Server fault set Disables platform event alerts platform event enabled no Step 3 Server fault commit Commits the transaction to the system configuration Step 4 Server fault show detail Optional Displays the platform
267. policy Specifies the action to be taken when chassis power is restored power off power on Select one of the following restore last state e power off Server power will remain off until manually turned on This is the default action e power on Server power will be turned on when chassis power is restored e restore last state Server power will return to the state before chassis power was lost When the selected action is power on you can select a delay in the restoration of power to the server Step 3 Server chassis set delay Optional fixed random Specifies whether server power will be restored after a fixed or random time The default is fixed This command is accepted only if the power restore action is power on Step 4 Server chassis set Optional delay value delay Specifies the delay time in seconds The range is 0 to 240 the default is 0 Step 5 Server chassis commit Commits the transaction to the system configuration This example sets the power restore policy to power on with a fixed delay of 180 seconds 3 minutes and commits the transaction Server scope chassis Server chassis set policy power on Server chassis set delay fixed Server chassis set delay value 180 Server chassis commit Server chassis show detail Chassis Power on Serial Number QCI1404A1IT Product Name UCS C200 M1 PID R200 1120402 UUID 01A6E738 D8FE DE11 76AE 8843E138AE04 Locator LED of
268. populated across the SMI channels you can enable lockstep mode to minimize memory access latency and provide better performance This option offers better system performance than Mirroring and better reliability than Maximum Performance but lower reliability than Mirroring and lower system performance than Maximum Performance DRAM Clock Throttling Allows you to determine whether memory bandwidth or system performance is more important on this server This can be one of the following e Balanced DRAM clock throttling is reduced providing a balance between performance and power Performance DRAM clock throttling is disabled providing increased memory bandwidth at the cost of additional power e DRAM clock throttling is increased to improve energy efficiency NUMA Whether the BIOS supports NUMA This can be one of the following Disabled The BIOS does not support NUMA Enabled The BIOS includes the ACPI tables that are required for NUMA aware operating systems If you enable this option the system must disable Inter Socket Memory interleaving on some platforms E Cisco UCS C Series Servers Integrated Management Controller CLI Configuration Guide Release 1 5 OL 28893 01 BIOS Parameters by Server Model Advanced BIOS Parameters for C220 and C240 Servers i Description Low Voltage DDR Mode Whether the system prioritizes low voltage or high frequency memory operati
269. ported vt100 video terminal and its character set are used e VT100 PLUS A supported vt100 plus video terminal and its character set are used e VT UTF8 A video terminal with the UTF 8 character set is used Note This setting must match the setting on the remote terminal application OS Boot Watchdog Timer Timeout What timeout value the BIOS uses to configure the watchdog timer This can be one of the following e The watchdog timer expires 5 minutes after the OS begins to boot e The watchdog timer expires 10 minutes after the OS begins to boot e The watchdog timer expires 15 minutes after the OS begins to boot e The watchdog timer expires 20 minutes after the OS begins to boot Note This option is only applicable if you enable the OS Boot Watchdog Timer Cisco UCS C Series Servers Integrated Management Controller CLI Configuration Guide Release 1 5 OL 28893 01 BIOS Parameters by Server Model a Server Management BIOS Parameters for C260 Servers Description OS Boot Watchdog Policy What action the system takes if the watchdog timer expires This can be one of the following e The server is powered off if the watchdog timer expires during OS boot e Reset The server is reset if the watchdog timer expires during OS boot Note This option is only applicable if you enable the OS Boot Watchdog Timer Legacy OS Redirection Whether redirection from a leg
270. pter show mfg data detail Server chassis storageadapter show pci info detail Server chassis storageadapter show running firmware images detail Displays manufacturer data for the storage card Displays adapter PCI information for the storage card Displays running firmware information for the storage card Step 12 Server chassis storageadapter show settings detail Displays adapter firmware settings for the storage card Step 13 Server chassis storageadapter show startup firmware images detail Displays firmware images to be activated on startup for the storage card This example displays storage properties Server scope chassis Server chassis show storageadapter PCI Slot Product Name Serial Number Firmware Package Build LSI MegaRAID SAS 9260 8i SV93404392 12 12 0 0038 OL 28893 01 Cisco UCS C Series Servers Integrated Management Controller CLI Configuration Guide Release 1 5 m Viewing Server Properties A Viewing the Flexible Flash Controller Properties Product ID Battery Status Cache Memory Size LSI Logic fully charged 0 MB Server chassis This example displays battery backup unit information for the storage card named SAS Server scope chassis Server chassis scope storageadapter SAS Server chassis storageadapter show bbu Controller Battery Type Battery Present Voltage Current Charge Charging State SAS iBBU true 4 051 V
271. pter host fc if Commits the transaction to the system configuration commit Note The changes will take effect upon the next server reboot This example creates a VHBA on adapter 1 Server scope chassis Server chassis scope adapter 1 Server chassis adapter create host fc if Vhba5 Server chassis adapter host fc if commit New host fc if settings will take effect upon the next server reset Server chassis adapter host fc if What to Do Next e Reboot the server to create the VHBA If configuration changes are required configure the new vHBA as described in Modifying VHBA Properties on page 88 Deleting a VHBA Procedure Command or Action Purpose Step 1 Server scope chassis Enters the chassis command mode Step 2 Server chassis scope adapter Enters the command mode for the adapter card at the PCI index slot number specified by index Note The server must be powered on before you can view or change adapter settings Step 3 Server chassis adapter delete Deletes the specified VHBA host teit rame Note You cannot delete either of the two default vHBAs fc0 or fel Step 4 Server chassis adapter commit Commits the transaction to the system configuration Note The changes will take effect upon the next server reboot OL 28893 01 Cisco UCS C Series Servers Integrated Management Controller CLI Configuration Guide Release 1 5 Hi Managing Network Adapters
272. ption Number of Enabled Cores Allows you to disable one or more of the physical cores on the server This can be one of the following e All Enables all physical cores This also enables Hyper Threading on the associated logical processor cores 1 through n Specifies the number of physical processor cores that can run on the server Each physical core has an associated logical core To disable Hyper Threading and have only one logical processor core running on the server select 1 We recommend that you contact your operating system vendor to make sure the operating system supports this feature Execute Disable Classifies memory areas on the server to specify where application code can execute As a result of this classification the processor disables code execution if a malicious worm attempts to insert code in the buffer This setting helps to prevent damage worm propagation and certain classes of malicious buffer overflow attacks This can be one of the following Disabled The processor does not classify memory areas Enabled The processor classifies memory areas We recommend that you contact your operating system vendor to make sure the operating system supports this feature Intel VT Whether the processor uses Intel Virtualization Technology VT which allows a platform to run multiple operating systems and applications in independent partitions This can be one of the following
273. r chassis adapter host fc if scope scsi io Server chassis adapter host fc if scsi io set cdb wq count 2 Server chassis adapter host fc if scsi io exit Server chassis adapter host fc if commit Server chassis adapter host fc if What to Do Next Reboot the server to apply the changes Creating a VHBA E Cisco UCS C Series Servers Integrated Management Controller CLI Configuration Guide Release 1 5 The adapter provides two permanent vHBAs If NIV mode is enabled you can create up to 16 additional VHBAs Before You Begin You must log in with user or admin privileges to perform this task Procedure Command or Action Purpose Step 1 Server scope chassis Enters the chassis command mode Step 2 Server chassis scope adapter Enters the command mode for the adapter card at the PCI index slot number specified by index Note The server must be powered on before you can view or change adapter settings Step 3 Server chassis adapter create Creates a VHBA and enters the host Fibre Channel host fe if name interface command mode The name argument can be up to 32 ASCII characters OL 28893 01 Managing Network Adapters Deleting a vHBA i Command or Action Purpose Step 4 Server chassis adapter host fc if Optional set channel number number If NIV mode is enabled for the adapter you must assign a channel number to this VHBA The range is to 1000 Step 5 Server chassis ada
274. r user session terminate User session 15 terminated Server user session Type Killable CLI yes CLT yes E Cisco UCS C Series Servers Integrated Management Controller CLI Configuration Guide Release 1 5 OL 28893 01 CHAPTER S Configuring Network Related Settings This chapter includes the following sections e Server NIC Configuration page 73 e Configuring Common Properties page 75 e Configuring IPv4 page 76 e Configuring the Server VLAN page 77 e Connecting to a Port Profile page 78 e Network Security Configuration page 80 e Network Time Protocol Configuration page 81 Server NIC Configuration Server NICs NIC Mode The NIC mode setting determines which ports can reach the CIMC The following network mode options are available depending on your platform Dedicated The management port is used to access the CIMC Shared LOM Any LOM LAN On Motherboard port can be used to access the CIMC Shared LOM 10G Any 10G LOM port can be used to access the CIMC This option is only available for some adapter cards e Cisco Card Any port on the adapter card can be used to access the CIMC The Cisco adapter card has to be installed in a slot with Network Communications Services Interface protocol NCSI support Shared LOM Extended Any LOM port or adapter card port can be used to access the CIMC The Cisco adapter card has to be installed in a slot with NCSI support Cisco UCS C Seri
275. r Action Purpose Step 1 Server scope sel Enters the system event log SEL command mode Step 2 Server sel show entries For system events displays timestamp the severity of the detail event and a description of the event The detail keyword displays the information in a list format instead of a table format This example displays the system event log Server scope sel Server sel show entries Time Severity Description System Boot Informational LED PSU_STATUS Platform sensor OFF event was asserted System Boot Informational LED_HLTH_STATUS Platform sensor GREEN was asserted System Boot Normal PSU _ REDUNDANCY PS Redundancy sensor Fully Redundant was asserted System Boot Normal PSU2 PSU2_ STATUS Power Supply sensor for PSU2 Power Supply input lost AC DC was deasserted System Boot Informational LED PSU STATUS Platform sensor ON event was asserted System Boot Informational LED_HLTH_STATUS Platform sensor AMBER was asserted System Boot Critical PSU _ REDUNDANCY PS Redundancy sensor Redundancy Lost was asserted System Boot Critical PSU2 PSU2_ STATUS Power Supply sensor for PSU2 Power Supply input lost AC DC was asserted System Boot Normal HDD 01 STATUS Drive Slot sensor Drive Presence was asserted System Boot Critical HDD 01 STATUS Drive Slot sensor Drive Presence was deasserted System Boot Informational DDR3 P2 D1 INFO Memory sensor OFF e
276. r of Digital terminals The function keys generate sequences such as ESC 11 and ESC 12 e VT400 The function keys behave like the default mode The top row of the numeric keypad generates ESC OP through ESC OS Redirection After BIOS POST Whether BIOS console redirection should be active after BIOS POST is complete and control given to the OS bootloader This can be one of the following e BIOS Legacy console redirection is active during the OS boot and run time Bootloader BIOS Legacy console redirection is disabled before giving control to the OS boot loader LOM and PCle Slots Configuration Parameters Description All Onboard LOM Ports Whether all LOM ports are enabled or disabled This can be one of the following e Disabled AII LOM ports are disabled e Enabled All LOM ports are enabled OL 28893 01 Cisco UCS C Series Servers Integrated Management Controller CLI Configuration Guide Release 1 5 m BIOS Parameters by Server Model A Advanced BIOS Parameters for C420 Servers Description LOM Port n OptionROM Whether Option ROM is available on the LOM port designated by n This can be one of the following e Disabled Option ROM is not available on LOM port n e Enabled Option ROM is available on LOM port n e The expansion slot n is available for UEFI only e The expansion slot n is available for legacy only All PCIe Slots OptionROM
277. r to specify where application code can execute As a result of this classification the processor disables code execution if a malicious worm attempts to insert code in the buffer This setting helps to prevent damage worm propagation and certain classes of malicious buffer overflow attacks This can be one of the following Disabled The processor does not classify memory areas Enabled The processor classifies memory areas We recommend that you contact your operating system vendor to make sure the operating system supports this feature Intel VT Whether the processor uses Intel Virtualization Technology VT which allows a platform to run multiple operating systems and applications in independent partitions This can be one of the following Disabled The processor does not permit virtualization Enabled The processor allows multiple operating systems in independent partitions Note If you change this option you must power cycle the server before the setting takes effect Intel VT d Whether the processor uses Intel Virtualization Technology for Directed I O VT d This can be one of the following Disabled The processor does not use virtualization technology Enabled The processor uses virtualization technology E Cisco UCS C Series Servers Integrated Management Controller CLI Configuration Guide Release 1 5 OL 28893 01 BIOS Parameters by Server Model
278. racters initiator name string Step 8 Server Enables the DHCP iSCSI settings chassis adapter host eth if iscsi boot set dhep iscsi settings enabled Step 9 Server Commits the transaction to the system chassis adapter host eth if iscsi boot configuration commit Note The changes will take effect upon the next server reboot This example shows how to configure the iSCSI boot capability for a vNIC Server Server Server Server Server Server Server Server New host eth if settings will take effect Server scope chassis chassis scope adapter 1 chassis adapter scope host eth if eth0 chassis adapter host eth if create iscsi boot 0 adapter host eth if iscsi boot adapter host eth if iscsi boot adapter host eth if iscsi boot adapter host eth if iscsi boot commit adapter host eth if iscsi boot set dhcp net settings enabled set initiator name iqn 2012 01 com adser abcde set dhcp iscsi settings enabled upon the next server reset E Cisco UCS C Series Servers Integrated Management Controller CLI Configuration Guide Release 1 5 OL 28893 01 Managing Network Adapters Deleting an iSCSI Boot Configuration for a vNIC Before You Begin Managing VM FEX i You must log in with admin privileges to perform this task Procedure Command or Action Purpose Step 1 Server scope chassis Enters the chassis command mode Step 2 Server chassis scope a
279. re Command or Action Purpose Step 1 Server scope bios Enters the BIOS command mode Step 2 Server bios scope Enters the server management BIOS settings command mode server management Step 3 Configure the BIOS settings The BIOS parameters available depend on the model of the server that you are using For descriptions and information about the options for each BIOS setting see one the following topics e Server Management BIOS Parameters for C22 and C24 Servers on page 200 e Server Management BIOS Parameters for C200 and C210 Servers e Server Management BIOS Parameters for C250 Servers e Server Management BIOS Parameters for C260 Servers on page 232 e Server Management BIOS Parameters for C460 Servers on page 263 Step 4 Server Commits the transaction to the system configuration bios server management Changes are applied on the next server reboot If server power is commit on you are prompted to choose whether to reboot now OL 28893 01 Cisco UCS C Series Servers Integrated Management Controller CLI Configuration Guide Release 1 5 Bi Managing the Server A Restoring BIOS Defaults This example enables automatic detection of the BMC and commits the transaction Server scope bios Server bios scope server management Server bios server management set BMCPnP Enabled Server bios server management commit Changes to BIOS set up parameter
280. ress space Enabled The server maps I O of 64 bit PCI devices to 4GB or greater address space E Cisco UCS C Series Servers Integrated Management Controller CLI Configuration Guide Release 1 5 OL 28893 01 BIOS Parameters by Server Model Advanced BIOS Parameters for C420 Servers Name Description ASPM Support Allows you to set the level of ASPM Active Power State Management support in the BIOS This can be one of the following e Disabled ASPM support is disabled in the BIOS e Force LOs Force all links to LO standby LOs state e Auto The CPU determines the power state VGA Priority Allows you to set the priority for VGA graphics devices if multiple VGA devices are found in the system This can be one of the following e Onboard Priority is given to the onboard VGA device BIOS post screen and OS boot are driven through the onboard VGA port e Offboard Priority is given to the PCIE Graphics adapter BIOS post screen and OS boot are driven through the external graphics adapter port e Priority is given to the PCIE Graphics adapter and the onboard VGA device is disabled Note The vVK VM does not function when the onboard VGA is disabled Serial Configuration Parameters Name Description Console Redirection Allows a serial port to be used for console redirection during POST and BIOS booting After the BIOS has booted and the operating system is responsi
281. rors encountered when the CPU or I O makes a demand read This can be one of the following Disabled Single bit memory errors are not corrected Enabled Single bit memory errors are corrected in memory and the corrected data is set in response to the demand read Altitude The approximate number of meters above sea level at which the physical server is installed This can be one of the following e Auto The CPU determines the physical elevation e The server is approximately 300 meters above sea level e The server is approximately 900 meters above sea level e The server is approximately 1500 meters above sea level e The server is approximately 3000 meters above sea level OL 28893 01 Cisco UCS C Series Servers Integrated Management Controller CLI Configuration Guide Release 1 5 m BIOS Parameters by Server Model A Advanced BIOS Parameters for C22 and C24 Servers OPI Configuration Parameters Name Description QPI Link Frequency The Intel QuickPath Interconnect QPI link frequency in gigatransfers per second GT s This can be one of the following e Auto The CPU determines the QPI link frequency Onboard Storage Parameters Name Description Onboard SCU Storage Support Whether the onboard software RAID controller is available to the server This can be one of the following Disabled The software RAID controller is not available Enabled
282. rough CIMC To enable the NTP service it is preferable to specify the IP address of a server rather than the DNS address Before You Begin You must log in with admin privileges to perform this task Procedure Command or Action Purpose Step 1 Server scope cime Enters CIMC command mode Step 2 Server cimc scope network Enters network command mode Step 3 Server cimc network scope ntp Enters NTP service command mode Step 4 Server cimc network ntp set enabled Enables the NTP service on the server yes OL 28893 01 Cisco UCS C Series Servers Integrated Management Controller CLI Configuration Guide Release 1 5 m Configuring Network Related Settings A Configuring Network Time Protocol Settings Command or Action Purpose Step 5 Server cimc network ntp commit Commits the transaction Step 6 Server cimc network ntp set server 1 10 120 33 44 Specifies the IP DNS address of one of the four servers that act as an NTP server or the time source server Step 7 Server cimc network ntp set server 2 10 120 34 45 Specifies the IP DNS address of one of the four servers that act as an NTP server or the time source server Step 8 Step 9 Step 10 Server cimc network ntp set server 3 10 120 35 46 Server cimc network ntp set server 4 10 120 36 48 Server cimc network ntp commit Specifies the IP DNS address of one of the four servers tha
283. rs Processor Configuration Parameters Description Intel Hyper Threading Technology Whether the processor uses Intel Hyper Threading Technology which allows multithreaded software applications to execute threads in parallel within each processor This can be one of the following Disabled The processor does not permit hyperthreading Enabled The processor allows for the parallel execution of multiple threads We recommend that you contact your operating system vendor to make sure the operating system supports this feature Number of Enabled Cores Allows you to disable one or more of the physical cores on the server This can be one of the following e All Enables all physical cores This also enables Hyper Threading on the associated logical processor cores 1 through n Specifies the number of physical processor cores that can run on the server Each physical core has an associated logical core To disable Hyper Threading and have only one logical processor core running on the server select 1 We recommend that you contact your operating system vendor to make sure the operating system supports this feature Execute Disable Classifies memory areas on the server to specify where application code can execute As a result of this classification the processor disables code execution if a malicious worm attempts to insert code in the buffer This setting helps to prevent damage worm pr
284. s a Clearing the System Event Log Cisco UCS C Series Servers Integrated Management Controller CLI Configuration Guide Release 1 5 OL 28893 01 CHAPTER 1 5 Server Utilities This chapter includes the following sections e Exporting Technical Support Data page 173 e Rebooting the CIMC page 175 Clearing the BIOS CMOS page 175 Recovering from a Corrupted BIOS page 176 Resetting the CIMC to Factory Defaults page 177 Exporting and Importing the CIMC Configuration page 178 e Generating Non maskable Interrupts to the Host page 180 Exporting Technical Support Data Perform this task when requested by the Cisco Technical Assistance Center TAC This utility creates a summary report containing configuration information logs and diagnostic data that will help TAC in troubleshooting and resolving a technical issue Important Ifany firmware or BIOS updates are in progress do not export the technical support data until those tasks are complete Procedure Command or Action Purpose Step 1 Server scope cime Enters the CIMC command mode Step 2 Server cimc scope tech support Enters the tech support command mode Step 3 Server cimc tech support set Specifies the IP address of the remote server on which remote ip ip address the technical support data file should be stored Cisco UCS C Series Servers Integrated Management Controller CLI Configuration Guide Release 1 5 OL 2
285. s Purpose Step 1 Step 2 Step 3 Step 4 Step 5 Server scope chassis Server chassis scope storageadapter s ot Server chassis storageadapter show physical drive drive number detail Server chassis storageadapter show physical drive count detail Server chassis storageadapter scope physical drive drive number Enters the chassis command mode Enters command mode for an installed storage card Displays physical drive information for the storage card Displays the number of physical drives on the storage card Enters command mode for the specified physical drive Step 6 Server chassis storageadapter physical drive show general detail Displays general information about the specified physical drive Step 7 Server chassis storageadapter physical drive show inquiry data detail Displays inquiry data about the specified physical drive Step 8 Server chassis storageadapter physical drive show status detail Displays status information about the specified physical drive This example displays general information about physical drive number on the storage card named SAS Server scope Server chass chassis is scope storageadapter SAS Server chassis storageadapter scope physical drive 1 Server chassis storageadapter physical drive show general Slot Number 1 Controlle Enclosure Device ID r SAS Device ID 34 27 Sequ
286. s all logical processors in a physical package and must initiate the transition on all of the logical processors SW_ANY The OS Power Manager OSPM is responsible for coordinating the P state among logical processors with dependencies all logical processors in a package and may initiate the transition on any of the logical processors in the domain Note must be set to Custom or the server ignores the setting for this parameter Energy Performance Allows you to determine whether system performance or energy efficiency is more important on this server This can be one of the following Note must be set to Custom or the server ignores the setting for this parameter In addition some operating systems such as Windows 2008 ignore this parameter in favor of their own power plan Cisco UCS C Series Servers Integrated Management Controller CLI Configuration Guide Release 1 5 OL 28893 01 BIOS Parameters by Server Model A Advanced BIOS Parameters for C220 and C240 Servers Memory Configuration Parameters Description Select Memory RAS How the memory reliability availability and serviceability RAS is configured for the server This can be one of the following e System performance is optimized e Mirroring System reliability is optimized by using half the system memory as backup e Lockstep lIf the DIMM pairs in the server have an identical type size and organization and are
287. s see Ethernet Transmit Queue Settings on page 113 Step 8 Server chassis adapter vmfex show comp queue detail Displays completion queue settings For field descriptions see Completion Queue Settings on page 113 Step 9 Server chassis adapter vmfex show offload detail Displays TCP offload settings For field descriptions see TCP Offload Settings on page 114 Step 10 Server chassis adapter vmfex show rss detail Displays RSS settings For field descriptions see Receive Side Scaling Settings on page 114 E Cisco UCS C Series Servers Integrated Management Controller CLI Configuration Guide Release 1 5 OL 28893 01 Managing Network Adapters VM FEX Settings This example displays the VM FEX properties Server chassis adapter show vmfex detail Name pts0 MTU 1500 Uplink Port 0 MAC Address 00 00 00 00 00 00 CoS N A Trust Host Cos PCI Order VLAN N A VLAN Mode N A Rate Limiting PXE Boot disabled Channel Number 0 Port Profile Uplink Failover Enabled Uplink Failback Timeout 5 Server chassis adapter scope vmfex pts0 Server chassis adapter vmfex show interrupt Interrupt Count Coalescing Time us Coalescing Type Interrupt Mode Server chassis adapter vmfex show recv queue Receive Queue Count Receive Queue Ring Size Server chassis adapter vmfex show trans queue Transmit Queue Count Transmit Queue Ring Size 1 256 S
288. s by Server Model Advanced BIOS Parameters for C260 Servers i Name Description Enhanced Intel Speedstep Technology Whether the processor uses Enhanced Intel SpeedStep Technology which allows the system to dynamically adjust processor voltage and core frequency This technology can result in decreased average power consumption and decreased average heat production This can be one of the following Disabled The processor never dynamically adjusts its voltage or frequency Enabled The processor utilizes Enhanced Intel SpeedStep Technology and enables all supported processor sleep states to further conserve power We recommend that you contact your operating system vendor to make sure the operating system supports this feature Intel Hyper Threading Technology Whether the processor uses Intel Hyper Threading Technology which allows multithreaded software applications to execute threads in parallel within each processor This can be one of the following Disabled The processor does not permit hyperthreading Enabled The processor allows for the parallel execution of multiple threads We recommend that you contact your operating system vendor to make sure the operating system supports this feature Number of Enabled Cores Allows you to disable one or more of the physical cores on the server This can be one of the following e All Enables all physical cores This also enables Hyper Threading o
289. s legacy USB support if no USB devices are connected All USB Devices Whether all physical and virtual USB devices are enabled or disabled This can be one of the following Disabled AII USB devices are disabled Enabled AlII USB devices are enabled USB Port Rear Whether the rear panel USB devices are enabled or disabled This can be one of the following e Disabled Disables the rear panel USB ports Devices connected to these ports are not detected by the BIOS and operating system Enabled Enables the rear panel USB ports Devices connected to these ports are detected by the BIOS and operating system USB Port Front Whether the front panel USB devices are enabled or disabled This can be one of the following e Disabled Disables the front panel USB ports Devices connected to these ports are not detected by the BIOS and operating system Enabled Enables the front panel USB ports Devices connected to these ports are detected by the BIOS and operating system OL 28893 01 Cisco UCS C Series Servers Integrated Management Controller CLI Configuration Guide Release 1 5 E BIOS Parameters by Server Model A Advanced BIOS Parameters for C420 Servers Description USB Port Internal Whether the internal USB devices are enabled or disabled This can be one of the following Disabled Disables the internal USB ports Devices connected to these ports are not de
290. s on the system Server scope chassis Server chassis show gpu Slot Product Name Num of GPUs 5 Nvidia GRID K2 BD 2 Server chassis scope gpu 5 Server chassis gpu show gpu list OL 28893 01 Cisco UCS C Series Servers Integrated Management Controller CLI Configuration Guide Release 1 5 wi Viewing Server Properties A Viewing PCI Adapter Properties Server chass is gpu Viewing PCI Adapter Properties Before You Begin The server must be powered on or the properties will not display Procedure Command or Action Purpose Step 1 Server scope chassis Enters the chassis command mode Step 2 Server chassis show pci adapter detail Displays PCI adapter properties This example displays PCI adapter properties Server scope Server chass Name PCIe Adapter1 PCIe Adapter2 Server chass Viewing Network chassis is show pci adapter Slot Vendor ID Device ID Product Name ab 0x1137 0x0042 Cisco UCS P81E Virtual 5 0x1077 0x2432 Qlogic QLE2462 4Gb dua is Related Properties Viewing LOM Properties You can view the MAC addresses of the LAN On Motherboard LOM Ethernet ports Procedure Command or Action Purpose Step 1 Server scope cime Enters the CIMC command mode Step 2 Server cimc scope network Enters the network command mode Step 3 Server cimc network show lom mac list detail
291. s will require a reboot Do you want to reboot the system y N n Changes will be applied on next reboot Server bios server management Restoring BIOS Defaults Before You Begin You must log in as a user with admin privileges to perform this task Procedure Command or Action Purpose Step 1 Server scope bios Enters the BIOS command mode Step 2 Server bios bios setup default Restores BIOS default settings This command initiates a reboot This example restores BIOS default settings Server scope bios Server bios bios setup default This operation will reset the BIOS set up tokens to factory defaults All your configuration will be lost Changes to BIOS set up parameters will initiate a reboot Continue yINly Restoring BIOS Manufacturing Custom Defaults N In instances where the components of the BIOS no longer function as desired you can restore the BIOS set up tokens to the manufacturing default values Note This action is only available for some C Series servers Before You Begin e You must log in with admin privileges to perform this task e The server must be powered off E Cisco UCS C Series Servers Integrated Management Controller CLI Configuration Guide Release 1 5 OL 28893 01 Managing the Server Restoring BIOS Manufacturing Custom Defaults Procedure Command or Action Purpose Step 1 Server scope bios Enters the BIOS command mode Step 2
292. scope Enters command mode for the specified virtual drive drive number virtual drive Step 4 Server chassis storageadapter virtual drive Initializes the specified virtual drive start initialization Step 5 Server chassis storageadapter virtual drive Optional Cancels the initialization of the cancel initialization specified virtual drive Step 6 Server chassis storageadapter physical drive Displays the status of the task that is in get operation status progress on the drive This example shows how to initialize virtual drive 3 using fast initialization Server s Server c Server c Server c Are you s All data Fast 0 Server c progress elapsed operation Server c cope chassis hassis scope storageadapter SLOT 3 hassis storageadapter scope virtual drive 3 hassis storageadapter virtual drive start initialization ure you want to initialize virtual drive 3 on the drive will be lost Enter yes to confirm gt yes or full 1 initialization gt 0 hassis storageadapter virtual drive get operation status percent 20 seconds 30 in progress initializing virtual drive hassis storageadapter virtual drive OL 28893 01 Cisco UCS C Series Servers Integrated Management Controller CLI Configuration Guide Release 1 5 m Managing Network Adapters A Set as Boot Drive Set as Boot Drive Before You Begin You must log in with admin privileges to perform this task
293. se 1 4 4 Release Notes for Cisco UCS C Series Software Release 1 4 4 Feature Description Where Documented Platform support The features available in Release 1 4 3 Release Notes for Cisco UCS are now available on the Cisco UCS C Series Software Release C220 M3 Server and the Cisco UCS 1 4 4 C240 M3 Server BIOS Properties Support for additional BIOS properties BIOS Parameters by Server for the Cisco UCS C220 M3 Server and Model on page 183 the Cisco UCS C240 M3 Server New Features and Significant Behavioral Changes in Cisco Integrated Management Controller software Release 1 4 3 Release Notes for Cisco UCS C Series Software Release 1 4 3 Feature Description Where Documented Integration with Cisco UCS The supported servers can be integrated See the Hardware Installation Manager into a Cisco UCS domain Guide HIG for the type of server you are using The C Series HIGs are available at the following URL http www cisco com en US products ps 10493 prod_ installation _guides_list html Technical support Support added for downloading the Server Utilities on page 173 tech support information file from a browser BIOS parameters Support added for additional BIOS BIOS Parameters by Server properties Model on page 183 New Features and Significant Behavioral Changes in Cisco Integrated Management Controller software Release 1 4 2 Release Notes for Cisco UCS C S
294. show inquiry data Slot Number 1 Controller SAS State online Online true Fault false Server chassis storageadapter physical drive Viewing Virtual Drive Properties Cisco UCS C Series Servers Integrated Management Controller CLI Configuration Guide Release 1 5 Procedure Command or Action Purpose Step 1 Server scope chassis Enters the chassis command mode Step 2 Server chassis scope storageadapter s ot Enters command mode for an installed storage card Step 3 Server chassis storageadapter show Displays virtual drive information for the virtual drive drive number detail storage card Step 4 Server chassis storageadapter show Displays the number of virtual drives virtual drive count detail configured on the storage card Step 5 Server chassis storageadapter scope Enters command mode for the specified virtual drive drive number virtual drive Step 6 Server chassis storageadapter virtual drive Displays physical drive information about the show physical drive detail specified virtual drive This example displays information about virtual drives on the storage card named SAS Server scope chassis Server chassis scope storageadapter SAS Server chassis storageadapter show virtual drive OL 28893 01 Viewing Server Properties Viewing Nvidia GPU Card Information Virtual Drive Status Name Size RAID Level 0 Optimal SLES1SPlbeta5 30720 MB RA
295. sis adapter scope host fc if fc0 fe1 name Enters the host Fibre Channel interface command mode for the specified VHBA Step 5 Server chassis adapter host fc if set wwnn wwnn Specifies a unique World Wide Node Name WWNN for the adapter in the form hh hh hh hh hh hh hh hh Unless specified by this command the WWNN is generated automatically by the system Step 6 Server chassis adapter host fc if set wwpn wwpn Specifies a unique World Wide Port Name WWPN for the adapter in the form hh hh hh hh hh hh hh hh Unless specified by this command the WWPN is generated automatically by the system Step 7 Server chassis adapter host fc if set boot disable enable Enables or disables FC SAN boot The default is disable Step 8 Step 9 Server chassis adapter host fc if set persistent lun binding disable enable Server chassis adapter host fc if set mac addr mac addr Enables or disables persistent LUN binding The default is disable Specifies a MAC address for the VHBA Step 10 Server chassis adapter host fc if set vlan none vlan id Specifies the default VLAN for this VHBA Valid VLAN numbers are 1 to 4094 the default is none Step 11 Server chassis adapter host fc if set cos cos value Specifies the class of service CoS value to be marked on received packets unless the VHBA is configured to trust host CoS Valid CoS values are 0 to
296. sor statistics for the server E Cisco UCS C Series Servers Integrated Management Controller CLI Configuration Guide Release 1 5 OL 28893 01 Viewing Server Sensors Viewing Voltage Sensors i This example displays temperature sensor statistics Server scope sensor Server sensor show temperature Name Sensor Status Reading Units Min Warning Max Warning Min Failure Max Failure IOH_TEMP_ SENS Normal 32 0 C N A 80 0 N A 85 0 P2_TEMP_SENS Normal 31 0 N A 80 0 N A 81 0 P1_TEMP_SENS Normal 34 0 N A 80 0 N A 81 0 DDR3 _P2_D1_TMP Normal 20 0 Q N A 90 0 N A 95 0 DDR3_P1 Al TMP Normal 21 0 C N A 90 0 N A 95 0 FP_AMBIENT_TEMP Normal 28 0 Cc N A 40 0 N A 45 0 Server sensor Viewing Voltage Sensors Procedure Command or Action Purpose Step 1 Server scope sensor Enters sensor command mode Step 2 Server sensor show voltage detail Displays voltage sensor statistics for the server This example displays voltage sensor statistics Server scope sensor Server sensor show voltage Name Sensor Status Reading Units Min Warning Max Warning Min Failure Max Failure P3V_BAT SCALED Normal 3 022 v N A N A 2 798 3 088 P12V_SCALED Normal 12 154 v N A N A 11 623 12 331 P5V_SCALED Normal 5 036 Vv N A N A 4 844 52157 P3V3_ SCALED Normal 3 318 v N A N A 3 191 3 381 P5V_STBY SCALED Normal 5 109 v N A N A 4 844 5 157 PV_VCCP_CPU1 Normal 0 950 Vv
297. ssis flexflash commit Commits the transaction to the system configuration This example shows how to reset the configuration from a slot to the default configuration Server scope chassis Server chassis scope flexflash FlexFlash 0 Server chassis flexflash reset config slotl This action will mark the slotl as the healthy primary slot and slot2 if card exists as unhealthy secondary active This operation may disturb the host connectivity as well Continue y IN y Server chassis flexflash operational profile commit Server chassis flexflash operational profile Retaining the Configuration of the Flexible Flash Controller You can copy the configuration of a given slot in the Cisco Flexible Flash card to the other slot However the slot from which the configuration is copied from must be of the SDK523 type You can retain the configuration in the following situations e There are two unpaired SD cards The server is operating from a single SD card and an unpaired SD card is in the other slot e One SD card supports firmware version 1 2 253 and the other SD card is either unpartitioned or supports firmware version 1 2 247 Before You Begin e You must log in with admin privileges to perform this task OL 28893 01 Cisco UCS C Series Servers Integrated Management Controller CLI Configuration Guide Release 1 5 i Managing the Server A Configuring BIOS Settings e Cisco Flexible Flash m
298. st log in as a user with admin privileges to install an OS Procedure Set the boot order to PXE first Reboot the server Ifa PXE install server is available on the VLAN the installation process begins when the server reboots PXE installations are typically automated and require no additional user input Refer to the installation guide for the OS being installed to guide you through the rest of the installation process What to Do Next After the OS installation is complete reset the LAN boot order to its original setting Cisco UCS C Series Servers Integrated Management Controller CLI Configuration Guide Release 1 5 OL 28893 01 CHAPTER Managing the Server This chapter includes the following sections Toggling the Locator LED page 13 Toggling the Locator LED for a Hard Drive page 14 Managing the Server Boot Order page 14 Resetting the Server page 16 Shutting Down the Server page 17 Managing Server Power page 18 Configuring Power Policies page 20 Managing the Flexible Flash Controller page 24 Configuring BIOS Settings page 30 Toggling the Locator LED Before You Begin You must log in with user or admin privileges to perform this task Procedure Command or Action Purpose Step 1 Server scope chassis Enters chassis command mode Step 2 Server chassis set locator led on off Enables or disables the chassis locator LED Step 3 Server chassis commit Commits the transaction to
299. t act as an NTP server or the time source server Specifies the IP DNS address of one of the four servers that act as an NTP server or the time source server Commits the transaction This example shows how to configure the NTP service Server scope cimc Server cimc scope network Server cimc network scope ntp Server cimc network ntp set enabled yes Warning IPMI Set SEL Time Command will be disabled if NTP is enabled Do you wish to continue yIN y Server cimc network ntp commit Server cimc networ k ntp set server 1 10 120 33 44 Server cimc network ntp set server 2 10 120 34 45 Server cimc network ntp set server 3 10 120 35 46 Server cimc network ntp set server 4 10 120 36 48 Server cimc network ntp commit Server cimc network ntp E Cisco UCS C Series Servers Integrated Management Controller CLI Configuration Guide Release 1 5 OL 28893 01 CHAPTER 9 Managing Network Adapters This chapter includes the following sections e Overview of the Cisco UCS C Series Network Adapters page 83 e Viewing Network Adapter Properties page 85 e Configuring Network Adapter Properties page 85 e Managing vHBAs page 86 e Managing vNICs page 99 e Managing VM FEX page 109 e Managing Storage Adapters page 115 e Backing Up and Restoring the Adapter Configuration page 127 e Managing Adapter Firmware page 130 Resetting the Adapter page 131 Overview of th
300. t coherency Enabled The processor uses VT d Coherency as required Intel VT d ATS Support Whether the processor supports Intel VT d Address Translation Services ATS This can be one of the following Disabled The processor does not support ATS Enabled The processor uses VT d ATS as required Cisco UCS C Series Servers Integrated Management Controller CLI Configuration Guide Release 1 5 OL 28893 01 BIOS Parameters by Server Model A Advanced BIOS Parameters for C22 and C24 Servers Description CPU Performance Sets the CPU performance profile for the server The performance profile consists of the following options e Data Reuse Optimization e DCU Streamer Prefetcher e DCU IP Prefetcher e Hardware Prefetcher e Adjacent Cache Line Prefetch This can be one of the following Enterprise Only the DCU IP Prefetcher is enabled The rest of the options are disabled e AIl options are enabled e HPC Data Reuse Optimization is disabled and all other options are enabled This setting is also known as high performance computing e Custom All performance profile options can be configured from the BIOS setup on the server In addition the Hardware Prefetcher and Adjacent Cache Line Prefetch options can be configured in the fields below Hardware Prefetcher Whether the processor allows the Intel hardware prefetcher to fetch streams of data and instruction from
301. t display Cisco UCS C Series Servers Integrated Management Controller CLI Configuration Guide Release 1 5 OL 28893 01 Viewing Server Properties Procedure Viewing Storage Adapter Properties i Command or Action Purpose Step 1 Server scope chassis Enters the chassis command mode Step 2 Step 3 Server chassis show storageadapter slot detail Server chassis scope storageadapter slot Displays installed storage cards Note This command displays all MegaRAID controllers on the server that can be managed through CIMC If an installed controller or storage device is not displayed then it cannot be managed through CIMC Enters command mode for an installed storage card Step 4 Server chassis storageadapter show bbu detail Displays battery backup unit information for the storage card Step 5 Server chassis storageadapter show capabilites detail Displays RAID levels supported by the storage card Step 6 Server chassis storageadapter show error counters detail Displays number of errors seen by the storage card Step 7 Server chassis storageadapter show firmware versions detail Displays firmware version information for the storage card Step 8 Server chassis storageadapter show hw config detail Displays hardware information for the storage card Step 9 Step 10 Step 11 Server chassis storageada
302. t mode The function keys match the general behavior of Digital terminals The function keys generate sequences such as ESC 11 and ESC 12 e VT400 The function keys behave like the default mode The top row of the numeric keypad generates ESC OP through ESC OS OL 28893 01 Cisco UCS C Series Servers Integrated Management Controller CLI Configuration Guide Release 1 5 i BIOS Parameters by Server Model A Advanced BIOS Parameters for C220 and C240 Servers Description Redirection After BIOS POST Whether BIOS console redirection should be active after BIOS POST is complete and control given to the OS bootloader This can be one of the following e BIOS Legacy console redirection is active during the OS boot and run time Bootloader BIOS Legacy console redirection is disabled before giving control to the OS boot loader LOM and PCle Slots Configuration Parameters Name Description All Onboard LOM Ports Whether all LOM ports are enabled or disabled This can be one of the following e Disabled AIl LOM ports are disabled Enabled All LOM ports are enabled LOM Port n OptionROM Whether Option ROM is available on the LOM port designated by n This can be one of the following e Disabled The expansion slot n is not available Enabled tThe expansion slot n is available e The expansion slot n is available for UEFI only e The expansion slot n is available for legacy
303. tected by the BIOS and operating system Enabled Enables the internal USB ports Devices connected to these ports are detected by the BIOS and operating system USB Port KVM Whether the KVM ports are enabled or disabled This can be one of the following Disabled Disables the KVM port Devices connected to these ports are not detected by the BIOS and operating system Enabled Enables the KVM ports Devices connected to these ports are detected by the BIOS and operating system USB Port VMedia Whether the virtual media devices are enabled or disabled This can be one of the following Disabled Disables the vMedia devices Enabled Enables the vMedia devices USB Port SD Card PCI Configuration Parameters Whether the SD card drives are enabled or disabled This can be one of the following Disabled Disables the SD card drives The SD card drives are not detected by the BIOS and operating system Enabled Enables the SD card drives Description MMIO Above 4GB Whether to enable or disable memory mapped I O of 64 bit PCI devices to 4GB or greater address space Legacy option ROMs are not able to access addresses above 4GB PCI devices that are 64 bit compliant but use a legacy option ROM may not function correctly with this setting enabled This can be one of the following Disabled The server does not map I O of 64 bit PCI devices to 4GB or greater add
304. tep 2 Server fault scope pef destinations Enters the platform event filter destinations command mode Step 3 Server fault pef destinations set Enables the platform event trap destination enabled yes Step 4 Server fault pef destinations set addr Specifies the destination IP address to which IP Address platform event trap information is sent Step 5 Server fault pef destinations commit Commits the transaction to the system configuration E Cisco UCS C Series Servers Integrated Management Controller CLI Configuration Guide Release 1 5 OL 28893 01 Configuring Platform Event Filters Interpreting Platform Event Traps i This example configures general platform event trap settings and trap destination number and commits the transaction Server scope fault Server fault scope pef destination 1 Server fault pef destinations set enabled yes Server fault pef destinations set addr 1 2 3 4 Server fault pef destinations commit Server fault pef destinations show Trap Destination 1 IP Address 1 2 3 4 Enabled yes Server fault pef destinations Interpreting Platform Event Traps A CIMC platform event alert contains an enterprise object identifier OID in the form 1 3 6 1 4 1 3183 1 1 0 event The first ten fields of the OID represent the following information iso 1 org 3 dod 6 internet 1 private 4 enterprises 1 wired for management 3183 PET 1 version
305. ter index Enters the command mode for the adapter card at the PCI slot number specified by index Note The server must be powered on before you can view or change adapter settings Step 4 Server chassis adapter set fip mode disable enable Enables or disables FCoE Initialization Protocol FIP on the adapter card FIP is enabled by default Note We recommend that you disable this option only when explicitly directed to do so by a technical support representative Step 5 Step 6 Server chassis adapter set niv mode disable enable Server chassis adapter Enables or disables Network Interface Virtualization NIV on the adapter card NIV is disabled by default If NIV mode is enabled vNICs e Can be assigned to a specific channel e Can be associated with a port profile e Can fail over to another vNIC if there are communication problems If NIV mode is enabled port count specifies the number of configure vmfex port count VM FEX interfaces you want CIMC to create from 0 to 112 Step 7 Server chassis adapter commit Commits the transaction to the system configuration This example configures the properties of adapter 1 Server scope chassis Server Server Server Server Managing vHBAs chassis scope adapter 1 chassis adapter set fip mode enable chassis adapter commit chassis adapter Guidelines for Managing vHBAs When managing vHBAs consi
306. ter bbu Starting a Learn Cycle for a Battery Backup Unit Before You Begin You must be logged in as an admin to use this command Cisco UCS C Series Servers Integrated Management Controller CLI Configuration Guide Release 1 5 OL 28893 01 Managing Network Adapters A Toggling the Locator LED for a Physical Drive Procedure Command or Action Purpose Step 1 Server scope chassis Enters the chassis command mode Step 2 Server chassis scope storageadapter slot Enters command mode for an installed storage card Step 3 Step 4 Server chassis storageadapter scope bbu Server chassis storageadapter start learn cycle Enter the battery backup unit command mode Starts the learn cycle for the battery This example shows how to initiate the learn cycles for a battery Server scope chassis Server chassis scope storageadapter SLOT 2 Server chassis storageadapter scope bbu Server chassis storageadapter bbu start learn cycle Server chassis storageadapter bbu Toggling the Locator LED for a Physical Drive Before You Begin You must be logged in as an admin to perform this task Procedure Step 1 Step 2 Step 3 Command or Action Server scope chassis Server chassis scope storageadapter slot Server chassis storageadapter scope physical drive 3 Purpose Enters the chassis command mode Enters command mode for an installed storage
307. terface are displayed in another However you cannot do the following e Use CIMC GUI to invoke CIMC CLI e View a command that has been invoked through CIMC CLI in CIMC GUI e Generate CIMC CLI output from CIMC GUI Tasks You Can Perform in CIMC You can use CIMC to perform the following server management tasks e Power on power off power cycle reset and shut down the server e Toggle the locator LED e Configure the server boot order e View server properties and sensors e Manage remote presence E Cisco UCS C Series Servers Integrated Management Controller CLI Configuration Guide Release 1 5 OL 28893 01 Overview CIMC CLI i e Create and manage local user accounts and enable remote user authentication through Active Directory e Configure network related settings including NIC properties IPv4 VLANs and network security e Configure communication services including HTTP SSH and IPMI Over LAN e Manage certificates Configure platform event filters e Update CIMC firmware e Monitor faults alarms and server status No Operating System or Application Provisioning or Management CIMC provisions servers and as a result exists below the operating system on a server Therefore you cannot use it to provision or manage operating systems or applications on servers For example you cannot do the following Deploy an OS such as Windows or Linux Deploy patches for software such as an OS or an application
308. the default format Server chassis set cli output default Server chassis show hdd detail Name HDD 01 STATUS Status present Cisco UCS C Series Servers Integrated Management Controller CLI Configuration Guide Release 1 5 OL 28893 01 Overview Online Help for the CLI i Name HDD 02 STATUS Status present Name HDD 03 STATUS Status present Name HDD 04 STATUS Status present Server chassis YAML For easy parsing by scripts the command output is presented in the YAML YAML Ain t Markup Language data serialization language delimited by defined character strings This example shows command output in the YAML format Server chassis set cli output yaml Server chassis show hdd detail name HDD_01_ STATUS hdd status present name HDD_02 STATUS hdd status present UO name HDD_03_ STATUS hdd status present U name HDD_04 STATUS hdd status present Server chassis For detailed information about YAML see http www yaml org about html In most CLI command modes you can enter set cli output default to configure the default format or set cli output yaml to configure the YAML format Online Help for the CLI At any time you can type the character to display the options available at the current state of the command syntax If you have not typed anything at the prompt typing lists all available commands for the mode you are in
309. the rear panel USB ports Devices connected to these ports are detected by the BIOS and operating system USB Port Front Whether the front panel USB devices are enabled or disabled This can be one of the following e Disabled Disables the front panel USB ports Devices connected to these ports are not detected by the BIOS and operating system Enabled Enables the front panel USB ports Devices connected to these ports are detected by the BIOS and operating system USB Port Internal Whether the internal USB devices are enabled or disabled This can be one of the following Disabled Disables the internal USB ports Devices connected to these ports are not detected by the BIOS and operating system Enabled Enables the internal USB ports Devices connected to these ports are detected by the BIOS and operating system USB Port KVM Whether the KVM ports are enabled or disabled This can be one of the following Disabled Disables the KVM port Devices connected to these ports are not detected by the BIOS and operating system Enabled Enables the KVM ports Devices connected to these ports are detected by the BIOS and operating system USB Port VMedia Whether the virtual media devices are enabled or disabled This can be one of the following Disabled Disables the vMedia devices Enabled Enables the vMedia devices OL 28893 01 Cisco UCS C Series Servers I
310. the vVHBA Step 5 set persistent lun binding disable Server chassis adapter host fc if perbi Disables persistent binding for the VHBA Step 6 commit Server chassis adapter host fc if perbi Commits the transaction to the system configuration This example disables persistent binding for a VHBA Server scope chassis Server Server Server Server Server Server chassis scope adapter 4 chassis adapter scope host fc if fcl chassis adapter host fc if scope perbi chassis adapter host fc if perbi set persistent lun binding disable chassis adapter host fc if perbi commit chassis adapter host fc if perbi Rebuilding Persistent Binding Before You Begin Persistent binding must be enabled in the vHBA properties Procedure Command or Action Purpose Step 1 Server scope chassis Enters the chassis command mode Step 2 Server chassis scope adapter index Enters the command mode for the adapter card at the PCI slot number specified by index Note The server must be powered on before you can view or change adapter settings Step 3 Server chassis adapter scope Enters the host Fibre Channel interface command host fc if fc0 fel name mode for the specified VHBA Step 4 Server chassis adapter host fc if Enters the persistent binding command mode for the scope perbi VHBA Step 5 Server chassis adapter host fc if perbi Rebuilds the persistent binding table for
311. ties 133 134 136 HTTP properties 133 IPMI over LAN properties 136 SSH properties 134 configuration 178 179 backing up 178 exporting 178 importing 179 CPU properties 38 create virtual drive 115 Create Virtual Drive 116 current sensors 52 date 38 setting 38 delete virtual drive 118 disabling KVM 56 disabling auto learn 125 E enabling KVM 56 57 enabling auto learn 124 encrypting virtual media 58 event filters platform 149 150 about 149 configuring 150 event log system 170 171 clearing 171 viewing 170 events 149 150 platform 149 150 disabling alerts 150 enabling alerts 149 exporting 178 CIMC configuration 178 F fan sensors 50 fault summary 165 viewing 165 faults logs 165 viewing summary 165 FEX 109 110 description 109 viewing properties 110 FIP mode 85 enabling 85 firmware 157 158 159 160 about 157 activating 160 installing from remote server 159 obtaining from Cisco 158 Flexible Flash 24 25 27 28 42 booting from 27 configuring properties 25 description 24 resetting 28 viewing properties 42 floppy disk emulation 58 G generate NMI 180 H hard drive locator LED 14 E Cisco UCS C Series Servers Integrated Management Controller CLI Configuration Guide Release 1 5 OL 28893 01 Index hot spare 121 122 123 dedicated 121 global 122 123 HTTP properties 133 importing 179 CIMC configuration 179 initializing virtual drive 119 IP blocking 80 IPMI over LAN 136 descr
312. ting firmware consisting of an active and a backup image can be installed from the CIMC GUI or CLI interface or from the Host Upgrade Utility HUU You can upload a firmware image from either a local file system or a TFTP server Bootloader firmware The bootloader firmware cannot be installed from the CIMC GUI or CLI You can install this firmware using the Host Upgrade Utility Installing Adapter Firmware amp Important If any firmware or BIOS updates are in progress do not install the adapter firmware until those tasks are complete Before You Begin You must log in with admin privileges to perform this task Procedure Command or Action Purpose Step 1 Step 2 Server scope chassis Server chassis update adapter fw tftp ip address path and filename activate no activate pci slot pci slot Enters the chassis command mode Downloads the specified adapter firmware file from the TFTP server then installs the firmware as the backup image on one or two specified adapters or if no adapter is specified on all adapters If the activate keyword is specified the new firmware is activated after installation Step 3 Server chassis recover adapter update pci s ot pci slot Optional Clears an incomplete firmware update condition on one or two specified adapters or if no adapter is specified on all adapters This example begins an adapter firmware upgrade on the adapt
313. tion Purpose Step 1 Server show power cap detail Displays the server power consumption statistics and the power cap policy The displayed fields are described in the following table Current Consumption Description The power currently being used by the server in watts Maximum Consumption The maximum number of watts consumed by the server since the last time it was rebooted Minimum Consumption The minimum number of watts consumed by the server since the last time it was rebooted Minimum Configurable Limit The minimum amount of power that can be specified as the peak power cap for this server in watts Maximum Configurable Limit The maximum amount of power that can be specified as the peak power cap for this server in watts Additional fields are described in the following table Name Description Enable Power Capping the system monitors how much power is allocated to the server and takes the specified action if the server goes over its maximum allotment Peak Power The maximum number of watts that can be allocated to this server If the server requests more power than specified in this field the system takes the action defined in the Non Compliance Action field Enter a number of watts within the range defined by the Minimum Configurable Limit field and the Maximum Configurable Limit field E Cisco UCS C Series Servers Integrated Managem
314. tioned above and ignores the individual settings for these parameters Enhanced Intel Speedstep Technology Whether the processor uses Enhanced Intel SpeedStep Technology which allows the system to dynamically adjust processor voltage and core frequency This technology can result in decreased average power consumption and decreased average heat production This can be one of the following Disabled tThe processor never dynamically adjusts its voltage or frequency Enabled The processor utilizes Enhanced Intel SpeedStep Technology and enables all supported processor sleep states to further conserve power We recommend that you contact your operating system vendor to make sure the operating system supports this feature Note must be set to Custom or the server ignores the setting for this parameter Cisco UCS C Series Servers Integrated Management Controller CLI Configuration Guide Release 1 5 OL 28893 01 BIOS Parameters by Server Model A Advanced BIOS Parameters for C420 Servers Description Intel Turbo Boost Technology Whether the processor uses Intel Turbo Boost Technology which allows the processor to automatically increase its frequency if it is running below power temperature or voltage specifications This can be one of the following Disabled tThe processor does not increase its frequency automatically Enabled The processor utilizes Turbo Boost Technology if r
315. to reset the controller Reset Configuration Allows you to reset the configuration in the selected slot to the default configuration Retain Configuration Allows you to retain the configuration for an SD card that supports firmware version 1 2 253 Configure Operational Profile Allows you to configure the SD cards on the selected Cisco Flexible Flash controller RAID Partition Enumeration Non RAID partitions are always enumerated from the primary card and the enumeration does not depend on the status of the primary card Cisco UCS C Series Servers Integrated Management Controller CLI Configuration Guide Release 1 5 OL 28893 01 Managing the Server Configuring the Flexible Flash Controller Properties i Following is the behavior of the RAID partition enumeration when there are two cards in the Cisco Flexible Flash controller Scenario Behavior Single card RAID partitions are enumerated if the card is healthy and if the mode is either Primary or Secondary active Dual paired cards RAID partitions are enumerated if one of the cards is healthy When only one card is healthy all read write operations occur on this healthy card You must use UCS SCU to synchronize the two RAID partitions Dual unpaired cards If this scenario is detected when the server is restarting then neither one of the RAID partitions is enumerated If this scenario is detected when the server is running when a
316. tory Before You Begin e You must log in as a user with admin privileges to perform this task e Active Directory or LDAP must be enabled and configured OL 28893 01 Cisco UCS C Series Servers Integrated Management Controller CLI Configuration Guide Release 1 5 m Managing User Accounts Configuring Active Directory Groups in CIMC Procedure Command or Action Purpose Step 1 Server scope Idap Enters the LDAP command mode for AD configuration Step 2 Step 3 Step 4 Server Idap set group auth yes no Server ldap scope role group index Server ldap role group set name group name Enables or disables AD group authorization Selects one of the five available group profiles for configuration where index is a number between 1 and 5 Specifies the name of the group in the AD database that is authorized to access the server Step 5 Server Idap role group set domain domain name Specifies the AD domain the group must reside in Step 6 Step 7 Server ldap role group set role admin user readonly Server Idap role group commit Specifies the permission level role assigned to all users in this AD group This can be one of the following e admin The user can perform all actions available e user The user can perform the following tasks e View all information e Manage the power control options such as power on power cycle and p
317. uide Release 1 5 OL 28893 01 Managing Network Adapters Disabling Auto Learn Cycles for the Battery Backup Unit This example shows how to enable the battery auto learn cycles Server scope chassis Server chassis scope storageadapter SLOT 2 Server chassis storageadapter scope bbu Server chassis storageadapter bbu enable auto learn Automatic BBU learn cycles will occur without notice if enabled Are you sure y n gt y enable auto learn initiated Server chassis storageadapter bbu Disabling Auto Learn Cycles for the Battery Backup Unit Before You Begin You must log in with admin privileges to perform this task Procedure Command or Action Purpose Step 1 Server scope chassis Enters the chassis command mode Step 2 Server chassis scope storageadapter slot Enters command mode for an installed storage card Step 3 Server chassis storageadapter scope bbu Enter the battery backup unit command mode Step 4 Server chassis storageadapter Disables the battery auto learn cycles disable auto learn This example shows how to disables the battery auto learn cycles Server scope chassis Server chassis scope storageadapter SLOT 2 Server chassis storageadapter scope bbu Server chassis storageadapter bbu disable auto learn Automatic BBU learn cycles will no longer occur if disabled Are you sure y n gt y disable auto learn initiated Server chassis storageadap
318. uration you take a snapshot of the system configuration and export the resulting CIMC configuration file to a location on your network The export operation saves information from the management plane only it does not back up data on the servers Sensitive configuration information such as user accounts and the server certificate are not exported You can restore an exported CIMC configuration file to the same system or you can import it to another CIMC system provided that the software version of the importing system is the same as or is configuration compatible with the software version of the exporting system When you import a configuration file to another system as a configuration template you must modify system specific settings such as IP addresses and host names An import operation modifies information on the management plane only The CIMC configuration file is an XML text file whose structure and elements correspond to the CIMC command modes When performing an export or import operation consider these guidelines e You can perform an export or an import while the system is up and running While an export operation has no impact on the server or network traffic some modifications caused by an import operation such as IP address changes can disrupt traffic or cause a server reboot e You cannot execute an export and an import simultaneously Exporting the CIMC Configuration Note For security reasons this operation does not
319. ust be supported on your server Procedure Command or Action Purpose Step 1 Server scope chassis Enters the chassis command mode Step 2 Server chassis scope flexflash index Enters the Cisco Flexible Flash controller command mode for the specified controller At this time the only permissible index value is FlexFlash 0 Step 3 Server chassis flexflash retain Copies the configuration from the primary slot to the config primary slot ID secondary slot Step 4 Server chassis flexflash commit Commits the transaction to the system configuration This example shows how to copy the configuration from one slot to the other Server scope chassis Server chassis scope flexflash FlexFlash 0 Server chassis flexflash retain config slotl This action will copy the config of slotl to both the slots mark slotl as healthy primary slot and slot2 card must be present as unhealthy secondary active This operation may disturb the host connectivity as well Continue y IN y Server chassis flexflash operational profile commit Server chassis flexflash operational profile Configuring BIOS Settings Viewing BIOS Status Procedure Command or Action Purpose Step 1 Server scope bios Enters the BIOS command mode Step 2 Server bios show detail Displays details of the BIOS status The BIOS status information contains the following fields Meme Oe BIOS Version The version string o
320. vailability and serviceability RAS is configured for the server This can be one of the following e System performance is optimized e Mirroring System reliability is optimized by using half the system memory as backup e Sparing The system reserves some memory for use in the event a DIMM fails If that happens the server takes the DIMM offline and replaces it with the reserved memory This option provides less redundancy than mirroring but it leaves more of the memory available for programs running on the server NUMA Optimized Whether the BIOS supports NUMA This can be one of the following Disabled The BIOS does not support NUMA Enabled tThe BIOS includes the ACPI tables that are required for NUMA aware operating systems If you enable this option the system must disable Inter Socket Memory interleaving on some platforms OL 28893 01 Cisco UCS C Series Servers Integrated Management Controller CLI Configuration Guide Release 1 5 BIOS Parameters by Server Model Advanced BIOS Parameters for C260 Servers Description Sparing Mode The sparing mode used by the CIMC This can be one of the following e The spared memory is allocated at the rank level e DIMM Sparing The spared memory is allocated at the DIMM level Note This option is used only if is set to Sparing Mirroring Mode Mirroring is supported across Integrated Memory Controllers I
321. vanced BIOS Parameters for C220 and C240 Servers Description Patrol Scrub Whether the system actively searches for and corrects single bit memory errors even in unused portions of the memory on the server This can be one of the following Disabled The system checks for memory ECC errors only when the CPU reads or writes a memory address Enabled The system periodically reads and writes memory searching for ECC errors If any errors are found the system attempts to fix them This option may correct single bit errors before they become multi bit errors but it may adversely affect performance when the patrol scrub is running Demand Scrub Whether the system corrects single bit memory errors encountered when the CPU or I O makes a demand read This can be one of the following e Disabled Single bit memory errors are not corrected Enabled Single bit memory errors are corrected in memory and the corrected data is set in response to the demand read Altitude The approximate number of meters above sea level at which the physical server is installed This can be one of the following e Auto The CPU determines the physical elevation e The server is approximately 300 meters above sea level e The server is approximately 900 meters above sea level e The server is approximately 1500 meters above sea level e The server is approximately 3000 meters above sea level E Cis
322. vent was asserted 2001 01 01 08 30 16 Warning PSU2 PSU2_ VOUT Voltage sensor for PSU2 failure event was deasserted 2001 01 01 08 30 16 Critical PSU2 PSU2_ VOUT Voltage sensor for PSU2 non recoverable event was deasserted 2001 01 01 08 30 15 Informational LED _PSU_STATUS Platform sensor ON event was asserted 2001 01 01 08 30 15 Informational LED HLTH STATUS Platform sensor AMBER was asserted 2001 01 01 08 30 15 Informational LED HLTH STATUS Platform sensor FAST BLINK event was asserted 2001 01 01 08 30 14 Non Recoverable PSU2 PSU2 VOUT Voltage sensor for PSU2 non recoverable event was asserted 2001 01 01 08 30 14 Critical PSU2 PSU2_ VOUT Voltage sensor for PSU2 failure event was asserted aMore E Cisco UCS C Series Servers Integrated Management Controller CLI Configuration Guide Release 1 5 OL 28893 01 Viewing Logs Clearing the System Event Log Clearing the System Event Log Procedure Command or Action Purpose Step 1 Server scope sel Enters the system event log command mode Step 2 Server sel clear You are prompted to confirm the action If you enter y at the prompt the system event log is cleared This example clears the system event log Server scope sel Server sel clear This operation will clear the whole sel Continue yINly Cisco UCS C Series Servers Integrated Management Controller CLI Configuration Guide Release 1 5 OL 28893 01 Viewing Log
323. ver Action column If your user account is assigned the admin user role this column displays Terminate if you can force the associated user session to end Otherwise it displays N A Note You cannot terminate your current session from this tab This example displays information about current user sessions Server show user session ID Name IP Address Type Killable T3 admin 10 20 30 138 CLI yes Server user Terminating a User Session Before You Begin You must log in as a user with admin privileges to terminate a user session Cisco UCS C Series Servers Integrated Management Controller CLI Configuration Guide Release 1 5 OL 28893 01 Managing User Accounts A Terminating a User Session Procedure Command or Action Purpose Step 1 Server show user session Displays information about current user sessions The user session to be terminated must be eligible to be terminated killable and must not be your own session Step 2 Server user session scope user session session number Enters user session command mode for the numbered user session that you want to terminate Step 3 Server user session terminate Terminates the user session This example shows how the admin at user session 10 terminates user session 15 Server show user session IP Address ID Name 10 admin 15 admin 10 20 41 234 10 20 30 138 Server scope user session 15 Serve
324. ves gt ID Name RL VDSize MaxPossibleSize PD s 3 test_v_drive 1 1000 MB 67664 MB 6 7 Please choose from the above list the virtual drive number whose space the new virtual drive will share gt 3 New virtual drive will share space with VD 3 Please enter Virtual Drive name 15 characters maximum gt new_from_test Please enter Virtual Drive size in MB GB or TB maximum 67664 MB Example format 400 GB gt 500 MB Optional attribute Write Policy defaults to Write Back OK y or n gt y New virtual drive will have the following characteristics It will share space with virtual drive 3 Name new_from test Size 500 MB OK y or n gt y Server chassis storageadapter show virtual drive Virtual Drive Health Status Name Size RAID Level Boot Drive 0 Good Optimal 150528 MB RAID 0 false al Good Optimal 20480 MB RAID 0 true 2 Good Optimal 114140 MB RAID 0 false 3 Good Optimal test_v_drive 1000 MB RAID 1 false 4 Good Optimal new_from_test 500 MB RAID 1 false Server chassis storageadapter Clearing Foreign Configuration Important This task clears all foreign configuration on the controller Also all configuration information from all physical drives hosting foreign configuration is deleted This action cannot be reverted Before You Begin You must log in with admin privileges to perform this task Procedure Command or Action Purpose Step 1 Server s
325. vides virtual machine visibility from the physical network and a consistent network operations model for physical and virtual servers In virtualized environments this highly configurable and self virtualized adapter provides integrated modular LAN interfaces on Cisco UCS C Series Rack Mount Servers Additional features and capabilities include e Supports up to 256 PCIe virtual devices either virtual network interface cards vNICs or virtual host bus adapters VHBAs with high I O operations per second IOPS support for lossless Ethernet and 20 Gbps to servers e PCIe Gen2 x16 helps assure optimal bandwidth to the host for network intensive applications with a redundant path to the fabric interconnect e Half height design reserves full height slots in servers for Cisco certified third party adapters e Centrally managed by Cisco UCS Manager with support for Microsoft Windows Red Hat Enterprise Linux SUSE Linux VMware vSphere and Citrix XenServer OL 28893 01 Managing Network Adapters Viewing Network Adapter Properties Viewing Network Adapter Properties Procedure Command or Action Purpose Step 1 Server scope chassis Enters the chassis command mode Step 2 Server chassis show adapter Displays adapter properties To display the properties index detail of a single adapter specify the PCI slot number as the index argument This example displays the properties of adapter 2 Server scope
326. wer shutdown Shuts down the server The following example shuts down the server Server scope chassis Server chassis power shutdown OL 28893 01 Cisco UCS C Series Servers Integrated Management Controller CLI Configuration Guide Release 1 5 Bi Managing the Server Managing Server Power Managing Server Power Powering On the Server AS Note Ifthe server was powered off other than through the CIMC the server will not become active immediately when powered on In this case the server will enter standby mode until the CIMC completes initialization ic Important If any firmware or BIOS updates are in progress do not change the server power until those tasks are complete Before You Begin You must log in with user or admin privileges to perform this task Procedure Command or Action Purpose Step 1 Server scope chassis Enters chassis command mode Step 2 Server chassis power on Turns on the server This example turns on the server Server scope chassis Server chassis power on This operation will change the server s power state Continue yINly Server chassis show Power Serial Number Product Name UUID on Not Specified Not Specified 208F0100020F000000BEA80000DEADO0 Powering Off the Server Important If any firmware or BIOS updates are in progress do not power off the server until those tasks are complete Before You Begin You must log in with user or
327. ximum speed allowed e GEN2 SGT s is the maximum speed allowed e GEN3 8GT s is the maximum speed allowed Disabled The maximum speed is not restricted For example if you have a 3rd generation adapter card in PCle slot 2 that you want to run at a maximum of 5GT s instead of the 8GT s that card supports set the PCIe Slot 2 Link Speed to GEN2 The system then ignores the card s supported maximum speed of 8GT s and forces it to run at a maximum of 5 GT s Server Management BIOS Parameters for C22 and C24 Servers FRB 2 Timer Description Whether the FRB2 timer is used by CIMC to recover the system if it hangs during POST This can be one of the following Disabled The FRB2 timer is not used Enabled The FRB2 timer is started during POST and used to recover the system if necessary OS Watchdog Timer Whether the BIOS programs the watchdog timer with a specified timeout value This can be one of the following e Disabled The watchdog timer is not used to track how long the server takes to boot Enabled The watchdog timer tracks how long the server takes to boot If the server does not boot within the length of time specified E Cisco UCS C Series Servers Integrated Management Controller CLI Configuration Guide Release 1 5 OL 28893 01 BIOS Parameters by Server Model Server Management BIOS Parameters for C22 and C24 Servers Description OS Watchdog Timer

Download Pdf Manuals

Related Search

Related Contents

MODE D`EMPLOI - Pierrette Desrosiers  Low Power and Embedded Systems  Manual de Instruções  BioAxxis® ThumbLock™ PCMU User Manual  IND780 Terminal de pesage Guía del usuario  2014 Nissan Versa Note    

Copyright © All rights reserved. Failed to retrieve file